Policy Handbook Table of Contents

Policy Index (Shows all policies in a list)

Hint: Use the Site Search in the top right corner to help find the policy you need.

Section A - Employee Evaluation and Civil Rights

Evaluation of Personnel

Policy Code: 
AFC
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, November 18th, 2014

EVALUATION OF PERSONNEL

Licensed Personnel

The Iron County Teacher Evaluation Program will be known as ISTEP: Indicators and Standards for Teaching Excellence Program.

All licensed personnel will be evaluated in accordance to their teaching license.   All educator evaluations will be conducted in accordance with the Educator Evaluation Act (Utah Code 53A-10) (UCA 53A-8a-201).

Definitions:

“Formative”: means observations that provide educators with feedback on how to improve their performance.  A minimum of ONE formative observation will be completed for every Level II teacher during non-summative evaluation years. The administrator conducting a formative observation may review applicable and available multiple lines of evidence to include but not limited to observations, anecdotal and archival evidence, educator effectiveness ratings, stakeholder input and student growth. This information may be used to “re-validate” the most recent summative evaluation or as a basis to conduct an additional formal summative evaluation. Formative educator observations are based on the Utah Effective Teaching Standards.

“Summative”: means observations that are used to make annual decisions or ratings of educator performance and may inform decisions on salary, continued employment, personnel assignments, transfers, or dismissals.

“Provisional Status”: as outlined in UCA § 53A-8a-201, specifically, a provisional employee must work for the Iron County School District on at least a half-time basis for three consecutive years to obtain career employee status.  The Superintendent may extend the provisional status of an employee up to an additional two consecutive years as specified in this policy.

“Educator Evaluation”: Every ICSD certificated employee will be evaluated using the following criteria:

  • Educator effectiveness rating
  • Stakeholder input
  • Student growth

Requirements of ISTEP

The Utah Effective Teaching Standards adopted by the Utah State Office of Education will be the basis of ISTEP.

Teachers will use Learning Walks to become more familiar with expected teaching standards as assigned by the building administrator.

Immediate supervisors will conduct formative classroom observations to collect data prior to an evaluation.  The administrator will use the district approved evaluation tool to collect the information. A minimum of two formative observations will be required prior to conducting a teacher summative evaluation meeting. 

Teachers may provide a portfolio with supportive data for each indicator/standard to help clarify indicators that are difficult to observe.

Immediate supervisors will conduct teacher summative evaluations based on information obtained from formative observations and a discussion of best teaching practices.  The district summative evaluation tool will be used during the evaluation meeting.

All level I teachers will participate in the Early Years Enhancement (EYE) Program.  The EYE program is designed to meet the requirements of the Utah State New Teacher induction guidelines. Based on the EYE requirements, all Level I licensed teachers are required to have two evaluations per school year.  Level I teachers will be evaluated once during the fall semester of the school year, and again between the beginning of the 2nd semester and March 15th.  Principals will conduct at least two formative observations to construct the necessary data for each summative evaluation.

Level II licensed teachers new to Iron County School District will require two summative evaluations for their initial year of teaching in Iron County School District.

Following a successful first year as a Level II licensed teacher as determined by the successful summative evaluation, level II licensed teachers will be evaluated according to the district evaluation schedule included in this policy.

Targeted Professional Development and Improvement Plan

All licensed personnel will submit to their immediate supervisor their individual improvement plans for the coming year (which include goals and objectives) by May 31st of each school year. The immediate supervisor will hold an individual conference with the employee relative to the achievement of these goals and discuss goals for the coming school year based on the educator’s self-evaluation, formative observations, formal summative evaluation(s), anecdotal and archival evidence, educator effectiveness ratings, stakeholder input, and student growth data.

Every Level I or II teacher receiving an overall rating of “Minimally Effective” for their summative evaluation following the third year of employment in ICSD, will receive a minimum of one evaluation a year until acceptable levels of improvement have been obtained.

Formative Observation Schedule

A minimum of ONE formative observation will be completed for every Level II teacher during non-summative evaluation years (see evaluation schedule below).

Evaluation Schedule

Years 1 – 3: A minimum of two (2) summative evaluations (including a minimum of 4 observations) each year

Year 4: A minimum of one (1) summative evaluation (including a minimum of 2 observations)

All personnel who have been in the Iron County School District for more than four years shall be evaluated a minimum of once every third year beginning with their seventh (7th) year of service.  (i.e. 7, 10, 13, 16 etc.)

The superintendent may extend the provisional status of a teacher during their fourth or fifth year as an educator in the district.

Classified Personnel

All classified personnel who have been in the Iron County School District for four years or less shall be evaluated by January 20 of each year.  All classified personnel who have been in the Iron County School District for more than four years shall be evaluated by January 20 during their seventh, tenth, thirteenth, etc. (once every 3-years) years of employment. The above-designated evaluations will consist of the employee being observed at least twice during the year of evaluation, followed by a conference with the person or persons doing the evaluation.

Licensed & Classified Personnel

In addition to the evaluations listed above, personnel who show areas of weakness or who need attention (as determined by the administration) will be evaluated as often as deemed necessary.

Wage Increase and Legislative Supplemental Salary Adjustments

An educator that receives the lowest level “Not Effective” on the most recent evaluation may not advance on the salary schedule. A Not Effective Rating shall constitute a summative rating of less than satisfactory and subject the educator to withholding of the most recent legislative allocated salary adjustment pursuant to UCA 53-17a-153 (40 c, and Administrative Rule R277-110.

An educator that receives the second-lowest level on an evaluation (“Minimally/Emerging effective”) may not advance on the salary schedule, unless that educator is provisional or in the first year of a new subject, grade level, or school assignment.

The following events will subject the Educator to an interim withholding of the most recent legislative allocated salary adjustment until completion of the identified requirements regardless of evaluation results.

  • Failure to complete EYE, Alternative Route to Licensure, or other licensing requirements within USOE or District authorized time limits until such requirements are completed. Teacher salary adjustments will resume the month following satisfactory completion of omitted requirements.
  • Placement on a District-level Formal Notice of Probation will result in a withhold of the most recent legislative allocated salary adjustment for a period of one year (12 months) commencing at the beginning of the next contract year following the issue date of the formal notice, regardless of evaluation results.

Nondiscrimination

Policy Code: 
AC
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, February 24th, 2015

 

Nondiscrimination  

It is the policy of the Iron County School District not to discriminate on the basis of sex in its educational programs, activities or employment policies as required by Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments.  It is also the policy of the Iron County School District not to discriminate on the basis of disability as stated in Title VI.  Inquiries regarding compliance with Title IX, Title VI, or Section 504 may be directed to the Iron County School District compliance administrator at 2077 West Royal Hunte Drive, Cedar City, Utah 84720, telephone number 435-586-2804.

The Iron County School District is also committed to the concept of equal opportunity employment.  This commitment will be supported by positive practices and efforts to ensure equal opportunity and non-discrimination treatment of persons regardless of race, color, religious creed, ancestry, national origin, age, marital or parental status, or sex, both in terms of securing employment and promotional opportunities.  This plan also applies to qualified individuals with disabilities.

1.  Access to courses

The Iron County School District is hereby notifying all teachers, principals, counselors, and librarians that students cannot be denied access to courses with regard to sex.  Such employees are requested to notify their school principal of any policies, rules, or regulations, which deny students access to course offerings with regard to sex.  The Iron County School District shall not provide any course or otherwise carry out any of its educational program or activity separately on the basis of sex, or require or refuse participation therein by any of its students on such basis, including health, physical education, industrial, business, vocational technical, home economics, music, and adult education courses.

Vocal music

Teachers of vocal music may make requirements based on vocal range or quality, which may result in a chorus or choruses of one or predominantly one sex.

2.  Counseling and Psychological Services

The Iron County School District shall not discriminate against any personon the basis of sex in the counseling or guidance of students or applicants for admission.  Counseling and psychological services policies and testing instruments shall conform to the Title IX regulations.

3.  Extracurricular activities open to both sexes.

No person shall, on the basis of sex, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any academic, extracurricular, research, operational training, or other education program or activity operated by the Iron County School District.

Voluntary youth service organizations

Title IX requirements do not apply to the membership practices of voluntary youth service organizations which are exempt from taxation under Section 501 (a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 and the membership of which has been traditionally limited to members of one sex and principally to persons of less than nineteen years of age.

Athletics in general

No person shall, on the basis of sex, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, be treated differently from another person, or otherwise be discriminated against in any interscholastic club or intramural athletics offered by the Iron County School District and said district shall not provide any such athletics separately on such a basis.

a.  Separate teams

Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph 3b, the Iron County School District may operate or sponsor separate teams for members of each sex where selection for such teams is based upon competitive skill or the activity involved is a contact sport.  However, where the Iron County School District operates or sponsors a team in a particular sport for members of one sex but operates or sponsors no such team for members of the other sex, and athletic opportunities for members of that sex have been previously limited, members of the excluded sex must be allowed to try out for the team offered unless the sport involved is a contact sport.  Contact sports include basketball, boxing, wrestling, rugby, ice hockey, football, and other sports whose purpose or major activity involves bodily contact.

b.  Athletic season

The length of a season, including the number of opportunities to compete before an audience should not differ for boys’ and girls' teams in the same sport.

4. Treatment of students

Students shall not be discriminated against with regard to sex in areas such as health services, insurance benefits, dress codes, behavior codes, honors and awards, extracurricular activities, etc.

5.  Marital or parental status

The Iron County School District shall not apply any rule concerning an employee's or a student's actual or potential parental, family, or marital status which treats individuals differently on the basis of sex.

6.  Grievance procedure

Pursuant to the grievance policies and procedures of the Iron County School District, any student, employee, or patron of the school district may file a grievance for any perceived violation of the nondiscrimination laws and district policies by following the procedures described in policy GBM of this handbook.

Report of Sexual Harrassment

Policy Code: 
ACA-E
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, March 28th, 2006
Review Date: 
Tuesday, November 18th, 2014

REPORT OF SEXUAL HARASSMENT

This form is affected by the Privacy Act of 1974 and shall be maintained confidential by the School District.

Name:______________________________Home Telephone Number:_________________

 

Street Address:______________________________________________________________

 

Employment Position:_________________________School:_________________________

 

Street Address:______________________________________________________________

 

The particulars are  (if additional space is needed, attach extra sheets):

 

__________________________________________________________________________

 

__________________________________________________________________________

 

__________________________________________________________________________

 

__________________________________________________________________________

 

Persons Involved:____________________________________________________________

 

Description of dates, places and nature of sexual harassment:__________________________

 

__________________________________________________________________________

 

__________________________________________________________________________

 

Witnesses (if any):___________________________________________________________

 

                                                                        __________________________________

                                                                        Signature of Complainant

Sexual Harassment

Policy Code: 
ACA
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, March 28th, 2006
Review Date: 
Tuesday, November 18th, 2014

SEXUAL HARASSMENT

GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

Sexual harassment is a form of sex discrimination, which violates Section 703 of Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, 42 U.S.C.  §2000e, et seq. and §34-35-2 et seq.  of the Utah Anti-discrimination Act.

It is the policy of the School District to maintain a learning and working environment that is free from sexual harassment.  The School District prohibits any form of sexual harassment.

It shall be a violation of this policy for any student or employee of the School District to harass a student or an employee through conduct or communication of a sexual nature as defined by this policy.

The School District will act to investigate all complaints, either formal or informal, verbal or written, of sexual harassment and to discipline any student or employee who sexually harasses a student or employee of the School District.

42 U.S.C. 2000 et seq

§5-35-1 et seq. Utah Code Annotated

SEXUAL HARASSMENT DEFINED

A.  Sexual Harassment consists of unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, sexually motivated physical conduct or other verbal or physical conduct or communication of a sexual nature when:

  1. Submission to that conduct or communication is made a term or condition, either explicitly or implicitly, of obtaining or retaining employment, or of obtaining an education; or
  2. Submission to or rejection of that conduct or communication by an individual is used as a factor in decisions affecting that individual's employment or education; or
  3. That conduct or communication has the purpose or effect of substantially or unreasonably interfering with an individual's employment or education, or creating an intimidating, hostile or offensive employment or education environment. 

Any sexual harassment as defined when perpetrated on any student or employee by any student or employee will be treated as sexual harassment under this policy.

B.  Sexual harassment may include but is not limited to:

  1. Verbal harassment or abuse;
  2. Subtle pressure for sexual activity;
  3. Inappropriate patting or pinching;
  4. Intentional brushing against a student's or an employee's body;
  5. Demanding sexual favors accompanied by implied or overt threats concerning an individual's employment or educational status;
  6. Demanding sexual favors accompanied by implied or overt promises of preferential treatment with regard to an individual's employment or educational status; or
  7. Any unwelcome sexually motivated touching.

Meritor Savings Bank v. Vinson,  477 U. S.  57  (1986)

Baker v. Weyerhauser Co.,  903 F.2d 1342 (10th Cir. 1990)

REPORTING PROCEDURES

Any person who believes he or she has been the victim of sexual harassment by a student or an employee of the School District, or any third person with knowledge or belief of conduct which may constitute sexual harassment should submit a written report of the alleged acts immediately to an appropriate School District official as designated by this policy.  The School District encourages the reporting party or complainant to use the report form available from the principal of each building or available from the School District office. 

A.  In Each School Building.  The building principal is the person responsible for receiving oral or written reports of sexual harassment at the building level.  Upon receipt of a report, the principal must notify the District Human Rights Officer immediately without screening or investigating the report.  A written report will be forwarded simultaneously to the Human Rights Officer.  If the report was given verbally, the principal shall reduce it to written form within 24 hours and forward it to the Human Rights Officer.  Failure to forward any sexual harassment report or complaint as provided herein will result in disciplinary action.  If the complaint involves the building principal, the complaint shall be filed directly with the District Human Rights Officer.

B.  District-Wide.  The School Board hereby designates The Director of Special Programs as the School District Human Rights Officer to receive reports or complaints of sexual harassment from any individual, employee or victim of sexual harassment and also from the building principals as outlined above.  If the complaint involves the Human Rights Officer, the complaint shall be filed directly with the Superintendent.  The School District shall conspicuously post the name of the Human Rights Officer, including a mailing address and telephone number.

C.  Submission of a complaint or report of sexual harassment will not affect the individual's future employment, grades or work assignments.

D.  Use of formal reporting forms is not mandatory.

The School District will respect the confidentiality of the complainant and the individual(s) against whom the complaint is filed as much as possible, consistent with the School District's legal obligations and the necessity to investigate allegations of harassment and take disciplinary action when the conduct has occurred. 

INVESTIGATION AND RECOMMENDATION

By authority of the School District, the Human Rights Officer, upon receipt of a report or complaint alleging sexual harassment, shall immediately authorize an investigation.  This investigation may be conducted by School District Officials or a third party designated by the School District.  The investigating party shall provide a written report of the status of the investigation within 10 working days to the Superintendent and the Human Rights Officer. 

In determining whether alleged conduct constitutes sexual harassment, the School District should consider the surrounding circumstances, the nature of the sexual advances, relationships between the parties involved and the context in which the alleged incidents occurred.

The investigation may consist of personal interviews with the complainant, the individuals against whom the complaint is filed, and others who may have knowledge of the alleged incident(s) or circumstances giving rise to the complaint.  The investigation may also consist of any other methods and documents deemed pertinent by the investigator.

In addition, the School District may take immediate steps, at its discretion, to protect the complainant, students and employees pending completion of an investigation of alleged sexual harassment.

The School District Human Rights Officer shall make a report to the Superintendent upon completion of the investigation.

SCHOOL DISTRICT ACTION V7

A.   Upon receipt of a recommendation that the complaint is valid, the School District will take such action as appropriate based on the results of the investigation.

B.   The result of the investigation of each complaint filed under these procedures will be reported in writing to the complainant by the School District.  The report will document any disciplinary action taken as a result of the complaint.

REPRISAL

The School District will discipline any individual who retaliates against any person who reports alleged sexual harassment or who retaliates against any person who testifies, assists or participates in an investigation, proceeding or hearing relating to a sexual harassment complaint.  Retaliation includes, but is not limited to, any form of intimidation, reprisal or harassment.

NON-HARASSMENT

The School District recognizes that not every advance or consent of a sexual nature constitutes sexual harassment.  Whether a particular action or incident is a personal, social relationship without a discriminatory employment effect requires a determination based on all the facts and surrounding circumstances.  False accusations of sexual harassment can have a serious detrimental effect on innocent parties.

RIGHT TO ALTERNATIVE COMPLAINT PROCEDURES

These procedures do not deny the right of any individual to pursue other avenues of recourse which may include filing charges with the Utah Department of Human Rights, initiating civil action or seeking redress under state criminal statutes and/or federal law.

SEXUAL HARASSMENT AS SEXUAL ABUSE

Under certain circumstances, sexual harassment may constitute sexual abuse and require reporting to appropriate authorities.  In such cases, the provisions of Policy JH governing reporting of abuse should be followed.

DISCIPLINE

Any school district action taken pursuant to this policy will be consistent with requirements of applicable Utah statutes and School District policies.  The School District will take such disciplinary action it deems necessary and appropriate, including warning, suspension or immediate termination to end sexual harassment and prevent its recurrence.

NOTICE

Notice of this policy shall be communicated to all employees and students.

 

Strategic Plan

Policy Code: 
AE
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, January 27th, 2015

IRON COUNTY SCHOOL DISTRICT

MISSION, VISION, VALUES & GOALS

The Iron County School District Board, district administration, and district leadership team are committed to the education and well being of each student and educator.  As member of a professional learning community, we have identified the following school improvement framework that is supported by our collective mission, vision, shared values, and goals that will guide the policies procedures, processes, priorities, and day-to-day decisions of the district.  We will acknowledge and address behaviors that are inconsistent with the district’s mission vision, values, and goals.

Mission: (Why we do what we do)

Reaching Higher: Creating a Better Tomorrow For All

Vision: (What we will do)

Empowering ALL to learn at high-levels through systematic district and school-wide support.

The ICSD School Improvement Framework: A Dynamic Multi-tiered System of Supports (MTSS)

A presentation regarding school improvement efforts is available on the district’s website at www.irondistrict.org.

Values or Shared Commitments: (How we will accomplish our goals and make our mission and vision a reality)

  • We will actively promote and support the District’s mission, vision, values and goals.
  • We will contribute to the success and productivity of high-functioning professional learning communities at every level of the district system.
  • We will hold high standards and expectations for student and educator success through self-reflection and collective inquiry regarding best practices.
  • We will focus our efforts on student and educator learning to promote and realize increased student achievement as identified in the six foundational components of the above school improvement framework.
  • We will engage in self-reflection and collective inquiry on the results of student and educator growth in order to improve student learning across each of the three tiers of support.
  • We will manage the district’s resources in a manner that addresses the needs of the community, establishes community partnerships, and builds community support.
  • We will recognize and celebrate the individual and collective efforts and achievements of the Iron County School District community.
  • We will commit to a high level of mutual support and trust amoung all members of the learning community at all levels of the district system.
  • We will manage the district's resources in a manner that addresses the needs fo the community, establishes community partnerships, and builds community support.
  • We will recognize and celebrate the individual and collective efforts and achievements of teh Iron County School District community.

Section B - Board

Board Policy Development

Policy Code: 
BF
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, October 24th, 2006
Review Date: 
Tuesday, December 16th, 2014

BOARD POLICY DEVELOPMENT

Adoption of new policies or changing existing policies is solely the responsibility of the Board of Education.

Proposals for new policies or revisions of current policies may be initiated in writing by anyone interested in or connected with the district and presented to any member of the Board for referral to the policy committee chairman.  The policy committee will review the proposal and either approve it for drafting or reject it and inform the Board of the proposal and its reason(s) for rejection at the next Board meeting.

Except for policy actions to be taken on emergency measures, the adoption of policies by the Board will follow the sequence below.  The sequence may not be concluded in less than two public meetings of the Board as indicated.

1.  Reading of proposed new or revised policy or policies as an item of information after a copy of the draft is distributed to Board members.  (First meeting of the Board)

2.  Receiving of concerned group or individual responses by policy chairman for presentation to the policy committee prior to the next public Board meeting.

3.  Discussion and final action by the Board after having received a copy of the final draft from the policy committee.  (Second or subsequent meeting of the Board)

Changes to the proposal after the first reading will not require repetition of the sequence unless the Board so directs.

The formal adoption of policies will be recorded in the minutes of the Board meeting.  Only those written statements so adopted and so recorded will be regarded as official policy of the Board.  Policies will be effective immediately upon adoption unless a specific date for the policy to become effective is provided in the motion to adopt. 

It will be the responsibility of all employees of the Iron School District to read and be familiar with the Policy Handbook.  At the beginning of each school year, principals will have the employees of their school sign that they have read the Policy Handbook and then turn that list in to the Superintendent.

 

Nepotism

Policy Code: 
BBFA
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, August 25th, 2009
Review Date: 
Tuesday, December 16th, 2014
NEPOTISM

1. It is unlawful for any person holding any position, the compensation for which is paid out of public funds, to employ, appoint, or vote for the appointment of his or her father, mother, husband, wife, son, daughter, sister, brother, uncle, aunt, nephew, niece, first cousin, mother-in-law, father-in-law, brother-in-law, sister-in-law, son-in-law, or daughter-in-law in or to any position or employment, when the salary, wages, pay or compensation of such appointee is to be paid out of any public funds.  It is unlawful for such appointee to accept or to retain such employment when his initial appointment thereto was made in contravention of the foregoing sentence by a person within the degrees of consanguinity or affinity therein specified having the direct power of employment or appointment to such position, or by a board or group of which such person is a member.  Utah Code (52-3-1)

2. A Board member who does not employ, appoint or vote for the appointment of persons within the enumerated degrees of consanguinity or affinity does not violate the nepotism law.  Board members may abstain from voting when a person identified in #1 is being recommended for hire or a contract obligating district funds is being awarded.

3. No employee shall be directly supervised or evaluated by a relative.  Family members as described in #1 may not be employed under the same immediate supervisor.

4. In the event of a lack of candidates, a need for specialized skills or unique circumstances, the restriction against hiring relatives may be waived in the best interest of the district upon recommendation of the Superintendent and appropriate administrator or director, and upon approval of the Board.

5. Seasonal employees or specific task assignments of short duration may be exempt from these guidelines.

6. The Board will not purchase supplies, equipment, or personal services from any member of the Board, or from any employee of the Board, or from a firm or corporation in which a Board member or an employee has a significant interest unless such purchases are made on the basis of bids or quotations.  Members may submit bids when formal bids are requested but cannot vote to award contracts under such bids.

7. Employees hired prior to adoption of this policy are exempt from the guideline except when determined otherwise by the Board or Superintendent.

 

Communications To and From the Board of Education

Policy Code: 
BG
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, February 22nd, 2000
Review Date: 
Tuesday, January 27th, 2015
COMMUNICATIONS TO AND FROM THE BOARD OF EDUCATION 
  1. All reports and communications to be submitted to the Board for action by patrons, principals, teachers, or other employees shall be presented to the Superintendent who shall then transmit them to the Board or invite the person to give the report or communication to the entire Board.
  2. Whenever a report or communication pertains to a given school or department, it must first be received by the principal or director concerned unless it is a report requested by the Board.
  3. All school problems submitted by a teacher or other employee shall be presented to the entire board according to the grievance procedures as enumerated in policy GBM.
  4. Every principal, teacher or other school employee has the privilege of appearing before the Board.  The right to appeal to the Board shall not be denied any employee or parent, but no complaint or grievance will be considered by the Board before it has received consideration by the Superintendent and the persons involved.  The Board of Education shall permit the complainant to address the Board in public or closed session, as appropriate or lawful.
  5. Communications from the Board to teachers, principals, classified employees, etc. should be given to the Superintendent who will direct them to the appropriate employees.
  6. If complaints are communicated to board members by patrons, parents, etc., board members should carefully listen to the complaints or communications.  After listening carefully, the appropriate response is to suggest that the person making the complaint directly contact the employee who is involved in the complaint.  If the parent does not feel comfortable in talking to the teacher or other person who is involved in the complaint, board members should suggest that the parent contact the immediate supervisor of the school employee.  The Board should be a hearing body of last resort.  Problems should be solved on the level where they originate, if at all possible.

 

Electronic Board Meetings

Policy Code: 
BE
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, September 22nd, 2015

ELECTRONIC BOARD MEETINGS

ELECTRONIC MEETINGS AUTHORIZED

The board authorizes its meetings to be held through electronic means as set forth in this policy. Such electronic means may include communications by telephone, telecommunications, computer, or similar methods of remote communication. Unless specifically stated by this policy, the other policies governing Board meetings (relating to notice, meetings being open to the public, and other matters) also apply to Board meetings held through electronic means.

DEFINITIONS

The following terms are used in this policy:

1.  Primary location: A designated physical location from which the electronic meeting originates or to which participants are connected.
2.  Electronic notice: electronic mail (email) or fax

MEMBER REQUEST REQUIRED FOR AN ELECTRONIC MEETING

A Board meeting may be held as an electronic meeting only upon request of a member of the Board.  This request must be made at least three days prior to the time that the Board meeting is scheduled, so that the necessary arrangements can be made for the electronic meeting. Utah Code Ann. 52-4-207

NOTICE TO BOARD MEMBERS OF AN ELECTRONIC MEETING

After an electronic meeting has been scheduled, and at least 24 hours before the meeting, the members of the Board shall be notified of the electronic meeting and informed how one or more members of the Board will be connected to the meeting.

PRIMARY LOCATION AT REGULAR MEETING LOCATION

The primary location for the electronic meeting shall be in the building where the Board meeting would have been held if it were not held electronically.

ELECTRONIC MEETING NOT AVAILABLE FOR SITE VISIT OR TRAVELING TOUR

When the scheduled meeting is a site visit or traveling tour, the meeting may not be conducted or convened electronically.

PUBLIC NOTICE OF AN ELECTRONIC MEETING

In addition to providing and posting the notices required for other Board meetings, the Board shall provide at least 24 hours’ advance written or electronic notice of the electronic meeting to:

1.  A newspaper of general circulation within the state; and
2.  A local media correspondent

The Board shall also post written notice of the electronic meeting at the primary location at least 24 hours prior to the electronic meeting.  The notices of the electronic meeting shall specify the primary location of the meeting.

PUBLIC ACCESS TO ELECTRONIC MEETINGS

Space and facilities shall be provided at the primary location of an electronic meeting of the Board to permit members of the public to attend and monitor the electronic meeting (except those portions of such a meeting which have been properly closed to the public by the Board).  If the Board meeting is one at which comments from the public will be accepted, then the space and facilities shall also permit members of the public to participate in the electronic meeting.  In this section,


1.  “Monitor” means to hear and/or see, live, all statements made by each Board member in the meeting (by speaker, computer screen, or other medium).
2.  “Participate” means to be able to communicate with all Board members in the meeting, such that each Board member can hear or see the communications.

Members of the public are not entitled to monitor or attend electronic meetings except through the space and facilities provided at the primary location.  (Members of the public cannot request an electronic meeting and do not have the right to be remotely connected to a Board meeting except as set forth in this section.) Utah Code Ann. 52-4-207

Tier 2 Elected Officials

Policy Code: 
BH
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, August 26th, 2014

TIER 2 ELECTED OFFICIALS

Under Utah Retirement Systems rules regarding elected officials, all full-time elected officials taking office for the first time after June 30, 2011, are restricted to participation in the Utah Retirement Systems Tier 2 Defined Contribution Plan only.  Part-time elected officials are ineligible under Tier 2, and no contributions would be required.  Iron County School District has determined that our elected officials (School Board Members) are part-time and therefore ineligible for any retirement benefits.

Section D - Budget and Finance

Annual Budget

Policy Code: 
DB
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, December 20th, 2016

ANNUAL BUDGET

The school budget is probably the most important single publication which the school district presents to the local citizens.  The budget serves as both a guide and control over the operations of the district during the fiscal year.

The Superintendent, as executive officer of the Board, should furnish the leadership in developing the budget through various significant steps.  The Superintendent or his/her designee, such as the School Business Administrator, is responsible for initiating the budgeting process and insuring that the steps leading to final acceptance of the budget and approval by the Board of Education are carried out in the proper time frame. The Superintendent shall take necessary steps to insure that fiscal resources provide equivalence among schools for provision of curriculum materials, instructional supplies, teachers, administrators, and auxiliary personnel. This will be accomplished through consistent budgetary formulas among all schools.

Since the budget is essentially a plan, it should be based on the best information available at the time it is prepared.  The persons in the best positions to provide this information for any particular area should be involved in the budgeting process at their level of responsibility and at the appropriate time.

The Superintendent has the responsibility for coordinating the overall budget scheme and providing for such factors as growth and inflation.  It is the Superintendent's responsibility to maintain the highest level of education possible within the amount of available funds.  A carefully prepared budget with periodic evaluation is essential to the attainment of this goal.  The budget process should be cyclic, a continuous function, consisting of the general basic steps of planning, coordinating, interpreting, approving, administering, and appraising.

 

Audit Legal Requirements

Policy Code: 
DIE-R
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, April 24th, 2007
Review Date: 
Tuesday, June 16th, 2015

AUDIT LEGAL REQUIREMENTS

1.  Audits shall be made annually by a competent public accountant.  

The school district Board of Education shall cause an audit to be made of its accounts by a competent public accountant.  The audit shall be made at least annually.  The audit shall be a complete audit of the accounts of all officers of such entity having responsibility for the care, management, collection, or disbursement of money belonging to it or appropriated by law or otherwise acquired for its use or benefit.

2.  Generally accepted auditing standards shall be used.  

Audits shall be performed and financial statements presented in accordance with generally accepted auditing and accounting standards, principles, and procedures promulgated by recognized authoritative bodies. 

3.  Audit reports shall be filed and preserved. 

All required audit reports shall be filed and preserved by the local Board of Education and copies thereof shall be filed with the state auditor.  Copies of the audits affecting school districts shall also be filed in the office of the Superintendent of public instruction.

4.  The auditor's field work must be completed before the annual financial report is submitted on October 1. 

The auditors shall complete their fieldwork in sufficient time to allow them to verify necessary audit adjustments included in the annual financial report to the State Superintendent.  The Annual Financial Report of the school district for the school year then closing, containing items required by law or by the State Board of Education shall be forwarded to the state superintendent no later that October 1.

5.  The statistical audit report is due July 15.  

The opinion on the statistical report of the auditors shall be forwarded to the State Superintendent no later than July 15 of each year.

6.  The audited financial report shall be prepared as required by Utah Code.  

The annual financial report of the school district, attested to by independent auditors, shall be prepared as required by the Utah Code.  The completed audit report shall be delivered to the school district Board of Education and the State Superintendent of public instruction as required by law.

7.  Audits are to be verified by The State Board of Education. 

The State Board of Education is responsible for verifying audits of financial and student accounting records of school district for purposes of determining allocation of Uniform School Fund money. 

8.  Copies of audits shall be open to inspection.  

Copies of the audits shall be open to inspection during regular office hours by any interested person or persons wherever filed.

9.  Federal auditing requirements are to be met.  

In the event the Iron County School District receives federal funding, the audits shall be performed in accordance with both federal and state auditing requirements.

Current basic federal auditing requirements are set forth in the Single Audit Act of 1984 and Office of Management and Budget Circular A-128.  Because school districts are in a sub-recipient relationship with the State Board of Education, the State Board is responsible for requiring annual single audits of all school districts.

Within federal standards, the cost of auditing any federal program should be charged to the program.

Utah Code 53A-3-404

Utah Code 53A-1-405

 

Audits

Policy Code: 
DIE
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, January 27th, 2015
Review Date: 
Tuesday, June 16th, 2015

AUDITS 

In accordance with state and federal statutes, policies, and guidelines, all financial records of the district will be audited following the close of each fiscal year.

The Board will appoint an independent auditor, as approved by the State Auditor's Office, to conduct this audit, which must show all money collected, disbursed, and retained together with receipts verifying money collected and vouchers for money disbursed.  The audit must also show a comparison of disbursements with budgeted accounts and must be completed in time to be submitted to the state auditor as required by law following the close of the fiscal year.

The independent auditor will also audit the accounts of each individual school in the district for report to the Board of Education.

Iron District shall have an audit committee.  UCA 53A-30-103(1) The Board will appoint two board members to the district audit committee.  When the District enrollment exceeds 10,000 students, then three board members will be appointed.  In addition to establishing internal controls and reviewing the audit reports with the external auditors, the committee will monitor the internal audit function.  When the District enrollment exceeds 10,000 students, the District is required to have an internal audit director and an internal audit function. UCA 53A-30-103(2)(b)

Authorized Signatures/Check-Writing Services

Policy Code: 
DGA
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, February 27th, 2007
Review Date: 
Tuesday, May 19th, 2015

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURES/CHECK-WRITING SERVICES

Checks drawn on district funds require the signatures of the Board President and the Business Administrator.

All checks drawn on school accounts must have two signatures.

All checks issued in the school district will be pre-numbered.

 

Bonded Employees and Officers

Policy Code: 
DH
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, February 27th, 2007
Review Date: 
Tuesday, May 19th, 2015

BONDED EMPLOYEES AND OFFICERS

At the time of the Business Administrator’s appointment or reappointment, the Board will authorize a bond for the Business Administrator in an amount determined by the Utah Money Management Council.  The cost of the bond will be paid by the District.

The Board will authorize the District to provide a blanket bond to cover all employees who handle district funds.

 

Budget Deadlines and Schedules

Policy Code: 
DBC
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, December 16th, 2014
Review Date: 
Tuesday, March 24th, 2015

BUDGET DEADLINES AND SCHEDULES 

The Iron County School District is subject to one of two budget adoption calendars.  Which of the two calendars applies each year depends on whether the district exceeds its certified tax rate as determined by the county auditor.  The certified tax rate is the rate that will provide the same tax revenue (for all funds) as was budgeted in the prior year.  This is exclusive of new growth, and excluding the minimum school program basic levy and local incentive levy set by law and the levy for debt service voted on by the public.

Each of the two calendars is summarized in DBC-R.  For additional detail refer to the sections of the Utah Code cited above.

Budget Hearings and Reviews

Policy Code: 
DBG
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, April 25th, 2000
Review Date: 
Tuesday, March 24th, 2015

BUDGET HEARINGS AND REVIEWS 

At a date, time, and place determined by the Board according to state law, a budget hearing will be held, at which time Board members will explain the proposed budget and invite questions and discussion relative to the budget items.  Formal action by the Board to officially adopt the budget will be taken following the hearing.

The announcement of the hearing will conform with the appropriate legal requirements.

 

Budget Implementation

Policy Code: 
DBJ
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, September 26th, 2000
Review Date: 
Tuesday, March 24th, 2015

BUDGET IMPLEMENTATION

The Board places the responsibility for administering the operating budget, once adopted, with the Superintendent.

All actions of the Superintendent or duly delegated employees of the district in executing the programs and activities as set forth in the adopted operation budget are authorized to implement the programs and activities, subject, however, to continuous review by the Board, and further limited to the following provisions.

1.  All expenditures of funds for the employment and assignment of personnel must meet the legal requirements of the laws of the State of Utah and Board policies.

2.  All expenditures so authorized must be contained and fully funded within the budgeted amounts of the operation unit as adopted by the Board.

3.  All purchases must be made in accordance with the requirements of the adopted Board policy.

4.  All budget actions must be consistent with other Utah laws and with other policies of the Board.

5.   Appropriate financial reports will be given to the Board for control purposes.

 

Budget Legal Requirements

Policy Code: 
DBBA
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, December 16th, 2014
Review Date: 
Tuesday, January 27th, 2015

BUDGET LEGAL REQUIREMENTS

Selected Utah legal requirements relating to the school district budget are summarized below.  For additional detail refer to the sections of the Utah Code cited.

1.  The Superintendent of each school district is the budget officer of the district. (53A-19-101)

2.  The Business Administrator shall assist the Superintendent in the preparation and submission of a tentative budget and shall use budgeting procedures and forms approved by the State Board of Education.

3.  A local Board of Education may adopt a budget with an undistributed reserve in accordance with a scale adopted by the State Board of Education.  The scale is based on the size of the school district's budget.  Appropriations from the undistributed reserve must be approved by a majority vote of the local Board of Education.  Undistributed reserves may not be used in negotiations or settlement of contract salaries for school district employees. (53A-19-103)

4.  It is unlawful for a local Board to make any appropriation in excess of the estimated expendable revenue, including undistributed reserves, for the following year. (53A-19-104 (1) )

5.  A local Board may reduce a budget appropriation at its regular meeting. (53A-19-104 (5) )

6.  An increase in an appropriation may not be made by the Board unless the Board receives a written request from the Superintendent, a notice is published in a newspaper, and a public hearing is held. (53A-19-105 (6) )

7.  The Business Administrator may not draw warrants on school district funds except in accordance with, and within the limits of, the budget passed by the local Board (53A-19-107), or where appropriations are required because of emergencies involving loss of life or great loss of property. (53A-19-108)

Budgeting System

Policy Code: 
DBA
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, April 25th, 2000
Review Date: 
Tuesday, January 27th, 2015

BUDGETING SYSTEM

The budget proposal will be organized and presented in accordance with the format required to comply with the laws of the State of Utah and the regulations of the State Board of Education. The budget will be presented in programmed form on the Annual Financial Report as specified by the Utah State Office of Education.

 

Cash in Buildings

Policy Code: 
DM
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, October 23rd, 2007
Review Date: 
Tuesday, January 26th, 2016

CASH IN BUILDINGS

Money collected for any purpose will be submitted to the school principal or a designee prior to the end of the school day during which it was collected.

No money will be kept overnight in school buildings. Money will be deposited daily in the bank where the school's accounts are maintained.

This policy does not refer to petty cash accounts. (DJB)

 

Copyrights and Royalties

Policy Code: 
DFF
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, August 25th, 2015

Copyrights and royalties

School District Participation in Dramatic Play and Musical Royalties

An annual allowance not to exceed $500.00 for any major drama production and $1,000.00 for one major musical production will be allowed upon verification of actual costs incurred.  Royalties are considered as part of the costs.

Materials Developed within the Iron County School District

Materials, including computer software programs, developed by persons in the employ of the district--including faculty, other staff, and students--become the property of the Board of Education if the materials were developed during the hours of employment and/or with the use of district-owned equipment or supplies. 

To encourage employees and students to develop such materials and programs for use within and outside the school district, special agreements may be initiated between the creators of the materials and the Board, through the Superintendent.

The copyright and royalties of computer software programs and other materials developed solely at an individual's expense and on his or her own time will be the property of the individual.

 

Expense Reimbursement Voucher Form

Policy Code: 
DLC-E
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, May 22nd, 2001
Review Date: 
Tuesday, November 24th, 2015

Expense Reimbursement Voucher Form.  Click here for PDF file.

Expense Reimbursements

Policy Code: 
DLC
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, May 22nd, 2001
Review Date: 
Tuesday, November 24th, 2015

EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENTS

Personnel and district officials who incur expenses in carrying out their authorized duties will be reimbursed upon submission of a properly filled-out and approved voucher and such supporting receipts as required by the business office.

Expenses for travel will be reimbursed when the travel has the advance authorization of the superintendent and/or Board.

Mileage will be paid at a rate authorized by the Board.

The Board authorizes the Superintendent to establish regulations controlling payment of car allowances to employees for use of personal cars in transaction of school district business and reimbursement for educational meeting transportation and lodging costs.

 

Financial Calendars

Policy Code: 
DBC-R
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, May 17th, 2016

FINANCIAL CALENDARS

A.  Calendar if a school system exceeds the certified tax rate:

 

By March 1                 School District            Notifies the county commission of the date,

                                                                        time, and place of its tax rate hearing and

                                                                        budget hearing.  (59-9-15 (5) )

 

Before June 1              School District            Superintendent files a tentative budget with

                                                                        the Board of Education.  (53-20-1 (2) )

 

                                                                        The tentative budget is placed on file with the

                                                                        business administrator for public inspection

                                                                        (at least 10 days prior to a public hearing).

                                                                        (53-20-2 (2b) )

 

Before June 1              County Assessor         Delivers to the county auditor a statement

                                                                        showing the valuation of all taxable property

                                                                        in the school district.  (59-5-6 (1) )

 

On or Before               County Auditor           Transmits to each school district the

June 8                                                              assessor's valuation statement, the district's

                                                                        certified tax rate, and forms for submitting

                                                                        a tax rate request.  (59-2-803)

 

On or Before               School District            Adopts a tentative budget for the forthcoming

June 22                                                            year (59-5-6 (3) ) and adopts a proposed tax

                                                                        rate.  (59-9-7)

 

                                    School District            Notifies the county auditor of its tax amount,

                                                                        including its intent to exceed the certified tax

                                                                        rate.  (59-5-6-(3) )

 

Two weeks                  School District            Advertises its intent to fix its budget and also

Prior to Budget                                                its intent to exceed its certified tax rate.

Adoption                                                         (59-9-14)  The advertisement shows the date,

                                                                        time and place of the tax rate hearing and of

                                                                        the budget hearing.  (The hearings may be

                                                                        held jointly.)  (59-9-15 (1) )

 

On or Before               County Auditor           By mail notifies all property owners of the

July 22                                                            school district's (and other taxing entities')

                                                                        intent to exceed the certified tax rate.

                                                                        (59-9-15 (2) )

 

At Least 10                  School District            Holds a public hearing on the proposed tax

Days Later                                                       rate, then adopts a resolution levying a rate.

(by 8/17)                                                         (59-9-15 (3) )

 

                                                                        Holds a public hearing on its budget for the

                                                                        forthcoming year, then adopts the budget.

 

Before Aug. 17            School District            Forwards its tax rate resolution to the county

                                                                        auditor.  (59-9-10)

 

By Aug. 22                  School District            Submits its Uniform Budget Report (Form

                                                                        F-16) signed by the Superintendent, to the

                                                                        State Office of Education and the State

                                                                        Auditor.

 

If the budget is not adopted until after the beginning of the fiscal year, the school district may, until the hearing is held and final tax rates and a budget are adopted, expend moneys based (1) on its tentative budget after adoption, or (2) on its prior year's adopted final budget.  (59-9-19)

 

B.  Calendar if a school district does not exceed the certified tax rate:

 

By March 1                 School District            Notifies the county commission of the date,

                                                                        time, and place of its tax rate hearing and

                                                                        budget hearing.  (59-9-15 (5) )

 

Before June 1              County Assessor         Delivers to the county auditor a statement

                                                                        showing the valuation of all taxable property

                                                                        in the school district.  (59-5-6 (1) )

 

On or  Before              County Auditor           Transmits to each school district the

June 8                                                              assessors valuation statement, the district's

                                                                        certified tax rate, and forms for submitting a

                                                                        tax rate request.  (59-5-6 (1) )

 

                                    School District            Determines that it will not exceed the certified

                                                                        rate, notifies the county auditor, cancels the

                                                                        previously scheduled hearing, and schedules

                                                                        a June hearing.

 

Before June 1              School District            Superintendent files a tentative budget with

                                                                        the Board of Education.  (53-20-1 (2) )

 

                                                                        The tentative budget is placed on file with the

                                                                        business administrator for public inspection

                                                                        (at least 10 days prior to a public hearing).

                                                                        (53-20-2 (2b) )

 

                                                                        A budget adoption meeting notice is

                                                                        published (one-week prior to the meeting).

                                                                        (53-20-2 (2a) )

 

                                                                        A public hearing is held.  (53-20-2 (2) )

 

Before June 22            School District            Holds a meeting in which the Board adopts

                                                                        the budget for the upcoming fiscal year.

                                                                        (53-20-2 (1) )

 

By July 15                   School District            Submits the Uniform Budget Report signed

                                                                        by the superintendent, to the Utah State

                                                                        Office of Education and the State Auditor.

 

 

Financial Reports and Statements

Policy Code: 
DIC
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, April 24th, 2007
Review Date: 
Tuesday, June 16th, 2015

FINANCIAL REPORTS AND STATEMENTS

Financial reports from each school principal on all school accounts must be filed with the Business Administrator on a monthly basis on forms designed for that purpose

The Business Administrator holds responsibility for submitting financial reports to the Board and to the state and other governmental agencies as required.

A report will be given to the Board annually on the status of each appropriation.  A listing will be provided of disbursements for the current month.

Special reports will be provided by the Business Administrator as needed or as requested by the Board.

 

Fiscal Accounting and Reporting

Policy Code: 
DI
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, May 24th, 2011
Review Date: 
Tuesday, May 19th, 2015

FISCAL ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING

The district accounting system will provide an accurate record of financial transactions.  The district will use a modified accrual accounting system and records will be set up and maintained on a basis consistent with the accounting system detailed in the budgeting, accounting and auditing handbook published and approved by the Utah State Board of Education.

Funds received and/or disbursed by any agent of the school system will be accounted for carefully and accurately.  Procedures will conform with good accounting practices, including appropriate separation of accounts and funds.  Accounts will be kept in such a manner that they are easily reviewed and audited.

The Board of Education commits to maintain up to 5% of the General Fund budgeted expenditures (defined in Utah Code 53A-19-103 and Utah Administrative Code R277-425-4 as an undistributed reserve) as a committed fund balance as classified by GASB Statement No. 54, Fund Balance Reporting and Governmental Fund Type Definitions.  The specific purpose of the commitment is for economic stabilization.  Potential state budget cuts, disasters, immediate capital needs, and other significant events are circumstances or conditions that signal the need for stabilization.  Additionally, the commitment is necessary to maintain liquidity (i.e., reducing any disparity between when financial resources are available to make payments and the maturity of related liabilities).  As defined in state law, the commitment is not to be used “in the negotiation or settlement of contract salaries for school district employees.”

The Board of Education commits the unrestricted fund balance of District activity amounts held in the Student Activity Fund to be used to support District activities at the schools.  Examples of District activity funds include: athletics, textbooks, field trips, music programs, book fairs, and school plays.

The Board of Education delegates authority to the District Superintendent and District Business Administrator to assign fund balances at the end of each fiscal year.

When both restricted and unrestricted resources are available for use, it is the District’s policy to use restricted resources first, and then unrestricted resources.  Of the unrestricted resources, committed resources will be used first, followed by assigned resources, and then unassigned resources.

 

Fiscal Policies and Accountability

Policy Code: 
DA
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, August 23rd, 2016

FISCAL POLICIES AND ACCOUNTABILITY
  

Link to Fiscal Policies and Accountability

Fiscal Year

Policy Code: 
DBB
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, April 25th, 2000
Review Date: 
Tuesday, January 27th, 2015

FISCAL YEAR

 The fiscal year is defined as beginning on the first day of July and ending on the thirtieth day of June following.

 

Fixed Assets

Policy Code: 
DID
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, April 24th, 2007
Review Date: 
Tuesday, June 16th, 2015

FIXED ASSETS

An equipment inventory will be maintained on all capital outlay items exceeding $500 in value; other items of lesser values may be added at the Business Administrator’s discretion.  The inventory will serve both the functions of control and conservation.  All equipment and books must be properly tagged and identified.

Principals of each school or persons designated by them will update inventory records periodically during the school year. 

Before the close of the school year, a printout will be provided to each school or location for the purpose of checking accuracy and to fix any errors before the final year-end report is printed.  A list of items that need to be removed from the printout should be submitted to the district office complete with the reason for deletion.

No district employee shall transfer, sell, or trade-in any property owned by the district without written authorization of the procurement officer.  Schools and district departments shall notify the procurement officer in writing of all surplus property.  Insofar as feasible and practical, the procurement officer will transfer surplus property between schools.  Surplus property shall be offered to the general public through competitive sealed bids or public auction.  It is recognized, however, that some types and classes of items can be sold more readily and advantageously by other means.  In such cases, and also where the nature of the property or unusual circumstances call for its sale to be restricted or controlled, the procurement officer may employ such other means, provided such officer makes a written determination that such procedure is advantageous to the district. 

District employees shall not dispose of old equipment or books without first getting written permission from the district procurement officer.

 

Gate Receipts and Admissions

Policy Code: 
DFE
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, June 16th, 2015

GATE RECEIPTS AND ADMISSIONS

Admission prices for athletic events will be based on the recommendations of the UHSAA region of which the school is a member.

The principal is responsible for the proper collection, supervision, disbursement and/or remittance of these charges.

Admission to those school events for which an admission is charged ordinarily will be by tickets or special passes only.  Adequate records will be maintained for accounting purposes.

The school district provides all employees a free athletic pass each year, which admits the employee plus one additional person.  Passes must be obtained in person each year at the district office.  The pass is non-transferable and the person whose name is on the pass must present the pass for entrance to athletic events.

Non-athletic productions for which admissions may be charged

1.  Major school plays. 

2.  Major musical. 

3.  Guest artists or programs for which an admission is charged shall not be promoted by the high schools unless expressly approved in writing by the superintendent or the board.

Activities for which admission shall not be charged

1.  All music concerts.

2.  Individual class activities such as a junior play, a senior revue, etc.

3.  Activities considered to be student oriented which should be sponsored under the student body budget.  An activity card should provide entrance to most activities; otherwise, the card is of no value. 

Ticket sales and promotion

Ticket sales and promotion are governed by the Iron County School District policies for fundraising (see Student Fund-Raising Activities, IGDF).

Middle Schools shall not charge admission.

The conditions of this policy do not include student body dances, but the same criteria on selling and promoting such activities should be followed and costs should be reasonable.

 

Investments

Policy Code: 
DFA
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, September 26th, 2000
Review Date: 
Tuesday, March 24th, 2015

INVESTMENTS

The district will invest idle funds and use the investment income in accordance with state law.  All investing will be done under the guidelines of the Utah State Money Management Council rules and regulations.

 

Payment Procedures

Policy Code: 
DK
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, June 19th, 2007
Review Date: 
Tuesday, October 27th, 2015

PAYMENT PROCEDURES

All claims for payment from school funds must be submitted to, and will be processed by, the district.  Payment will be authorized against invoices properly supported by approved purchase orders, with properly submitted vouchers, or in accordance with salaries and salary schedules approved by the Board of Education.

 

Payroll

Policy Code: 
DL-R
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, August 28th, 2012
Review Date: 
Tuesday, November 24th, 2015

PAYROLL

Personnel shall be paid on the fifth and twentieth of each month.  If the payment date falls on a Saturday employees will be paid on the Friday before.  If the payment date falls on Sunday employees will be paid on the following Monday. 

1.  Hourly rate for extra teaching assignment for licensed personnel:

The rate of pay for voluntary extra teaching assignments and in-service activities will be based on established rates set by the School Board. 

2.  Substitute pay:

a.  Substitute teachers shall be paid at the rate established by the School Board. 

b.  Substitutes for classified employees shall be paid at the base step of the position for which they are substituting.

3.  Payroll time and pay records for classified employees:

a.  Each employee will be responsible for keeping an accurate daily record of his/her own hours worked on a time clock program provided by the district.  He/she shall be responsible for explaining any discrepancies between hours worked and hours to be paid, such as excused time, sick leave, and so forth.

b.   Employees are personally responsible and accountable for “clocking in” and “clocking out” of the time clock program.  Employees are not authorized or permitted to allow another employee to “clock in” or “clock out” for them.  If employees are caught doing this they will be subject to disciplinary action.

c.   The "work week" will begin Saturday at 12:01 a.m. and end at midnight the following Friday.

d.   All time and pay records must be retained for a period of three years.

e.   Executive, administrative, and professional personnel are not required to keep time cards.

4.  Payroll distribution:

a.   The employee’s net pay will be deposited directly to the employee's checking or savings account.  It will be the responsibility of the employee to provide the Iron County School District Office with an account number where pay is to be deposited.

b.  Earning statements will be transmitted electronically to all employees on each payday.



Payroll Procedures

Policy Code: 
DL
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, October 26th, 2010
Review Date: 
Tuesday, November 24th, 2015

PAYROLL PROCEDURES 

The Board shall, on an annual basis, adopt a policy setting forth salaries and benefits for each class of employees of the district.

All salaries and supplements paid regular staff members, substitute or part-time personnel, and student workers will be paid through the business office.

Substitutes for district employees shall be paid at the appropriate, established rate (see DL-R) for the first 20 consecutive days of employment as a substitute for a specific district employee.  Beginning with the 21st consecutive day of employment as a substitute for a specific district employee, the substitute will be paid according to the base lane and step of the applicable salary schedule.

Substitutes encountering a unique situation, such as an emergency long-term substitution, should contact the Business Administrator at the district office who can review the pay on a case by case basis.

Proper payroll procedures are dependent on staff attendance accounting and on the signing-in and signing-out of part-time and hourly workers, including personnel doing extra work for extra pay.  The necessary procedures for this will be established by the Business Administrator and carried out by administrative personnel.

Compensation records kept by the business office will reflect an accurate history of the compensation and related benefits accorded each employee.

 

Personal Use of School Vehicles

Policy Code: 
DLD
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, February 22nd, 2011
Review Date: 
Tuesday, November 24th, 2015

PERSONAL USE OF SCHOOL VEHICLES

Certain district supervisors or employees may be required to be “on call” as part of their assignment.  As part of their “on call” assignment they may be required to commute to and from work in their assigned district vehicle.  If this is required and approved by the district, they will be subject to the Internal Revenue Service Commuting Rule.

The employee is not allowed to use the district vehicle for personal purposes other than for commuting or de minimis personal use (such as a stop for a personal errand on the way between a district delivery and the employee’s home).  Personal use of a district vehicle is considered any use that is not specifically for district business.

The district will determine the value of a district vehicle provided to an employee for commuting by multiplying each one-way commute (that is, from home to work or from work to home) by $1.50.  This amount will be included in the employee’s wages and then reimbursed back to the district.

 

Petty Cash Accounts

Policy Code: 
DJB
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, April 24th, 2001
Review Date: 
Tuesday, October 27th, 2015

PETTY CASH ACCOUNTS

In order to facilitate refunds and minor purchases, the Board authorizes a petty cash fund in each school. The custodian for such accounts at the schools will be the principal.

Each transaction must be supported with proper receipts by the account custodian.

Justifiable expenditures from the petty cash accounts will include but not be limited to:  miscellaneous materials and supplies, office supplies, stamps, and freight.  All items purchased with petty cash funds should meet the criteria of an expedient measure and should not be used to circumvent established policy on purchasing authority.  Petty cash accounts will not be used to cash personal checks for staff or students.

The petty cash funds will be replenished as imprest funds and are to be reimbursed to each account through accounts payable after approval by the business office.

 

Public Schools Foundation

Policy Code: 
DFC
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, September 26th, 2000
Review Date: 
Tuesday, March 24th, 2015

PUBLIC SCHOOLS FOUNDATION

The Board will establish a nonprofit corporation to be known as the Iron District Foundation, Inc. for the purpose of encouraging, receiving, and administering gifts, bequests, and endowments for school purposes.

The foundation will be operated as a tax-exempt nonprofit corporation.  All funds will be managed in accordance with state law.

The investment objective of the school district foundation is to invest and reinvest the available money and securities so that over a period of time they will earn a reasonable rate of return and have a potential for growth income.

 

Purchasing

Policy Code: 
DJ
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, June 19th, 2007
Review Date: 
Tuesday, October 27th, 2015

PURCHASING

The function of purchasing is to serve the educational program by providing the necessary supplies, equipment, and services.

The Board declares its intention to purchase competitively without prejudice and to seek maximum educational value for every dollar expended.

The acquisition of supplies, equipment, and services will be centralized in the business office, which functions under the supervision of the Business Administrator, and through whose office all purchasing transactions are conducted.

The Business Administrator is responsible for the quality and quantity of purchases made.  The prime guidelines governing this responsibility are that all purchases fall within the framework of budgetary limitations and that they be consistent with the approved educational goals and programs of the district.

Individual school purchasing must also conform with the approved procurement policies of the Iron County School District.

The Iron County School District/Board reserves the right to accept or reject any or all bids in the interest of the district.

 

Purchasing Authority

Policy Code: 
DJA
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, June 19th, 2007
Review Date: 
Tuesday, October 27th, 2015

PURCHASING AUTHORITY

It is the responsibility of the purchasing office to make purchases for schools.  The Superintendent or a designee is authorized to approve purchases in accordance with budget allocations.  Major purchases/contracts may require Board approval.

All schools and departments will follow district purchasing policies.

 

Purchasing Regulations

Policy Code: 
DJ-R
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, June 19th, 2007
Review Date: 
Tuesday, October 27th, 2015

Purchasing Regulations

  1. Requisitions must be complete.  Incomplete requisitions will be returned to the principal or supervisor.
  2. District personnel shall not purchase items without first sending in a requisition and receiving a purchase order from the Business Administrator.  This procedure must be followed in all cases where such items are to be charged to the school district.  When local purchases are made, first secure a purchase order through the principal from the district office.  At the time of purchase, sign the sales slip and send one copy back to the district office.  Be sure the purchase order number is written on the sales slip.
  3. Approval orders.  Some items must be previewed.  Please submit your requisition as usual and label "Order on Approval Only."  A purchase order will be sent, labeled the same way, and the invoice will not be paid until the district office has been notified to do so.
  4. Emergencies.  In case of rush items, call appropriate director to receive permission and district will issue a purchase order.
  5. Violations.  Failure to comply with the above procedures may result in the individual or the school being held responsible for payment of the invoice.
  6. School equipment.  Ordinarily items over $500 (see Policy DID) in cost, that will not be consumed in a short time, but will last and can be identified and inventoried, are defined as equipment.

Procurement of Goods and Services

The Iron County School District will comply with legal standards established by the Utah Procurement Code and guidelines provided by the State Office of Education.

Please note the following district guidelines:

  1. If a school or department desires to purchase any item or group of items costing $500.00 or more, bids or quotations will be required (i.e. a group of chairs, costing $25.00 each, for a total of $1,000 shall be bid).  Any item or group of items over $2,000 require written bids and over $20,000, advertisement plus sealed written bids.
  2. The school or department head should prepare specifications describing the item or services desired.  Include required size, function, and quality.  Specific brand names may be listed with an indication that a comparable quality is desired.
  3. At least three quotations shall be obtained and submitted with the requisition to the district office.
  4. A reasonable time for response should be allowed.   Especially in the case of written bids, at least 10 days should be given.  
  5. "Informal" bids secured by telephone will be acceptable in most cases.  Informal bids should be recorded on the district requisition form.
  6. The low bid meeting the criteria should be accepted.  When a preference for other than the low bid is desired, written justification must also be attached to the requisition.
  7. Follow the same procedures for purchases made with "school" or internal funds.  Keep the information on file at least three years.
  8. The district staff will assist by suggesting sources.  The district will also coordinate and mail bid forms for quantity purchases, to obtain a better bid.  The staff will also handle major purchases with input from the specialists involved.

Purchases made under the state bidding contracts must contain the state contract number on the requisition and don’t require individual bids be secured by the district or school.

 

Regulations for Expense Reimbursements to Employees

Policy Code: 
DLC-R
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, October 23rd, 2007
Review Date: 
Tuesday, November 24th, 2015

REGULATIONS FOR EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENTS TO EMPLOYEES

Travel reimbursement

1.  Lodging:   Actual cost allowed (receipt required).

2.  Meals:  In-state allowances for meals will be set by the School Board.  For out-of-state trips, the IRS guidelines for reimbursement

     will be followed.

3.  Travel: 

     a.  bus -- actual cost

     b.  plane -- actual cost (lowest rate) plus ground transportation

     c.  district car -- figure at actual cost

     d.  personal car – will only be allowed if a district car is not available.  Mileage rates allowed for personal car use will be set by the

         School Board.

     e.  if a district car is going and space is available, mileage will not be paid for additional private vehicles.

     f.  if travel reimbursement is made by another agency and a district car is used, such reimbursement shall be turned over to

         the district.  It is illegal to collect from two agencies for the same trip.

 

Regulations for Petty Cash Accounts

Policy Code: 
DJB-R
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, June 19th, 2007
Review Date: 
Tuesday, October 27th, 2015

REGULATIONS FOR PETTY CASH ACCOUNTS 

Building principals will administer petty cash funds established for their school as follows:

1.  No purchase will be reimbursed through a petty cash account unless accompanied by receipt and noted on the petty cash report.

2.  A petty cash report should be turned in periodically to the business office to reimburse the fund.  The report must be filled out completely.

3.  When the petty cash account is reimbursed, the appropriate account will be charged.

4.  Money received in the schools must not be put directly into petty cash.  Money received must be turned in to the school district business office, and the appropriate fund will be credited.

5.  Custodians of the funds are responsible for any shortages that may occur.

6.  Petty cash will not be used to cash personal checks for staff or students.

 

Rental Charges for District Buildings

Policy Code: 
DFD-R
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, June 18th, 2013

Rental Charges for District Buildings.  Click here for PDF file.

Rental and Service Charges

Policy Code: 
DFD
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, June 22nd, 2010
Review Date: 
Tuesday, May 19th, 2015

RENTAL AND SERVICE CHARGES

Leasing of vacated buildings, portions of buildings, and equipment will be subject to Board approval.  Although the Board will avoid lease arrangements that involve it in property management activities, temporary use of surplus property by another public agency, private individual, or other legal entity may be authorized by the Board.

Such use will be for a fixed term and subject to regulations and written agreement designed to protect the school district from any expense, loss, or liability arising out of such use.

The Board will approve a schedule of fees to be charged to non-school related groups for use of school facilities for various events by July 1 of each year.  Southern Utah University will not be charged for official uses of school property unless SUU is charging their participants for the event.

School equipment is not to be loaned unless approved by the principal (See DFD-E).  For example, computers, video recorders are to remain at school unless the proper steps have been taken to borrow the equipment (See DFD-E).

See also, policy KG on Community Use of School Facilities.

 

Request for School Equipment

Policy Code: 
DFD-E
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, June 22nd, 2010
Review Date: 
Tuesday, May 19th, 2015

REQUEST FOR SCHOOL EQUIPMENT

Under certain circumstances the principal of a school may allow use of Iron County School District school equipment.  Please fill out this form if you would like to make such a request. The principal will ensure the equipment is in good working order.  Lost or broken equipment is the responsibility of the borrowing party to replace or repair.

 

School from which equipment is to be borrowed:__________________________________

 

Name of group or individual:___________________________________________________

 

Person responsible for equipment:_______________________________________________

 

I/we would like to borrow:

 

________(number of items)____________________________________(type of equipment)

 

from _____________________(beginning date) to _____________________(date of return). 

 

The equipment may be taken at the end of the school day indicated by the beginning date and returned before school starts on the date of return.

 

Signature of borrower:______________________________________Date_______________


Principal's signature:_______________________________________Date_______________

 

Salary Deductions

Policy Code: 
DLB
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, October 23rd, 2007
Review Date: 
Tuesday, November 24th, 2015

SALARY DEDUCTIONS

Federal and state income taxes and social security will be deducted from each employee's pay.  State retirement may be deducted if the employee is on the contributory retirement program.  Those employees eligible for the district's medical and dental insurance coverage will also have an amount deducted from each paycheck.

District approved voluntary deductions will be made at the request of regular employees.

Voluntary deduction requests must be recommended by the Superintendent and approved by the Board.  A minimum of ten enrollments must be met before the deduction will be added to the payroll process.

 

Salary Schedule

Policy Code: 
DLA
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, December 18th, 2007
Review Date: 
Tuesday, November 24th, 2015

SALARY SCHEDULE

The Iron County School District salary schedules are set up in terms of steps and lanes for licensed personnel and steps and grades for classified personnel.  On the licensed salary schedule, the lanes refer to educational credit hours over and above a bachelor’s degree.  The steps on this same schedule generally refer to longevity in a particular lane.  On the classified salary schedule, grades refer to job classification; steps refer to years of employment. It should be noted that steps do not directly coincide with years of service and should not be interpreted as such.

Placement on the Licensed Salary Schedule

Personnel coming to Iron County School District from other districts will be evaluated according to their training and experience to determine placement on the Iron District salary schedule.  Credit on the salary schedule will be given only for experience or training related to the employment assignment according to the following schedule: 1 year of previous experience = 1 step up to the 7th year, then 2 years previous experience = 1 step to a maximum of step 12.  Exceptions to this placement will be made by the School Board.

When current teachers move to a different lane they are allowed to receive a one-step increase in addition to the increase they get for their lane change.  This may or may not reflect years of service for a variety of reasons.

Credit Toward Lane Advancement on the Salary Schedule (GLC)

All credit to be considered toward advancement on the salary schedule must first be approved by the district office and documented on the Application for Approval for Credit. (Available at schools and district office.)  All graduate level credits will count toward lane advancement beyond an earned degree (B.S., M.S., or equivalent) with that prior approval.  With written documented prior approval (Application for Approval for Credit), teachers may also earn lane advancement with undergraduate or workshop credit, if the undergraduate or workshop credit is approved by the district, and teachers are willing to inservice other teachers in the district on the subject matter covered.  All credits applied towards a lane change must be earned after the latest earned university or college degree.  Credits over six (6) months old will not be considered for approval. 

Credit for advancement should be aligned with personal, school and district improvement plans.

Credit will be issued for district-sponsored and state-approved inservice activities at a rate of one (1) unit for each ten (10) hours of activity outside of the employee’s regular work assignment.

It is the employee’s responsibility to obtain written documentation of credit towards advancement on the salary schedule, and to present evidence of completion of the course, or inservice.  This documentation must be recorded with the Iron County School District office prior to October 1 of the year for which a salary lane change is requested.

 

School Funds

Policy Code: 
DIA-R
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, May 17th, 2016

SCHOOL FUNDS

1.  General Responsibility

All funds collected and disbursed through a school and its organizations are to be accounted for by the principal or a school secretary/office manager who will be adequately bonded.

2.  District Funds

All receipts from the cafeteria, fees, fines, penalties, book losses and rentals are to be covered by receipts issued by the principal or secretary/office manager.  Funds shall then be forwarded to the district office in a timely manner.

If new books are lost or damaged, it shall be the responsibility of the student to pay the replacement price or to pay the replacement price minus 25 percent per year if the book is less than four years old.  If a book is over four years old, a student shall pay 25 percent of its original cost.

Students are responsible to pay the replacement price for all lost or damaged library books checked out by them regardless of the age of the book.

3.  Athletic Funds

Detailed information on the accounting of funds connected with the athletic program should be maintained by the school principal.

4.  Activity Funds

All transactions involving funds belonging to clubs and other school groups are to be recorded in appropriate accounting records by the principal or secretary/office manager.

The principal is charged with overall responsibility for all activity funds.  Disbursements should be for the benefit of the school or the student body.

Financial reports from each school principal on all school accounts must be filed with the Business Administrator on a monthly basis on forms designed for that purpose.

Any checks received from outside sources for school or district sponsored functions, clubs, or sports must be written to the corresponding school or Iron County School District.

 

 

School Properties Disposal

Policy Code: 
DN
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, October 23rd, 2007
Review Date: 
Tuesday, January 26th, 2016

SCHOOL PROPERTIES DISPOSAL 

The following regulations and procedures will be observed in disposing of equipment, books, and materials no longer needed or useful in the school

SCHOOL PROPERTIES DISPOSAL

The following regulations and procedures will be observed in disposing of equipment, books, and materials no longer needed or useful in the schools. 

1.     No surplus, obsolete, or otherwise unneeded item will be discarded or disposed of by teacher or other school employee.  Such items will be set aside and reported to the proper department head or principal.

2.     The principal will prepare lists of such material by March 1st of each year.  A list of the non-instructional items will be sent to the Business Administrator; a list of the instructional items will be sent to the appropriate curriculum directors. 

3.     The directors will determine whether there is possible use of the items elsewhere within the school system.  If so, they will provide for removal of the items to the appropriate locations. 

4.     The Business Administrator or a designee will be responsible for classifying all other unneeded instructional and noninstructional items as to their approximate value.

5.      Textbook Disposal:

         a.  Notification of useable textbooks will be given to the USOE in writing by April 1st of each year.

         b.  Textbooks that are determined to be unusable by the Iron District will be donated to any district or home school that asks                            for them.

         c.   Outdated and unused textbooks will be kept until October 1st at which time they   will be disposed of by burning or burying.

6.    Items having resale value will be put to bid, if bidding is required; otherwise sale will be negotiated in the manner most advantageous to the district.  Items having no resale value will be offered to nonprofit organizations or they may be disposed of in any appropriate manner.

Special Funds

Policy Code: 
DFB
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, September 26th, 2000
Review Date: 
Tuesday, March 24th, 2015

SPECIAL FUNDS 

The Board has authority to accept gifts, grants, bequests, and devices to be used in the execution of its functions.  The Board will actively seek grants and gifts for special purposes.  In addition, it authorizes an annual giving campaign for support of the school system's foundation and may from time to time sponsor fund-raising drives for its programs.  Donations will be made through the Iron District Foundation, a tax exempt, nonprofit foundation.

 

Taxing and Borrowing

Policy Code: 
DC
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, September 26th, 2006
Review Date: 
Tuesday, March 24th, 2015

TAXING AND BORROWING

The district's taxing authority is established by state law.

The Board is permitted, by law, to borrow money in anticipation of collection of taxes for the purpose of securing funds for school operations.  Issuance of all tax anticipation notes requires Board approval.

Issuance of General Obligation Bonds is also a function of the Board and must be done in conformance with federal and state laws.

 

Types of Funds

Policy Code: 
DIA
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, April 24th, 2007
Review Date: 
Tuesday, June 16th, 2015

TYPES OF FUNDS

The Iron County School District maintains the following accounting funds:  General Fund, Non K-12 Fund, Debt Service Fund, Capital Facilities Fund, School Activity Fund, and Food Service Fund.

The Iron County School District may act as fiscal agent for programs or services conducted cooperatively with neighboring school districts, regional centers or other governmental agencies. Separate accounting systems will be maintained for any such agency or entity for which the district acts as fiscal agent.

Individual school accounting must conform to the guidelines established by the Governmental Accounting Standards Board (GASB).

 

Vendor Relations

Policy Code: 
DJG
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, April 24th, 2001
Review Date: 
Tuesday, October 27th, 2015

VENDOR RELATIONS

No favoritism will be extended to any vendor.  Each order will be placed on the basis of quality, price, and delivery; past services being a factor if all other considerations are equal.

No person officially connected with or employed by the district will be an agent for, or have any pecuniary or beneficial interest in, or receive any compensation or reward of any kind from any vendor for sale of supplies, materials, equipment, or services.

 

Section E - Safety and Security

6-12 Student Computer Acceptable Use User Agreement

Policy Code: 
ECAE-E3
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, August 26th, 2014

6-12 STUDENT COMPUTER ACCEPTABLE USE USER AGREEMENT

Student:

I understand and will abide by the Iron County School District Student Computer Acceptable Use Policy. I further understand that any violation of the Computer Acceptable Use Agreement Policy is unethical and may constitute a criminal offense. Should I commit any violation, I realize that my access privileges may be revoked and other disciplinary action may be taken (which could include appropriate legal action).

Student Name (please print): __________________________________________________

 

Signature:_____________________________________________  Date: _______________

 

School:______________________  Grade:________   Advisor:_______________________

 

Parent/Guardian:

If a student is under age eighteen (18) a parent or guardian must read and sign this document.

As the parent or guardian of the above-signed student, I have read the Student Computer Acceptable Use Agreement Policy. I understand that this access is designed for educational purposes. I recognize that it is impossible for Iron County School District or Internet User Services to restrict access to controversial materials and I will not hold the district or staff responsible for materials acquired on the Internet. Further, I accept full responsibility if and when my child is found in violation of this computer use policy.

___I hereby give permission to allow access to the Computer network and the Internet for my child and certify that the information contained on this form is correct. ___________ Initial here

 

Parent or Legal Guardian (please print):__________________________________________

 

Address:_______________________________________ City:_____________________ Zip:_____________

 

Telephone:_____________________________  E-mail:____________________________________________

 

Signature:__________________________________________________  Date: _________________________

 

___I do not give permission to allow access to the Internet for my child.  _________ Initial here

 

6-12 Student Computer acceptable Use Policy

Policy Code: 
ECAE-3
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, June 21st, 2016

Iron County School District

6-12 Student Computer Acceptable Use Policy

The Iron County School District has access to the Internet, which is governed and supported by the Utah Education Network.

Use of the electronic information resources in the School District shall be to improve and support the educational process by providing access to global information and improving communication between students, employees of Iron County School District, parents, and community members. The School District desires to provide electronic conferencing and global information resources via the World Wide Web, to students of the School District at no cost.

ACCEPTABLE USES

All Internet or computer equipment use shall be consistent with the purposes and goals of the School District. It is imperative that users of the Internet or computer equipment conduct themselves in a responsible, ethical, moral, and polite manner. All users must abide by all local, state, and federal laws. The Internet user accepts the responsibility of adhering to high standards of conduct and the terms and conditions set forth in all parts of this policy.

IMPERMISSIBLE INTERNET, COMPUTER EQUIPMENT & PERSONAL DEVICE USES

The following uses of the Internet, computer equipment & personal devices are prohibited:

  1. Any violation of applicable school policy or public law by such use;
  2. Any activity that is immoral or contrary to the high moral standards which must be maintained in an educational setting;
  3. Any attempt to bypass state, district, or school security (e.g. bypassing proxies or hacking servers or workstations) is forbidden;
  4. Accessing or transmitting of immoral, obscene, pornographic, profane, lewd, vulgar, rude, defaming, harassing, threatening, disrespectful, or otherwise inappropriate images or information, or receiving such information from others;
  5. Any copying, photographing, digitally transferring, or distributing test questions from state or school tests is forbidden;
  6. Cyber-bullying any School District employee or student from any device on campus or off campus is forbidden.  Disruption of normal activities caused by cyber-bullying may result in disciplinary action;
  7. Any commercial use, product advertisement, display of personal information, or promotion of political candidates;
  8. Any violation of copyright, trade secret or trademark laws;
  9. Any attempt to damage, disrupt or interfere with the use of any computer or electronic information resource;
  10. Any attempt to access information beyond the users authorized access to any electronic information resource;
  11. Any destruction, defacement, theft, or altering of school district equipment;
  12. Any storing of illegal, inappropriate, or obscene material on district-owned electronic equipment;
  13. Any capturing and storing images or video of students or employees except for approved instructional purposes;
  14. Installing any district-owned academic or productivity software on personal devices;
  15. Excessive non-school related computer use during school hours.
PRIVILEGE

The use of the Internet and computer equipment within the School District is a privilege. The information produced from Internet access or computer use shall be deemed the property of the School District. It is confidential information to the user unless it is transmitted to others with the user’s permission. Violation of this policy can result in the loss of computer access privileges.

MONITORING

The School District reserves the right to monitor and review any material on any machine at anytime in order for the District to determine any inappropriate use of network services.  School administrators may confiscate personal devices if there is evidence of probable cause. If a student is suspected of violating this policy, as it pertains to personal devices, or if a student’s personal device has information to support the inappropriate actions of other(s), the student must provide all security PIN and password information necessary to unlock and provide access to data on the device to the school administration and or law enforcement. 

DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES

Iron County School District makes no warranties of any kind, whether expressed or implied, for the services provided in connection with use of the Internet or computer equipment. Neither the School District nor any supporting Internet services will be responsible for any damages that an Internet user suffers. The School District expressly disclaims any liability in connection with the loss of data resulting from delays, non-deliveries, failure to deliver, mistaken deliveries, viruses, backup device failure, service interruptions, or other unforeseen reasons caused by the School District or the Internet server or by the users error or omissions. Use of any information obtained via the Internet is at the user’s own risk. The School District expressly denies any responsibility for the accuracy or quality of information obtained through any Internet service. All users must consider the source of any information they obtain and evaluate the validity of that information.

SECURITY

Iron County School District will implement security procedures on Internet access to protect against unacceptable use. Computer users are responsible for the security of their files and passwords. Sharing of any usernames or passwords is not permissible and may result in the lost of account privileges. Computer users will be held accountable for any activity under their account. Any security problems will be reported immediately to the school/site administrator.

INSTRUCTION

Students shall be instructed in appropriate online behavior including online safety, interacting with other individuals on social networking websites and in chat rooms, and regarding cyber-bullying awareness and response.  This instruction will be included in the curriculum for elementary keyboarding, middle school CTE (Career and Technical Education) introduction, and high school computer technology courses which are required for all students.

ENCOUNTER OF CONTROVERSIAL MATERIAL

Internet users may encounter material that is controversial which the user or administrator may consider inappropriate or offensive. The district has taken precautions to restrict access to inappropriate materials through a filtering and monitoring system. However, it is impossible on a global Internet to control access to all data which a user may discover. It is the user’s responsibility not to initiate access to such material. Any site or material that is deemed controversial should be reported immediately to the appropriate administrator. The School District expressly disclaims any obligation to discover all violations of inappropriate Internet access.

TERMS OF USE
  1. Only registered students of the School District qualify for Internet access under this policy.
  2. Only the authorized users who have signed the user agreement shall have computer access. Users are ultimately responsible for all activity while using the Internet.
  3. The school principal, vice-principal and/or responsible teacher may suspend or terminate any computer user’s access for any reason whatsoever.
  4. All Internet or computer equipment access of a student is automatically terminated at the moment of withdrawal, graduation, or expulsion of the student from the School District.
  5. All student Internet use must have teacher/staff supervision.
  6. Students will assume all risk for personal devices taken to school. If a private device becomes lost, stolen or damaged, Iron County School District is not responsible for any costs to replace the device or to restore lost data.

PENALTIES FOR IMPROPER USE

Any user violating this policy or applicable state and federal laws may be restricted from Internet use or use of any or all computers (in addition to other disciplinary options).  Student electronic devices may by confiscated by school personnel and searched by law enforcement. Other additional options may include suspension, expulsion and/or referral to legal authorities.

Adopted June 21, 2016

Accident Reports - Employees

Policy Code: 
EBBB
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, December 17th, 2013

ACCIDENT REPORTS – EMPLOYEES

The injured employee shall report immediately to Company Nurse, and within twenty-four (24) hours to the district office each accident to an employee while engaged in work relative to his/her job assignment.  The employee shall obtain treatment if needed for work related injuries and illnesses from one of the following designated providers: WorkMed, Urgent Care (ER), or Instacare, if after WorkMed hours.  Workers’ Compensation Insurance will not be responsible for payment of costs incurred if employee is seen by a non-designated provider.  In the event of an injury the employee must follow the following procedures.

  1. Injured worker notifies supervisor.
  2. Injured worker/Supervisor immediately calls Company Nurse Injury Hotline. If the employee does not want to seek medical treatment, Company Nurse still needs to be notified.
  3. Company Nurse gathers information over the phone and helps injured worker access appropriate medical treatment if needed.  Company Nurse will immediately send information regarding the accident to the facility the employee has been referred to. 
  4. Once medical treatment is sought, the injured employee is required to complete an Employees Statement Regarding Accident form and return it to the district office within twenty-four (24) hours of the accident.  These forms are available through your school office or the district office.

Workers’ Compensation will be paid in accordance with schedules established by the Workers’ Compensation Fund. The district office will report accidents to the appropriate government agencies. 

The District’s group medical insurance company will not pay for injuries that are job related. Such cases must be handled by the Workers’ Compensation Fund.

 

Accident Reports - Students

Policy Code: 
EBBC
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, December 17th, 2013

ACCIDENT REPORTS -- STUDENTS             

If a student is involved in an accident, the parents shall be called.  If the parents cannot be reached, the family doctor or emergency contact, listed on the student's card, shall be called.  If the injury is serious, involving ambulance or probable hospitalization, the principal shall notify the superintendent's office prior to the end of that working day.

A reportable school injury is defined as one that causes the student to miss ½ day or more of school, or is serious enough to require treatment by a health care professional (i.e. school nurse, MD, EMT, etc.).  This includes injuries that happen while going to or from school, during all school-related activities and anywhere on school property during normal school hours.

Reports of accidents to students are to be made online thru the Utah Department of Health website. 

Bombing, Bomb Threats, False Alarms

Policy Code: 
EBCC
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, June 19th, 2001
Review Date: 
Tuesday, January 26th, 2016

BOMBING, BOMB THREATS, FALSE ALARMS

In the event of threatening messages, the procedures established in cooperation with the police department will be followed by secretaries, principals, and school staff.

These security measures have been reviewed and approved by the Board.  Most of the details are classified information.

The safety of students is the prime consideration in the procedures authorized for use.  However, schools will not necessarily be evacuated or classes dismissed as a result of threatening messages.

Legal Reference:  Utah Code, Section 76-10-307 and 76-9-105.

 

Bring Your Own Technology (BYOT)

Policy Code: 
ECB
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, June 19th, 2012
BRING YOUR OWN TECHNOLOGY (BYOT)

Iron County School District Student/Parent Policy for use of a Privately Owned Electronic Device

Beginning August 1, 2012, Iron County School District will allow students to use privately owned electronic devices to access the Iron School District wireless network in all Iron District schools. This wireless access provided to the devices is designed to enhance the students’ educational experience and outcomes. Connecting to the Iron School District Wi-Fi network with personal devices is a privilege, not a right, and it is not a requirement for students in Iron School District.  Permission to bring and use privately owned devices is contingent upon adherence to Iron School District guidelines. If a privately owned device is used by a student to disrupt the educational environment, in the sole opinion of Iron School District that student’s privileges may be limited or revoked.

General Rules

1)    All students may use a privately owned electronic “Internet ready” device on the Iron School District wireless network by completing and submitting the attached BYOT Policy Agreement to his/her homeroom teacher.

2)    The use of the privately owned electronic device is solely limited to support and enhance instructional activities currently occurring in the classroom environment.

3)    Recognizing that all such devices may not be appropriate for instructional situations, personal electronic devices will be considered for classroom use if they are mobile and have the capability of browsing the Internet. These items include, but are not limited to: laptops, netbooks, tablets, cell phones, e-readers and hand-held gaming devices. The final determination of devices that are appropriate to connect to the Iron School District network rests with the school administration.

4)    Students are prohibited from accessing the Internet using private 3G or 4G subscriptions through their own Internet Service Provider.

5)    Connecting a privately owned electronic device may not be successful if the technical specifications for wireless protocol are not met. Devices must use 802.11g or 802.11n Wi-Fi connectivity only to access the district’s wireless network.

6)    No privately owned electronic device may be attached to any Iron School District network if a signed AUP and BYOT policy form are not on file in the Iron School District student information system.

7)    All information related to the privately owned electronic device(s) that is requested by this form will be submitted by the student prior to accessing the network.

8)    No student shall establish a wireless ad-hoc or peer-to-peer network using his/her electronic device or any other wireless device while on school grounds. This includes, but is not limited to using a privately owned electronic device as a cabled or wireless hotspot. Example: Using a personal device as a server so that students can play an online game; e.g. Battlefield Heroes, Warflow. 

9)    No privately owned electronic device should ever be connected by cable to the Iron School District network. Network access is provided via Wi-Fi / wireless connection only. No one is allowed to connect a privately owned electronic device to the network by an Ethernet cable plugged into a data jack in the school. Violation of this term will result in disciplinary action and revocation of access to the network. 

10)    Teacher permission is necessary for student use of a privately owned electronic device during classroom instruction or the classroom period.

11)    Voice, video, and image capture applications may only be used with prior written teacher permission and for specific instructional purpose(s).

12)    The teacher may request at any time that the privately owned electronic device be turned off and put away. Failure to do so may result in disciplinary action and revocation of access to the network. See Iron County School District Network Services/Internet Acceptable Use Policy.

13)    Sound should be muted unless the teacher grants permission for use of sound associated with the instructional activities.

14)    The privately owned electronic device owner is the only person allowed to use the device.

15)    No student shall use another student’s district- or school-issued log-on credentials.

16)    No student shall knowingly attempt to gain access to any computer, computer system, computer network, information storage media, or peripheral equipment without the consent of authorized school or district personnel.

17)    No district-owned academic or productivity software can be installed on personal devices.

18) No student shall use any computer or device to illegally collect any electronic data or disrupt networking services. Students may not engage in any malicious use, disruption or harm to the school network, Internet services, learning environment or any other electronic device owned by the school, any school personnel and/or student. 

19) Students may not attempt to use any software, utilities or other means to access Internet sites or content blocked by school district Internet filters.

20) Under the provisions of the BYOT program, parents who choose to allow students to use their own technology and students who bring personal technology do so knowing that it will diminish their expectation of privacy regarding their personal electronic device while at school. The school reserves the right to search a privately owned electronic device in accordance with applicable laws and policies if there is reasonable suspicion that the student has violated Iron School District policies, administrative procedures, school rules, or engaged in other misconduct while using the device. 

21)    Devices are brought to school at the students’ and parents’ own risk. In the unlikely event that a privately owned device is lost, stolen or damaged, Iron School District is not responsible for any financial or data loss. 

Consequences of General Use

Violation of school or district policies, local, state and/or federal laws while using a personal electronic device on the Iron School District wireless network will result in appropriate disciplinary and/or legal action as specified in the Student Handbook and Conduct Code, School Board policy as well as by local, state and/or federal law.

Privately Owned Electronic Device Security Risks

Laptops and other portable electronic devices are vulnerable to loss and theft. These devices should be engraved or otherwise permanently marked with owner information. Students and parents who choose to allow their children to bring privately owned electronic devices on school property must assume total responsibility for these devices and be aware of all risks. If a privately owned electronic device is stolen, this must be reported to a building administrator immediately. Per Iron School District policy, the school district will not accept responsibility for loss, damage, theft, damage or non-working personal property. Laptops and all other personal electronic devices that are lost, stolen, or damaged are the responsibility of the student and their parents or guardians. The school district and school district personnel cannot attempt to repair, correct, troubleshoot, or be responsible for malfunctioning personal hardware or software.

Iron County School District reserves the right to examine the privately owned electronic device and search its contents if there is reason to believe that school district policies or local, state and/or federal laws have been violated. In the event that a student believes that his/her password has been compromised, he/she should immediately reset his/her password using a school district computer. 

Adopted:  June 19, 2012

 

 

 

Bus Transportation

Policy Code: 
EEA
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, December 14th, 2004
Review Date: 
Tuesday, April 22nd, 2008

BUS TRANSPORTATION

It is the responsibility of parents or guardians to transport their student(s) to and from school safely.  Bus transportation will be provided for regular elementary and secondary students who attend a school that is farther from the home than the distance specified by the Utah State Legislature.  Individuals not meeting this criterion are not permitted to ride the bus.

a)  Regular elementary students that live 1.5 miles or farther from the school of attendance are eligible for transportation on district school buses. 

b)    Regular secondary students that live 2.0 miles or farther from the school of attendance are eligible for transportation on district school buses. 

c)     Minimum distance between bus stops is .3 miles in safe areas.

Disabled pupils who fall under definitions as specified in the school finance law are eligible for transportation regardless of the distance from the school.  Whenever possible, special education students will ride regular buses (See EEA-R). 

The Iron County School District reserves the right, within limits prescribed by law, either to provide transportation or to pay in lieu of transportation.  The District will not operate buses on dead-end or doubling-back runs unless the number of students transported is ten (10) or more, which justifies the cost of bus operation.

The transportation system is established by the state to provide only for school transportation.  It is not a general, public mass transit system and is not licensed as such or insured for such services. Therefore, individuals may not ride buses to work, to college, or to other destinations. Students may ride buses only on their designated routes and only from their regular designated entry and exit points.  Parents will specify a single entry and exit point for their student.  Adults may only ride at the invitation or request of school or district administration.

Under Utah Code, the Iron School District will not use any vehicle with a seating capacity of 11 or more, including the driver, for the transportation of its students unless the vehicle meets federal school bus safety standards. 

 

Bus Transportation for Student with Disabilities

Policy Code: 
EEA-R
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, September 25th, 2001
Review Date: 
Tuesday, April 22nd, 2008

BUS TRANSPORTATION FOR STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES

Transportation for special education students is a "related service" under law.  A student who is not eligible under state transportation programs may be eligible under this law if the IEP team determines that the service is necessary to assist the disabled student to benefit from special education programs.

The following rules govern transportation services for students with disabilities:

1. A designated, responsible adult must complete an information card, which contains a picture of the child and relevant medical information.  This information is required and used by both regular drivers and substitutes.  All information is confidential. 

2. Students must be ready for school five minutes before the scheduled bus arrival time.  State regulations require that a driver wait only one minute for a student.  If the student misses the bus, it is the responsibility of the designated responsible adult to get him/her to school.

3. Students will be picked-up at the curb line or another point designated by the transportation department for reasons of safety.  Drivers will not normally be allowed to pull into driveways.  

4. School buses may not traverse unimproved roads.  Roads must be maintained and meet county standards.

5. If a student must miss school the parent must notify the bus driver as far in advance as possible.

6. It will be necessary for the responsible adult to help the student board and exit the bus if he/she is unable to do so without help.  Wheelchair students MUST have a seat belt.

7. Requests to pick-up or drop-off students at other locations will be accommodated only if the location is within the bus route area and the request is a permanent arrangement that has been approved by the district director of transportation.  Iron School District will not make daily changes in drop-off and pick-up locations.  Except for occasional emergencies or extenuating circumstances students will be picked-up and dropped-off only at the permanent predetermined location.

8. The IEP team shall require that a responsible adult meet the bus when the student is dropped-off.  If the responsible adult is unable to be there, he/she must arrange for someone else to be there. 

In the event that no one is home to meet the student, the following procedures will be followed: 

            a. Reasonable effort will be made to contact the responsible adult.

            b. Attempts will be made to contact the alternate person designated on the student bus information card.

            c.  If the driver is unable to locate the responsible adult or the designated alternate, the district director of transportation will                   consider:

                        - returning the student to the school

                        - taking the student to designated day care provider (at parent expense)

                        - contacting the police or social services agency 

            d. If the problem occurs on multiple occasions a referral will be made to Protective Services.

            e. In the event that a driver must make multiple runs or change routes, the following will occur:

                        - parents will be billed for extra driver time and mileage.

                        - parents will be charged for day care services provided.

 

Campus Safety and Emergency Preparedness

Policy Code: 
EBCA
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, December 15th, 2009
Review Date: 
Tuesday, January 26th, 2016

CAMPUS SAFETY AND EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS 

PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY

The purpose of this policy is to assure the safety of students and employees during any type of incident or emergency by insuring that: plans and procedures are formulated at the District, schools, and job sites; assignments and training are provided to individuals; and oversight and communication processes are established by the District.

POLICY

The Board recognizes that the safety of students and staff is best met by a preparedness response which insures that the health and safety of students and staff are safeguarded, any disruption to the education program is minimized, and students and employees are trained to respond to emergency situations.

VISITORS TO SCHOOLS

All visitors will check in at the office and follow visitor procedures as outlined in the school safety plan. 

EMERGENCY OPERATION PLAN

To anticipate and prepare for such events, a District level Emergency Preparedness and Incident Response Plan shall be established and maintained which provides operational direction. The District Emergency Operation Plan is the implementing document for this policy. Each plan, either District or school level, will be augmented by documents outlining specific supporting tasks emphasizing who is responsible for the task and when and how tasks are to be performed.

TRAINING AND EXERCISES

Training shall be provided in support of the plans and procedures. The plan and standard operating procedures will be validated through conduct of exercises and drills.

AUTHORITY AND RESPONSIBILITY

Superintendent - The superintendent or designee shall develop procedures for handling of school incidents and emergencies which include a plan for the prompt and safe evacuation of the schools; other procedures deemed necessary to insure safety of lives; protection of property; and continuity of operation. The District plan shall also require drill practices as mandated by law.

Principal, Supervisor, Coordinator - The principal, supervisor or coordinator responsible for a school, district building, and/or program, in coordination with local law and fire authorities, is responsible for the safety of all students and personnel on the campus or under their supervision.  Site level plans will be developed and kept current.  Training in the plan shall be conducted as well as emergency drills required in the district plan.

Employees - Employees are responsible to work within the direction of their principal, supervisor, or coordinator as it relates to the Emergency Operation Plan.

 

Classroom Student Safety

Policy Code: 
EBB
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, February 25th, 2014

CLASSROOM STUDENT SAFETY

CLASSROOM SAFETY

Students participating in educational activities involving the following materials or experiences, are required to wear industrial quality eye protection devices:

(a)  Hot molten metals.

(b)  Operation of equipment (such as, but not limited to, power tools)  which may throw   foreign matter into eyes.

(c)  Heat treating or kiln firing of industrial materials.

(d)  Gas or electric welding.

(e)  Caustic or explosive materials.

(f)  Chemistry and physics laboratories when using caustic or explosive chemicals.

(g)  Hot liquids or solids. 

Students will be expected to purchase their own protective eyewear.  Each school shall maintain sufficient protective equipment for use by students qualifying for fee waivers, teachers, and visitors to the area.

CLEANING CHEMICALS 

The school district provides approved cleaning chemical products for classroom use that are correctly labeled according to GHS (Global Harmonized System) standards.  No other cleaning chemicals are to be brought into the schools from outside sources or used in classrooms.  To do so, puts the safety of our students at risk.

Emergency Preparedness

Policy Code: 
EBC
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, June 19th, 2001
Review Date: 
Tuesday, January 26th, 2016

EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS

The District and each school will maintain emergency preparedness plans in accordance with the Utah State Office of Education policy.

Emergency drills will be conducted in accordance with the policy on Emergency Preparedness Plans from the Utah State Office of Education.

 

Employee Computer Acceptable Use Policy

Policy Code: 
ECAE-1
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, June 21st, 2016

Employee Computer Acceptable Use Policy

Every Iron County School District employee will be required to sign this acceptable use policy.

The Iron County School District has access to the Internet, which is governed and supported by the Utah Education Network.

Use of the electronic information resources in the School District shall be to improve and support the educational process by providing access to global information and improving communication between students, employees of Iron County School District, parents, and community members. The School District desires to provide electronic mail services, electronic conferencing, and global information resources via the World Wide Web, to employees of the School District at no cost.

ACCEPTABLE USES

All Internet or computer equipment use shall be consistent with the purposes, goals, and policies of the School District. It is imperative that users of the Internet or computer equipment, personal or School District owned, conduct themselves in a responsible, ethical, moral, and polite manner. All participants must abide by all local, state, and federal laws. The Internet user accepts the responsibility of adhering to high standards of conduct and the terms and conditions set forth in all parts of this policy.

IMPERMISSIBLE INTERNET, COMPUTER EQUIPMENT & PERSONAL DEVICE USES  

The following uses of Iron County School District Internet & computer equipment & personal devices are prohibited, but not limited to:

  1. Any violation of applicable school or district policy or public law by such use;
  2. Any activity that is immoral or contrary to the high moral standards which must be maintained in an educational setting;
  3. Any attempt to bypass state, district, or school security using private networks such as ad-hoc, vpn or mobile hotspots (e.g. bypassing filters, proxies, or hacking servers or workstations) is forbidden;
  4. Accessing or transmitting of immoral, obscene, pornographic, profane, lewd, vulgar, rude, defaming, harassing, threatening, disrespectful, or otherwise inappropriate images or information, or receiving such information from others;
  5. Any commercial use, product advertisement, display of private information, or promotion of political candidates or parties;
  6. Any violation of copyright, trade secret or trademark laws;
  7. Any attempt to damage, disrupt or interfere with the use of any computer electronic information resource;
  8. Any attempt to access information beyond the users authorized access to any electronic information resource;
  9. Any destruction, defacement, theft, or altering of school district equipment;
  10. Any storing or accessing of illegal, inappropriate, or obscene material on personal or School District owned electronic equipment;
  11. Permitting any student access to another student’s login credentials, electronic grade books or other confidential information;
  12. Any capturing and storing images or video of students or employees except when approval is given for specific instructional purposes;
  13. Installing any district-owned academic or productivity software on personal devices;
  14. Excessive non-work related computer or Internet use during work hours.
PRIVILEGE

The use of the Internet and computer equipment within the School District is a privilege. The information produced from Internet access or computer use shall be deemed the property of the School District. This is confidential information to the user unless it is transmitted to others with the user’s permission. Violation of this policy can result in the loss of computer access privileges.

MONITORING

The School District reserves the right to monitor and review any material on any school or personal device at anytime in order for the School District to determine any inappropriate use of network services. If an employee is suspected of violating this policy, as it pertains to personal devices, or if an employee’s personal device has information to support the inappropriate actions of other(s), the employee must provide all security PIN and password information necessary to unlock and provide access to data on the device (incidents that involve law enforcement would require the same).  The School District also reserves the right to monitor and review Internet access logs.

DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES

The School District makes no warranties of any kind, whether expressed or implied, for the services provided in connection with use of the Internet or computer equipment. Neither the School District nor any supporting Internet services will be responsible for any damages that an Internet user suffers. The School District expressly disclaims any liability in connection with the loss of data resulting from delays, failure to deliver data, mistaken deliveries, viruses, backup device failure, or service interruptions caused by the School District or the Internet provider or by the users error or omissions. Use of any information obtained via the Internet is at the user’s own risk. The School District expressly denies any responsibility for the accuracy or quality of information obtained through any Internet service. All users must consider the source of any information they obtain and evaluate the validity of that information.

VIDEO SURVEILLANCE

Iron County School District uses video surveillance systems for the safety and security of its buildings, assets, staff, students, and visitors.  Employees who work with video surveillance on a regular basis or for a specific instance, must follow School District policy as contained in “Video Surveillance Policy” (ECC) to protect the privacy of student and staff. 

SECURITY

Iron County School District will implement security procedures on Internet access to protect against unacceptable use. Employees are responsible for the security of their computer equipment, files and passwords. Employees with access to student records may not use, release, or share these records except as authorized by federal, state, or local laws. Employees are responsible for any accounts they may have. Sharing of any usernames or passwords is not permissible and may result in the lost of account privileges. Employees will be held accountable for any activity under their user account. This includes any employee who obtains another employee’s credentials and accesses that account without authorization. Any security violations by students or teachers must be reported to school/site administrators. Iron County School District technology department personnel who are tasked with managing the district network, firewalls, filters, monitors, and other security systems will be exempt from this AUP at times (and only at those times) when implementation, upgrades, and testing of these security services become necessary.

ENCOUNTER OF CONTROVERSIAL MATERIAL

Internet users may encounter material that is controversial which the user or administrator may consider inappropriate or offensive. The district has taken precautions to restrict access to inappropriate materials through a filtering and monitoring system. However, it is impossible on a global Internet to control access to all data that a user may discover. It is the user’s responsibility not to initiate access to such material. Any site or material that is deemed controversial should be reported immediately to the appropriate administrator. The School District expressly disclaims any obligation to discover all violations of inappropriate Internet access.

TERMS OF USE
  1. Only registered employees of the School District and Board of Education members qualify for Internet access under this policy.
  2. Only employees who have signed this user agreement shall have computer and Internet access. Users are ultimately responsible for all activity while using the Internet.
  3. All Internet or computer equipment access by a School District employee or Board member is automatically terminated upon retirement, resignation, or termination of employment.
  4. All student computer use must be supervised. Employees who supervise students with access to computer equipment must be familiar with the Iron County School District Student Computer Acceptable Use Policy and be willing to enforce it. Employees must appropriately secure rooms and areas where school computer equipment is housed.
  5. Employees will assume all risk for personal devices taken to school. If a private device becomes lost, stolen or damaged, Iron County School District is not responsible for any costs to replace the device or to restore lost data.

PENALTIES FOR IMPROPER USE

Any violation of this policy or applicable state and federal laws may result in disciplinary action (including the possibility of termination) and/or referral to legal authorities. The site administrator/supervisor or systems administrator may limit, suspend, or revoke access to electronic resources at any time.

Employee Computer Acceptable Use User Agreement

Policy Code: 
ECAE-E1
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, August 26th, 2014

Employee Computer Acceptable Use User Agreement

I understand and will abide by the Iron County School District Employee Computer Acceptable Use Policy. I further understand that any violations of the Computer Acceptable Use Policy, when using district electronic information resources, may result in the loss of my access privileges and/or other disciplinary or legal action. This action may include, but is not limited to, suspension, probation, or termination of employment.

I agree to maintain professional standards and to report any misuse of the electronic information resources to my site administrator/supervisor or systems administrator.

 

Date: _________________________             ___________________________________

                                                                       User (Please Print Name)

 

                                                                        ____________________________________

                                                                         Signature

 

 

Energy Conservation

Policy Code: 
EAA
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, November 15th, 2011

ENERGY CONSERVATION

The Board embraces energy conservation and believes it to be our responsibility to ensure that every reasonable effort is made to conserve energy and natural resources while exercising sound financial management. 

We recognize the importance of adopting an energy conservation policy to govern this program.  We also affirm the implementation of this policy will be the joint responsibility of the board, administration, faculty, staff, students, support personnel, and Energy Education.  Success is based on cooperation amid all groups. 

To ensure the overall success of our behavior-based energy conservation program, the following areas will be emphasized.

  1. A designated campus Administrator will be accountable for energy conservation on his/her campus with Energy Education Specialist teams conducting energy audits and providing timely feedback.
  2. All personnel at each campus are expected to make a positive contribution to maximize energy conservation and produce real energy savings.
  3. Energy Education will implement its energy conservation program primarily through an energy management team led by the Energy Education Specialist in accordance with “Energy Guidelines” that will be adopted by administration and will define the “rules of engagement” for our energy program.
  4. Accurate records of energy consumption and cost will be maintained by the Energy Education Specialist for each campus to provide verifiable performance results on the goals and progress of the energy conservation program.

Further, to promote a safe, healthy learning environment and to complement the energy conservation program, each campus shall review and adhere to the preventive maintenance and monitoring plan administered by the campus physical plant for its facilities and systems, including HVAC, building envelope, and moisture management.

Whereas the Board is responsible for overseeing the operations and fiscal accountability of each institution under its governance.

Whereas the Board embraces energy conservation and desire for the Iron County School District to become a nationwide institutional leader in energy conservation as part of our social responsibility to respect our natural resources.

Whereas the Board has engaged Energy Education to use its expertise to develop and implement a comprehensive, behavior-based energy conservation program across the Iron County School District.

Therefore, the Board directs the Superintendent and his/her agents to develop and implement short and long-range strategies to maximize energy conservation.

 

Adopted:  November 15, 2011

 

Integrated Pest Management

Policy Code: 
EAB
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, February 24th, 2015
Review Date: 
Wednesday, February 25th, 2015

INTEGRATED PEST MANAGEMENT

It is the policy of Iron County School District to conform to the requirements of Utah Administrative Rule R392-200 (Design, Construction, Operation, Sanitation, and Safety of Schools) and specifically to Section 7 (12) which requires the adoption of Integrated Pest Management (IPM) practices and principles for the control of structural and landscape pests.  Structural and landscape pests can pose significant problems in the urban environment.  The pesticides used to remediate such pests can also pose health risk to people, non-target organisms and the environment.  Through the use of IPM, the Iron County School District will maintain effective pest control while minimizing pesticide use.

K-5 Student Computer Acceptable Use Policy

Policy Code: 
ECAE-2
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, June 21st, 2016

Iron County School District

K-5 Student Computer Acceptable Use Policy 

The Iron County School District has access to the Internet, which is governed and supported by the Utah Education Network.

Use of the electronic information resources in the School District shall be to improve and support the educational process by providing access to global information.  Students who abuse acceptable use, which includes, but is not limited to, copyrighted or threatening or obscene material, pornography, gambling, and inappropriate language will be subject to disciplinary action. Information students send or receive via computer resources may be viewed by others with or without parental knowledge.

ACCEPTABLE USES

To qualify for electronic information resource services, students must be willing to abide by the rules of acceptable use.  Please work with us in helping your elementary school age child understand and abide by these simple but important rules of appropriate use.

Acceptable use means that as a student you will promise to use the computer resources, such as the Internet, with respect and responsibility. These rules also apply to the use of personal devices taken to school. As a student you will also promise to abide by school rules, this acceptable use policy, and classroom rules that will be taught by your teachers and other school staff. You must understand that use of the computer resources is designed to support your education.  If rules are broken, a student may lose his/her privilege in using the computer resources. Please note the following rules:

  • Be Polite and Show Respect:
  1. When using the computer to write, send or to receive messages or information, always use appropriate school language and behavior.
  2. Show respect for others and self by not accessing or transmitting any immoral, obscene, pornographic, profane, lewd, vulgar, rude, defaming, harassing, threatening, disrespectful, or otherwise inappropriate images or information, or receiving such information from others.
  3. Show respect for property by not attempting damage, destruction, defacement, or theft of any electronic equipment, or attempting to disrupt or interfere with the use of any computer or electronic information resource. The computer resources belong to the school district.
  4. Do not attempt to store any illegal, inappropriate, or obscene material on district-owned electronic equipment.
  • Be Honest and Obey the Rules:
  1. When using the computer resources follow all posted rules and instructions given by your teacher. Use the computer resources for appropriate educational purposes only.
  2. Do not attempt any activity, which would violate any school, district or public laws.
  3. Do not attempt to bypass state, district, or school security (e.g. bypassing proxies or hacking servers or work stations), or any attempt to access information other than your own.
  4. Do not attempt any activity that would be a violation of copyright, trade secret or trade laws.
  5. You must report inappropriate use of the computer or Internet to a teacher or the principal.
  • Keep Personal Things Private:

It is advised that students not tell or show others any personal or family information over the Internet, such as: home address, phone numbers, passwords, or Social Security numbers. Do not log on or use another person’s account. Keep personal and electronic information private. Do not share your password with anyone.

MONITORING

The School District reserves the right to monitor and review any material on any machine at anytime in order for the District to determine any inappropriate use of network services. This includes personal devices such as cell phones, iPods, etc. If a school is concerned about the content on a personal device, the student must either unlock or provide the password to make that device and data accessible to the school administration and or law enforcement.

DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES

Use of any information obtained via the Internet is at the user’s own risk. Neither Iron County School District nor any supporting Internet services will be responsible for any damages that any student suffers. The School District expressly disclaims any liability in connection with the loss of data due to viruses, backup device failure, service interruptions, or other unforeseen reasons. The School District expressly denies any responsibility for the accuracy or quality of information obtained through any Internet service.

SECURITY

Iron County School District will implement security procedures on Internet access to protect against unacceptable use. Sharing of any usernames or passwords to anyone is not permissible and may result in the lost of account privileges. Computer users will be held accountable for any activity under their account. Any security problems will be reported immediately to the school/site administrator. 

INSTRUCTION

Students shall be instructed in appropriate online behavior including online safety, interacting with other individuals on social networking websites and in chat rooms, and regarding cyber-bullying awareness and response.  This instruction will be included in the curriculum for elementary keyboarding, middle school CTE (Career and Technical Education) introduction, and high school computer technology courses which are required for all students.

ENCOUNTER OF CONTROVERSIAL MATERIAL

Internet users may encounter material that is controversial which the user or administrator may consider inappropriate or offensive. The district has taken precautions to restrict access to inappropriate materials through a filtering and monitoring system.  However, it is impossible on a global Internet to control access to all data which a user may discover. It is the user’s responsibility not to initiate access to such material. Any site or material that is deemed controversial should be reported immediately to the appropriate administrator. The School District expressly disclaims any obligation to discover all violations of inappropriate Internet access.

TERMS OF USE
  1. Only registered students of the School District qualify for Internet access under this policy.
  2. Only the authorized users who have signed the user agreement shall have computer access. Users are ultimately responsible for all activity while using the Internet.
  3. The school principal, vice-principal and/or responsible teacher may suspend or terminate any computer user’s access for any reason whatsoever.
  4. All Internet or computer equipment access of a student is automatically terminated at the moment of withdrawal, or expulsion of the student from the School District.
  5. All student Internet use must have teacher/staff supervision.
  6. Students will assume all risk for personal devices taken to school. If a private device becomes lost, stolen or damaged, Iron County School District is not responsible for any costs to replace the device or to restore lost data.

PENALTIES FOR IMPROPER USE

Any user violating this policy or applicable state and federal laws may be restricted from Internet use or use of any or all computers (in addition to other disciplinary options).  Such additional options may include suspension, expulsion and/or referral to legal authorities.

K-5 Student Computer Acceptable Use User Agreement

Policy Code: 
ECAE-E2
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, August 26th, 2014

K-5 Student Computer Acceptable Use User Agreement

Student:

My parent or guardian has reviewed this Acceptable Use Policy with me. I understand the importance of being polite, kind, and respectful to others and the equipment. I also understand that the use of the computer resources is for educational purposes only. I further understand that if I break any of these rules, my computer privileges can be taken away and that other disciplinary or legal action may also be taken.

 

Student Name (please print):  ____________________________________________________________

 

School:__________________________  Grade:________   Teacher:______________________________ 

Parent/Guardian:

As the parent or guardian, I have read and reviewed this policy with my elementary school age child. I understand that this access is designed for educational purposes. I understand it is impossible for the School District to restrict access to all controversial or inappropriate content and I will not hold the District or the staff responsible for materials acquired on the Internet by my child. I have discussed the importance of obeying and abiding by the rules set by the school district. I further understand that if my child does not abide by these rules he/she may be disciplined.  I accept full responsibility if and when my child is found in violation of this computer use policy. 

___I hereby give permission to allow access to the computer network and the Internet for my child and certify that the

information contained on this form is correct. ___________ Initial here

 

Parent or Legal Guardian (please print):__________________________________________

 

Address:_______________________________________ City:_____________________ Zip:_____________

 

Telephone:_____________________________  E-mail:___________________________________________

 

Signature:___________________________________________________  Date: _______________________

 

___I do not give permission to allow access to the Internet for my child. __________Initial here

 

Lunch Policy

Policy Code: 
EFB
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, December 16th, 2014

LUNCH POLICY

The Iron County School District has entered into an agreement to participate in the National School Lunch Program, and accepts responsibility for providing free and reduced price meals to eligible children in the schools under its jurisdiction.

The Child Nutrition Program will provide free or reduced price meals to all qualifying students as determined by the state and the appropriate district officials in accordance with family income standards, regulations, and procedures that have been prescribed by the United States Department of Agriculture.

Applications for free and reduced meal benefits can be submitted online and are available on the ICSD website and can be found by selecting departments, then nutrition services. Applications are also available at each school and at the district office.

Parents may submit an application anytime during the school year.

Parents may also re-submit an application if there are changes in the household.  An example would be a change of income due to job loss or additional household members such as the birth of a baby.

If students qualify for free or reduced priced school meals, their meals are reimbursed in whole or in part with federal funds.  Otherwise, the meal reimbursement is minimal and parents are expected to pay for their student’s meals.

Schools receive partial reimbursement for meals served to students who do not qualify for free meals.  Parents must make payments to student’s account to make up the difference between the federal reimbursement and the cost of the meal.

Payments can be made online by using debit or credit cards.  The link is also available on the ICSD website and can be found by selecting departments, then nutrition services.  Parents may set up a low balance alert when using this service.   Parents may also pay by sending a check or cash to the school. 

If a check is returned to ICSD by a financial institution then ICSD reserves the right to reject future checks from that individual.

Payments should clearly indicate the account(s) to which the funds should be credited with students’ name(s) and amount.

A school shall credit meal payments from parents to the student’s account before the meal period.  This assures all funds are accurately applied to meal accounts in advance of students selecting school meals.

Schools are not required by state or federal law to provide meals to students who do not have the funds to pay for the meal.

If an account is delinquent and partial payment is sent the school will apply payments to the purchase of the current day’s meal first, and the payment of past due accounts second. 

Schools will identify student accounts that do not have adequate balances daily and parents will be notified daily by phone, text or email, to allow parents to indicate how they wish to make payments. 

Schools shall maintain documentation of attempts to contact parents and collect delinquent funds.

For grades K-8 the school may not tell students to “remind” their parents to send money to the school.  It is the parents’ responsibility to pay the student’s account.  Asking the students to remind parents is inappropriate. 

Contact about delinquent accounts for grades K-8 will be made from adult to adult and will not involve the child.

School staff may remind students in secondary school (grades 9-12) that the students account balance is low.  Staff may also inform students that they cannot choose a school meal because accounts are delinquent.

 

Out-of-State Travel Form and Checklist

Policy Code: 
EEAD-E3
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, June 17th, 2008

OUT-OF-STATE TRAVEL

FORM AND CHECKLIST

Out–of-state travel requests will be considered only after completion of this form and checklist in its entirety, and the form’s submission to the Superintendent at least three (3) months prior to the trip. 

 

Group ______________________________Date __________Date of Trip ___________

I have read and understand the requirements and conditions for out-of-state travel as outlined in the Policy Handbook. (EEAD)

Advisors Name______________________________

The group advisor has proven to me that this trip has education merit and meets the other conditions as outlined in the Board Policy Handbook.

 

Principal____________________________ Date __________________

 

Checklist

 

_______Trip Itinerary attached (including number and dates of school to be missed).

_______Description of education goals and evidence of educational merit attached.

_______Outline of cost and all fund raising activities associated with the trip attached.

_______Trip destination is ______________ travel miles from Cedar City.

_______Private carrier identified to be contracted if trip is approved.

 

 

Superintendent______________________________ Date__________

 

_______Approved

_______Referred to School Board

_______Denied

 

*Risk management has strongly recommended that all districts in the state avoid out-of-state travel due to liability reasons.  Iron County School District recognizes the need for some out-of-state travel based on our close proximity to Nevada and Arizona.  Therefore, for the purposes of this policy, the following locations will be considered in-state:  Nevada – Boulder City, Ely, Las Vegas, Mesquite, Moapa Valley, Pahrump, and Panaca/Pioche;  Arizona – Fredonia and Page.

 

Parental Consent Form - School Activities

Policy Code: 
EEAD-E1
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, June 17th, 2008

PARENTAL CONSENT FORM 

School Activities

___________________________________________________ (student) has my

permission to participate in  school activities or field trips that will be occurring during the 20___ / 20___ School year.

Inherent risks are associated with any activity and by granting permission for my son/daughter to participate, I acknowledge that such risks exist. However, I believe that the opportunity for learning outweighs these risks and I hereby grant permission for my son/daughter to participate.

 

Parental Consent Form - School Field Trips

Policy Code: 
EEAD-E2
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, June 17th, 2008

PARENTAL CONSENT FORM 

School Field Trips

On __________________________________ (date) our class will be going on a field trip to:

 

_________________________________________________________________________

 

_________________________________________________________________________

 

_________________________________________________________________________

 

_________________________________________________________________________

 

 

Inherent risks are associated with any activity or field trip and by granting permission for my son/daughter to participate, I acknowledge that such risks exist. However, I believe that the opportunity for learning outweighs these risks and I hereby grant permission for my son/daughter to participate.

 

 

 

                                                                                    ______________________________

                                                                                    Signature of Parent or Legal Guardian

 

                                                                                    ______________________________

                                                                                    Date

 

Public Information Program: Public Records

Policy Code: 
EGCA
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, December 16th, 2014

PUBLIC INFORMATION PROGRAM:  PUBLIC RECORDS 

PURPOSE OF THE POLICY

This policy is adopted pursuant to the Government Records Access and Management Act (Utah Code Ann. (1992)   63-2-701  ("GRAMA") and applies to District records relating to information practices, including classification, access, appeals, management and retention of documents.

APPROPRIATE REQUESTER OF RECORDS

A person may request access to the District's records if that person meets the requirements set forth in this policy.

PUBLIC RECORDS

A "public record" means any record that is not private, controlled or protected.  For purposes of this policy, "records" do not include:  temporary drafts or other materials prepared for the originator's personal use or for the personal use of another, personal notes, notes kept in personal journals, diaries or other day timers, notes of informal observations, personal notes of evaluations or materials owned by the originator in his or her private capacity.

Utah Code Ann.  63-2-103(17) and (18)(b)

RECORDS ADMINISTRATOR

The School Business Administrator is hereby designated as Records Administrator of the District. 

PRIVATE DOCUMENTS

Definition of "Private Documents"

a. All private personnel records contained in a personnel file, applications, nominations, recommendations, or recommendations for employment, advancement or appointment;

b. Any final employee evaluation signed by the employee;

c. Records showing an individual's home address, home telephone number, social security number, insurance coverage, marital status, payroll deductions, race, religion, disabilities or military status;

d. Records touching upon an individual's eligibility for unemployment benefits, social services, or welfare benefits;

e. Records touching upon an individual's personal finances;

f. Records touching upon any individual's medical or psychological condition, past or present;

g.  Records showing an individual's certification;

h. Any record the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.

Utah Code Ann.   63-2-302

Access to Private Records

Upon an appropriate written request from the subject of the records, or the parent or legal guardian of an unemancipated minor who is the subject of the record, the District shall disclose private records and other private data only to the subject of the record, or the parent or legal guardian of an unemancipated minor who is the subject of the private record, or the legal guardian of a legally incapacitated individual who is the subject of the private record, or any individual who has a power of attorney from the subject of the record, or who submits a notarized release from the subject of the record, or his legal representative which is dated not more than thirty (30) days before the date the request is made, or pursuant to order of a court of competent jurisdiction to disclose such record.

Utah Code Ann.  63-2-202(11)

DOCUMENTS SHOWING CRIMINAL CHARGES

Official records showing formal criminal charges against an employee and action are not private unless in the discretion of the District Records Administrator or the Superintendent, the charges are groundless or the charges are not sustained.

CONTROLLED RECORDS

Definition of "Controlled Records"

The District hereby designates as "controlled" any record that contains medical, psychiatric or psychological data about any individual and which would be detrimental to the subject's mental health or for the safety of that individual to disclose.

Access to Controlled Records

Upon an appropriate written request to the Records Administrator of the District, the District shall provide access to the requester of controlled records to a physician, psychologist or certified social worker upon the submission of a release from the subject of the record that is dated not more than 30 days prior to the request or upon an order from a court of competent jurisdiction.  All copies made from such records shall be marked "controlled" and disclosure is limited to the subject of the record and his medical professional, or to such other person named in the release.

PROTECTED RECORDS

Definition of "Protected Records"

a.   Any document disclosing a trade secret;

b.   Test questions or answers;

c.   Any document the disclosure of which may give an unfair advantage to a person or entity proposing to enter into a contract;                                                                                                                

d.   Records touching upon the value of real property owned by the District, which may be considered for sale;

e.   Any record that may jeopardize the life or safety of an individual if disclosed;

f.    Any record that would violate the normal professional practice or medical ethics;

g.   Any records which may jeopardize the security of District property or  programs;

h.   Records touching upon audits, audit techniques, procedures and policies;

i.    Records touching upon issues of actual or potential litigation;

j.    Records touching upon collective bargaining strategy;

k.   Records touching upon occurrences covered by the Division of Risk Management;

l.    Records touching upon deliberations of the Board of Education acting in a judicial or review of prior decision capacity;

m.  Records touching upon formal evaluations not signed by the employee;

n.   Records touching upon an employee transfer, appointment, retention or promotion of employees.

o.   Records not placed in an employee's personnel file, which are maintained by individual supervisors or administrators.

Utah Code Ann.  63-2-304

p.   Materials to which access must be limited for purposes of securing or maintaining the district's proprietary protection of intellectual property rights including patents, copyrights, and trade secrets.

Protected Records

Upon an appropriate request by the person who created the record, or a person who has a valid power of attorney from such person, or upon an order from the subject of the records or a person having a power of attorney or holding a notarized release from the subject of the record, or from a court of competent jurisdiction, the District shall provide access to such records only to such persons and all copies made from such records shall be marked "confidential."

STUDENT RECORDS

All student records shall be designated "education records" and the disclosure of such education records shall be governed pursuant to 20 U.S.C.  12-32(g) and 34 C.F.R.  99, et seq., and 34 C.F.R.  300, et seq.  The District may not release information related to educational records without parental consent, except as provided by the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA).

COPYRIGHTED OR PATENTED MATERIALS 

Any document which is copyrighted, either by formal filing under federal copyright laws or by informal claim of copyright, or which is covered by a patent, trademark or other protective designation, shall not be copied or provided to any person without an order of a court of competent jurisdiction ordering such disclosure.

FEES FOR DUPLICATION OF RECORDS

A fee shall be charged for the District's actual cost of duplicating a requested record and also for the personnel time in compiling and obtaining the record as follows:

a.   Ten cents (.10) per page for each single sided copy and fifteen cents (.15) per page for each double-sided copy;

b.   Twenty dollars per hour for the time spent by any District personnel compiling documents for copying.  However, no fee may be charged for;  (i) making a record available to be viewed in the same context that the record is kept in the regular course of carrying on business to determine whether the record is subject to disclosure or; (ii) the requester's inspecting the record.

c.   An additional charge of $1.00 shall be charged per each page of a document, which has been requested to be certified.

d.   The District shall require all past fees of the requester to be paid before copying if fees are expected to exceed $50.00, or if the requester has not paid fees from a previous request.

Utah Code Ann.   63-2-203(h)

PROCEDURES

Each requester shall submit a written request specifically identifying those documents requested.  The request shall specifically state whether the documents sought are:  (1) to be copied; or (2) identified to determine whether they are subject to disclosure; or (3) to be allowed to inspect a specific record.  In the event that a document is specifically identified and designated for copying, the requester shall submit sufficient funds with the written request to pay for all copies requested to be copied.

RESPONSE TIMES

The District shall respond to the request to copy within fifteen (15) days. The District shall respond to an appropriate request by:

a.   Approving the request and providing the records;

b.   Denying the request;

c.   Notifying the requester that it does not maintain the records; or

d.   Notifying the requester that extraordinary circumstances exist which make it impractical to approve or deny the request and  specifying the earliest time when the records will be available.

Utah Code Ann. 63-2-204

TIME LIMIT FOR APPEALS

In the event that the District either denies access to or the right to copy a requested document, the requester shall submit an appeal of the request to the Board of Education of the District in writing which specifically states the documents which have been designated for copying or for inspection, the date of the request, the date of the denial of the request, all circumstances surrounding the denial, the reasons stated for the denial, and attaching a copy of any funds

which have been submitted to pay for copies if copies have been requested.  The Board of Education shall respond to such request within thirty (30) days after the requester has submitted the appeal to the Board of Education.  The Board of Education shall submit a written response either granting the requester's request or affirming the denial of the request for documents.

MANAGEMENT

Documents shall be managed by the administrative staff in each school and by each separate department of the district office.

RETENTION

All public, private, controlled and protected documents must be maintained by the District for at least six (6) years, after which the District may discard, destroy or dispose of any such documents.

PRIVILEGED DOCUMENT

The District reserves the right to claim a privilege with respect to all documents which are subject to attorney work product, attorney-client, physician-patient, psychiatrist-patient or other statutory privilege.

JUDICIAL REVIEW

Any party may appeal the Board of Education's decision to the district court in the county where the District is located.  The petition shall be filed no later than fifteen (15) days after the date of the Board of Education's decision or order.

RIGHT TO SEE PUBLIC RECORDS

Except as otherwise set forth herein, District documents are "public" documents and every person has the right to inspect and/or to take a copy from 9:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m.  Monday-Friday subject to the provisions of this policy.

RIGHT TO COPIES 

If an appropriate requester requests to have copies of more than 50 pages of records, the District, in its sole discretion, may provide the requester with facilities to make copies and require the requester to make copies themselves at their own expense.

Records, Student: Retention and Destruction

Policy Code: 
EHB
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, April 22nd, 2003
Review Date: 
Tuesday, August 26th, 2008

Records, Student:  Retention and Destruction

A permanent record of a student's name, address and phone number, his/her grades, attendance record, classes attended, and grade level completed will be maintained without time limitation at the school.  When other personally identifiable information collected, maintained, or used is no longer needed to provide educational services to the student, it may be destroyed.

Reference State of Utah Special Education Rules and Regulations Sections 6 and 7 regarding distribution of Special Education student information.

 

Regulations for Reproduction of Copyright Materials

Policy Code: 
EGAAA-R
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, June 17th, 2003
Review Date: 
Tuesday, August 26th, 2008

Regulations for Reproduction of Copyright Materials

Videotape Recordings

Teachers who wish to use television programs for instructional purposes will adhere to the following procedures in order to avoid copyright violations.  There will be no other off-air taping of programs.

  1. Any teacher desiring that an instructionally related television program be taped for possible classroom use by the media center or school will complete a request form for off-air videotaping.  The request will include an agreement that the teacher will abide by copyright requirements.
  2. Programs may be viewed by students no more than twice within 10 days after being recorded.
  3. Unless otherwise authorized by the producer, the videotape recording must be erased no later than 45 days after the taping of the requested program.
  4. No taped program may be exchanged with another school without specific written approval of the superintendent.
  5. The taped program will not be used for public viewing.
  6. The taped program will be used for the specific curriculum application for which the request was intended.  No other curriculum application is authorized.
  7. Videotape libraries of commercial and non-commercial programs may be established only with written approval of the appropriate copyright holders.  The instructional media center will be responsible for directing all formal requests for permission to use or retained copyright television programs.
  8. Published lists of authorized videotapes will be prepared for district and school collections.
  9. Individuals are required to fill out and return a preview evaluation card for each program videotaped.
  10. The videotapes used in classrooms must be approved for use in keeping with district policy and regulations on the use of supplementary instructional materials. (IGDC)
  11. Regulations apply to all forms of recorded media.

 

Reproduction of Copyright Material (Fair Use Guidelines for Audiovisual Materials)

Policy Code: 
EGAAA-E
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, February 25th, 2003
Review Date: 
Tuesday, August 26th, 2008

REPRODUCTION OF COPYRIGHT MATERIAL

(Fair Use Guidelines for Audiovisual Materials)

1.      A broadcast program may be recorded off-air simultaneously with broadcast transmission (including simultaneous cable transmission) and retained by a nonprofit educational institution for a period not to exceed the first 45 calendar days after date of recording.  Upon conclusion of such retention period, all off-air records must be erased or destroyed immediately.

2.  Off-air recordings may be used once by individual teachers in the course of relevant teaching activities, and repeated once only when instruction reinforcement is necessary, in classrooms and similar places devoted to instruction within a single building, cluster, or campus, as well as in the homes of students receiving formalized home instruction, during the first 10 consecutive school days in the 45 calendar day retention period.  "School days" are school session days--not counting weekends, holidays, vacations, examination periods, or other scheduled interruptions--within the 45 calendar day retention period.

3.  Off-air recordings may be made only at the request of and used by individual teachers, and may not be regularly recorded in anticipation of requests.  No broadcast program may be recorded off-air more than once at the request of the same teacher, regardless of the number of times the program may be broadcast.

4.   Individual teachers may request a copy be reproduced from each off-air recording to meet their legitimate needs under these guidelines.  Each such additional copy shall be subject to all provisions governing the original recording.

5.  After the first 10 consecutive school days, off-air recordings may be used up to the end of the 45 calendar day retention period only for teacher evaluation purposes; i.e., to determine whether or not to include the broadcast program in the teaching curriculum, and may not be used in the recording institution for student exhibition or any other non-evaluation purpose without authorization.

6.  Off-air recordings need not be used in their entirety, but the recorded programs may not be altered from their original content.  Off-air recordings may not be physically or electronically combined or merged to constitute teaching anthologies or compilations.

7.  All copies of off-air recordings must include the copyright notice on the broadcast program as recorded.

8.  Educational institutions are expected to establish appropriate control procedures to maintain the integrity of these guidelines.

(Agreement formulated January 1982 by commission on "fair use" of audiovisual materials.)

 

Reproduction of Copyright Material

Policy Code: 
EGAAA
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, February 25th, 2003
Review Date: 
Tuesday, August 26th, 2008

REPRODUCTION OF COPYRIGHT MATERIAL

The school system will take necessary steps to ensure that copyright material is protected.  The material--whether graphic, audio, visual, or computer software--must indicate through some means that it is under copyright protection to fall within this policy.

Employees will not violate copyright regulations.

The school district will not accept responsibility for willful reproduction or retention of copyright materials beyond limits provided by the publisher or producer.

The employee must exert reasonable effort to be familiar with copyright regulations.

Willful violation of copyright regulations is the responsibility of the employee. 

The school district will not assume responsibility for any employee violating copyright regulations.

 

School Bus Driver Examination and Training

Policy Code: 
EEACA
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, May 20th, 2008

SCHOOL BUS DRIVER EXAMINATION AND TRAINING

All individuals who desire to drive an Iron County School District bus must meet all state mandated qualifications and complete all state training requirements.  These state qualifications can be found in the “Standards for Utah School Buses and Operations”.

 

 

School Bus Incident Report to Parents

Policy Code: 
EEACC-E
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, September 22nd, 2015

SCHOOL BUS INCIDENT REPORT TO PARENTS

Click here for PDF file.

School Traffic Control

Policy Code: 
ECD
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, April 22nd, 2008

SCHOOL TRAFFIC CONTROL

The applicable State, County, or Municipal Traffic and Parking Regulations shall be enforced upon school district property.  Parking on school property is a privilege and may be revoked for cause at any time by the school administration.

All regulatory signs utilized on district or school property shall be placed in conspicuous and appropriate areas.  These signs must be approved by the district prior to posting. 

The rules and regulations shall be enforced by the appropriate area law enforcement agencies.  Enforcement may include, but shall not be limited to the following:  citations, towing away at owner's expense, and/or revocation of the privileges to park and drive on school property.  The Board of Education assumes NO responsibility for damages to cars, lost articles, damage to property or injury to persons by the automobile or its driver while on school district property.

Student vehicles are considered student’s property as relating to policy:  Interrogations and Searches (JFG).

 

School Traffic Regulations

Policy Code: 
ECD-R
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, September 25th, 2001
Review Date: 
Tuesday, March 25th, 2008

SCHOOL TRAFFIC REGULATIONS

Vehicles operated upon the property owned by the Iron County School District shall adhere to the following regulations.

(a)  Maximum speed on school and district premises is ten (10) miles per hour.

(b)  Vehicular traffic is limited to entering, exiting, and parking.  No cruising or loitering will be permitted.

(c)  All vehicles are restricted to designated roadways.  Motorized vehicles will not be driven on lawns, sidewalks, paths, or other prohibited areas.

(d)  No parking will be allowed in the areas where the curb is painted red or green, designated "NO PARKING," or where such parking would obstruct vehicular traffic.

(e)  Parking areas for students, visitors, and faculty and staff shall be designated.  Students, staff and faculty shall not park in areas designated "FOR VISITORS" or "RESERVED. 

(f)  All district traffic and parking regulations and individual school regulations (if any) will be distributed to every student and faculty member at or before the beginning of each school year.  

 

Service and Emotional Support Animals at District Facilities

Policy Code: 
EAC
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, September 22nd, 2015

SERVICE AND EMOTIONAL SUPPORT ANIMALS AT DISTRICT FACILITIES

I. Access to Services, Programs and Activities

A. The District has the goal of providing equal access to all services, activities and programs it offers. Students, employees or members of the public will not be denied access to services, programs or activities due to their legitimate use of a service animal.

B. District protocols for addressing the needs of those utilizing service animals are derived from 28 CFR Section 35, Utah Code Title 62A, Chapter 5b, and applicable published guidance from the U.S. Department of Justice.

C. The District may impose legitimate safety requirements necessary for the safe operation of its services, programs, or activities. Those requirements must be based upon actual risks, not on mere speculation, stereotypes, or generalizations about people with disabilities.

II. Definitions

A. “Direct Threat” – A significant risk to the health and safety of others that cannot be eliminated by a modification to policies, practices or procedures, or by the provision of auxiliary aids or services.

B. “Disability” – As defined in 42 U.S.C. 12102 of the Americans with Disabilities Act, as may be amended in the future, and 28 CFR Section 36 of the Code of Federal Regulations, as may be amended in the future.

C. “Emotional Support Animal” (ESA) – A domesticated animal that is individually necessary for the emotional support, well-being, comfort, or companionship of an individual with a disability. The tasks performed by an ESA must be directly related to the individual’s disability. Non-human primates are specifically excluded from this definition.

D. “Service Animal” – Any dog that is individually trained to do work or perform tasks for the benefit of an individual with a disability. Other species of animals, whether Model Service Animal Policy 5/7/15 3 wild or domestic, trained or untrained, are not service animals for the purpose of this definition. The work or tasks performed by a service animal must be directly related to the individual’s disability. The provision of emotional support, well-being, comfort, or companionship does not constitute work or tasks for the purposes of this definition.

III. General Provisions

A. Other than service animals as defined above, personally owned animals are not permitted at District facilities without the written consent of a District representative.

B. The District will reasonably modify its policies, practices or procedures to permit the use of a service animal by an individual with a disability.

C. Individuals with disabilities shall be permitted to be accompanied by their service animals in all areas of the District facilities where members of the public, participants in services, programs or activities, or invitees are allowed to go.

D. The District may ask an individual with a disability to remove a service animal from its facilities if the animal is out of control and the animal’s handler does not take effective action to control it.

E. The District may ask an individual with a disability to remove a service animal from its facilities if the animal is not housebroken.

F. A service animal shall have a harness, leash, or other tether, unless either the handler is unable because of a disability to use a harness, leash, or other tether, or the use of a leash, harness, or other tether would interfere with the animal’s safe, effective performance of work or tasks, in which case the service animal must be otherwise under the handler’s control (e.g., voice control, signals, or other effective means).

G. The District may ask an individual with a disability to remove a service animal from its facilities if the animal poses a direct threat.

H. Neither the District nor any of its employees are responsible for the care or supervision of a service animal, unless documentation exists specifically requiring such care or supervision by the District or its employees.

I. If the need for a service animal is not readily apparent, the animal’s owner may be required to affirm that the animal is required because of a disability. Additionally, the Model Service Animal Policy 5/7/15 4 animal’s owner may be required to articulate what work or task the animal has been trained to perform.

J. A service animal’s owner may be required to provide documentation indicating the service animal has been licensed in the jurisdiction(s) in which the owner resides.

IV. Miniature Horses

A. The District shall make reasonable modification in its policies, practices, or procedures to permit the use of a miniature horse by an individual with a disability if the miniature horse has been individually trained to do work or perform tasks for the benefit of the individual with a disability

B. In determining whether reasonable modifications in policies, practices, or procedures can be made to allow a miniature horse into a specific facility, the District may consider:

1. The type, size, and weight of the miniature horse and whether the facility can accommodate these features;

2. Whether the handler has sufficient control of the miniature horse;

3. Whether the miniature horse is housebroken; and

4. Whether the miniature horse’s presence in a specific facility compromises legitimate safety requirements that are necessary safe operation.

C. Paragraphs III.A. through III.J., above, which apply to service animals, shall also apply to miniature horses.

V. Service Animals in Training

A. As provided for in Utah law, service animals in training shall be granted access to District facilities, services, programs and activities.

B. Paragraphs III.A. through III.J., above, shall also apply to service animals in training.

VI. Emotional Support Animals (ESA)

A. The use of an Emotional Support Animals (ESA) (sometimes referred to as a “comfort animal”) is considered a request for a reasonable accommodation under the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).

B. A request for the use of an ESA must be supported by recent, reliable, objective medical documentation.

C. Only domesticated animals will be considered as an ESA.

D. The provisions of paragraphs III.A. through III.J., above, shall also apply to an ESA.

E. Documentation regarding an ESA may be required to address legitimate safety requirements necessary for the safe operations of its programs, services, or activities.

VII. Unique Circumstances or Requests

A. Circumstances or requests requiring special consideration shall be reviewed by the District Risk Coordinator in consultation with other appropriate District personnel (e.g., Section 504 Coordinator, ADA Coordinator, etc.).

B. The District Risk Coordinator shall coordinate with State Risk Management prior to denying a service animal, a miniature horse, a service animal in training, or an ESA access to any District facility, service, program or activity.

 

Special Use of School Vehicles

Policy Code: 
EEAD
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, June 17th, 2008

SPECIAL USE OF SCHOOL VEHICLES 

District vehicles shall be used only for official school business; private use is strictly forbidden.

Buses are to travel only on federal, state, county, and city maintained roads and highways.          

Per the requirements of State Risk Management, Iron District vehicles can only be rented to Higher Education Institutions, Charter Schools, or other Utah School Districts. 

Only properly licensed drivers employed by the school district will be permitted to drive a district vehicle.  Only licensed drivers age 21 or older will be permitted to drive other district vehicles.  Proof that the driver has been properly licensed is required before vehicle use authorization will be given.

The rental rate will be based on actual costs for gas, driver, and operational expenses.

Student Out of State travel

To merit consideration by the Superintendent or Board for approval of an out-of-state trip, the following minimum conditions must by met, but not limited to: 

  1. Completion of form EEAD-E for out-of-state travel and meeting with advisors.  Advisors must not make plans, introduce idea to student, or make financial commitments prior to completing form and meeting with the superintendent for approval.  Student and/or parent pressure groups shall not be included for this presentation.
  2. The advisor shall provide information showing that the trip has educational merit, and why the proposed activity cannot be accomplished at a location within the state.
  3. The students involved may miss no more than two instructional days per trip.
  4. The trip must be contracted to a private carrier covered by liability insurance to and from the destination.
  5. The group prior to the trip must raise total and adequate funds.  Individual students must not be required to pay a fee for the trip. 

*Risk management has strongly recommended that all districts in the state avoid out-of-state travel due to liability reasons.  Iron County School District recognizes the need for some out-of-state travel based on our close proximity to Nevada and Arizona.  Therefore, for the purposes of this policy, the following locations will be considered in-state:  Nevada – Boulder City, Ely, Las Vegas, Mesquite, Moapa Valley, Pahrump, and Panaca/Pioche; Arizona – Fredonia and Page.

BUS TRANSPORTATION FOR EDUCATIONAL TRIPS

All trips involving transportation must be cleared through the district office.  Trips must be authorized before they are discussed with students.  Trips are primarily for educational purposes and are to be closely related to classroom activities. A travel request form must be completed for each trip.

Written permit slips from parents must be filed for all field trips.

Field trips cannot be taken during the last two weeks of the school year unless approved by the superintendent.

Actual costs will be charged against school budget allocations.

BUS TRANSPORTATION FOR SCHOOL ACTIVITIES           

Buses may be used to take students to school-scheduled activities.  Costs for such trips will be charged to individual school allocations based on actual costs for gas, driver, and operational expenses.

Buses may be used to transport students who will be spectators at school-sponsored activities away from home. Moneys from student charges are to be submitted to the district office at the end of the month.  Schools will be charged with actual costs for each trip.

The district discourages the use of buses for overnight and out-of-state trips.

Special transportation shall not be provided to transport students for extracurricular practices.

STUDENT TRANSPORTATION FOR OUT-OF-TOWN SCHOOL EVENTS

Student transportation to and from out-of-town school activities and events shall be in school-authorized vehicles only.  Students, whether participants or spectators, are not permitted to drive private cars to out-of-town school events when such travel, or any portion thereof, will be done during regular school hours.  During out of town travel students using school-authorized vehicles will only be released from such transportation to a parent or guardian.

 

Student Conduct on School Buses

Policy Code: 
EEACC
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, May 20th, 2008

STUDENT CONDUCT ON SCHOOL BUSES 

The teacher/supervisor on a bus is responsible for discipline.  On regular routes, the driver is both driver and supervisor.  Students riding school buses shall follow regulations developed by the Iron County School District. 

STUDENT CONDUCT RULES:

  1. Be careful in approaching bus stops.  Always walk on the left, toward oncoming   traffic.  Cross the street only after the bus driver has signaled that it is safe to do so.  Do not approach the bus before it has come to a complete stop.
  2. Be on time for the bus -- help keep the bus on schedule.
  3. Students will be picked up at designated stops and returned to designated stops.
  4. Remain at the school until the bus arrives to pick up students.
  5. Be seated without disturbing others, and remain seated while the bus is moving.
  6. Obey the driver's suggestions promptly.  He/she and other assigned district personnel have complete charge of students while on the bus.
  7. Help keep the school bus clean and sanitary.
  8. Do not touch first aid equipment or fire extinguishers without driver permission.
  9. Treat school bus equipment in a respectful manner.  Students and parents will be   responsible for any vandalism to school property.
  10. Use emergency doors only for emergencies.
  11. Do not bring any animal(s) on the bus.
  12. Seats can be assigned in which each student will be seated at all times, unless permission to change is given by the driver.
  13. Keep head, arms, and hands inside the bus at all times.
  14. Be courteous and respectful towards fellow pupils and bus driver.
  15. Keep all books and personal belongings out of the aisle.
  16. Do not engage in loud talking, laughing, or any other disruptive behavior, which might divert the attention of the bus driver and possibly cause a serious accident.
  17. Do not have possession of or use tobacco, drugs, or alcohol on the bus.
  18. Do not have anything in your possession that may cause injury to another person (Including, but not limited to, any type of weapons or firearms as defined in the safe school policy).
  19. Soda pop, candy or food may not be eaten on the bus.

DUE PROCESS FOR BREAKING BUS RULES:

  1. Breaking bus rules will result in the implementation of appropriate consequences.
  2. Consequences will usually follow a set procedure ranging from a verbal warning to permanent expulsion from the bus (see EEACC-E).
  3. Serious offenses, such as actions that endanger others, violate safe school policy or involve verbal abuse toward a bus driver, will automatically result in some loss of riding privileges.

 

Student Travel Regulations

Policy Code: 
EEAD-R
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, August 26th, 2003
Review Date: 
Tuesday, April 22nd, 2008

STUDENT TRAVEL REGULATIONS

Trips must be carefully pre-planned.  When possible, the teacher should visit the place before taking students on the trip.

Elementary school travel: It is required to have two or more adults in addition to the bus driver accompany students and the teacher on the trip.

Secondary school travel: In addition to coaches and advisors, adequate adult supervision is required according to size of group and purpose of activity.

Teachers/coaches will remain with students throughout the duration of the trip.

Buses will remain at the event/activity and available for student use as determined by teacher/coach.

Vehicle care and maintenance are the responsibility of the bus driver.

Student management is the responsibility of the teacher/coach.

Teachers must notify lunchroom personnel of a scheduled trip one week before leaving.

(Also see IGD-R Supervision of Students)

 

Student/Parent Use of a Privately Owned Electronic Device Agreement

Policy Code: 
ECB-E
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, June 19th, 2012
STUDENT/PARENT USE OF A PRIVATELY OWNED ELECTRONIC DEVICE AGREEMENT

Student Name_____________________ Student ID #_______________________

Privately Owned Electronic Device Information:

1) Brand Name/Model:

 

Serial Number:

 

Virus Software Installed if applicable:

 

2) Brand Name/Model:

 

Serial Number:

 

Virus Software Installed if applicable:

 

3) Brand Name/Model:

 

Serial Number:

 

Virus Software Installed if applicable:

 

Parent and Student Agreement

I/we have read the Iron County School District Privately Owned Electronic Device Policy form concerning the use and connection of privately owned electronic devices to the Iron School District wireless network and understand and agree to the terms and conditions herein. I/we understand that this policy form and the privilege to use privately owned electronic devices in school may be revoked at any time.

I/we understand that assignments and projects may be posted to teacher approved blogs, Google Docs and other Web 2.0 hosting sites. This may include personally identifiable information that may be classified as an educational record under FERPA (Family Education Records and Privacy Act).

I/we have signed and returned the Iron County School District Acceptable Use Policy for the student indicated below.

I/we understand that violation of these provisions may result in the confiscation of a personal electronic device by the school administration, any other designated school district representative, or local law enforcement and that legal action may occur according to law.

I/we understand that we are responsible for compensating the school district for any losses, costs or damages incurred due to violations of Iron County School District Board policies/procedures and school rules by the student in conjunction with the use of his/her personal electronic device, including the cost of investigating such violations.

☐ I/we give permission for my student, (please print name) _________________________ to use a personal electronic device on the wireless network at ________________________________________________ School.

☐   I/we DO NOT give permission for my student, (please print name) _______________________to use a personal electronic device on the wireless network at ________________________________________________ School.

 

Parent Signature ______________________________________ Date ______________

 

I understand the above rules and policy for connecting a personal electronic device to the wireless network at ______________________________________ School and agree to follow the rules outlined.

 

Student Signature ______________________________________ Date ______________

 

 

Threats Made to Schools

Policy Code: 
EBCC-R
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, June 19th, 2001
Review Date: 
Tuesday, November 27th, 2007

THREATS MADE TO SCHOOLS

In the event that a phone call or other notice is received indicating that something of a dangerous nature is going to happen in a school, the school should refer to their Emergency Operation Plan (EOP).  The plans include the following procedures, which have been developed in cooperation with local police and fire officials, and will be followed by the person receiving the threat:

1.  Notify immediately:

        a.  Police (who will notify the fire department )
        b.  Principal of the threatened school
        c.  Superintendent of schools (who will inform the Board of Education)

2.  The person receiving a threat by phone will note the exact time of the call and attempt to get a voice description of the caller--age, sex, identifying patterns of speech, etc.

3.  Police and fire department emergency vehicles will respond.

4.  The senior police officer present and the building principal or designated school official will determine what procedure to follow.  They may order the building evacuated and implement such by means of a fire drill.

5.  The police and designated school personnel will conduct a search of the premises under the direction of the senior police officer.

6.  Students may return to the building only upon the order of the senior police officer.

7.  The investigation of the event will be conducted by the police.

 

Vandalism

Policy Code: 
ECAB
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, June 19th, 2001
Review Date: 
Tuesday, March 25th, 2008

VANDALISM

All employees will report to the principal any incidents of vandalism of property belonging to the district or private property upon school premises and, if possible, the names of the person or persons believed to be responsible.

The principal will submit to the Superintendent a full and detailed report of any vandalism or damage to any school property.

The Board will take necessary measures to protect school facilities, equipment, and other property against vandalism, and, if necessary, will resort to its legal rights to prosecute vandals.  Parents of students who destroy or vandalize any school property will be monetarily responsible for its repair or replacement. 

 

Video Surveillance

Policy Code: 
ECC
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, May 21st, 2013

VIDEO SURVEILLANCE

The following procedures will be used to regulate video surveillance within the Iron County School District:

PURPOSE AND SCOPE OF THE DISTRICT’S VIDEO SURVEILLANCE POLICY

For the safety and security of its buildings, assets, students, staff and visitors, Iron County School District operates video surveillance systems. This video surveillance policy describes the School District’s video surveillance system and the safeguards that the School District must take to protect the personal data, privacy and other fundamental rights of employees and students. 

PURPOSE OF THE SURVEILLANCE

The School District uses video surveillance systems primarily for the purposes of security and access control. The video surveillance systems help to control access to buildings and ensure the security of our buildings, the safety of staff, students and visitors, as well as property and information located or stored on the premises. It complements other physical security systems such as access control systems and physical intrusion control systems. It supports our broader security policies and helps prevent, deter and if necessary, investigate unauthorized physical access.  This includes unauthorized access to secure premises and protected rooms, IT infrastructure, or operational information. In addition, video surveillance helps prevent, detect and investigate theft of equipment or assets owned by the District, visitors, students or staff, and threats to their safety.

WHAT AREAS ARE UNDER SURVEILLANCE

TYPE OF EQUIPMENT IN USE

The video surveillance system is a conventional static system. It records digital images and is equipped with motion detection. It records any movement detected by the cameras in the area under surveillance, together with time, date and location. All cameras operate 24 hours a day, seven days a week. The image quality in most cases allows identification of those in the camera’s areas of coverage.  

VIDEO SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS AND EXPANSION

Cameras will not be added or relocated or otherwise altered without direct and prior consultation and approval by a district administrator. 

AREAS OF HEIGHTENED EXPECTATIONS

Iron County School District does not allow monitoring any areas with heightened expectations of privacy such as individual offices, staff leisure areas, toilet facilities and locker rooms.

NOTIFICATION OF VIDEO SURVEILLANCE

A School District site that implements video surveillance must provide written notification (i.e. a sign posted on the front door at the school) to the public that video is being recorded on the premises.

WHO HAS ACCESS TO THE INFORMATION AND TO WHOM IS IT  DISCLOSED

SCHOOL ADMINISTRATORS AND DESIGNEE OF THE DISTRICT SUPERINTENDENT

Recorded video is accessible to a designee, school and School District computer technicians and administrator only. Live video is also accessible to administrators and designee. Recording may be suspended without prior acknowledgement of students, staff, and district administrators.

PERIODIC SYSTEM AND VIDEO IMAGE AUDIT

A periodic audit of the surveillance system and video images shall be conducted by the superintendent or School District computer technicians to verify the surveillance system has not been modified or altered and to improve the integrity of the system.

SYSTEM MONITORING AND SECURITY

Due to activities of the administrative staff, video may not be monitored continuously. Devices used to view live and recorded video will have secure access and be located out of open view of the public. Access will be limited to the site of the surveillance system (i.e. school, and/or district building). School bus surveillance systems will be managed at the transportation offices under the direction of the transportation supervisor.  Remote access to surveillance systems will not be allowed. 

ACCESS RIGHTS

The district’s administrators and designee may:

1.  View the footage in real time

2.  View the recorded footage

The district will maintain a list of district employees with video access authority

DATA PROTECTION TRAINING

All personnel with access rights will be provided video and data protection training. Training is provided for each new member of the staff that is given access. Periodic workshops on video and data protection compliance issues are provided on regular basis for all staff with access rights.

COMPLIANCE

Each employee will sign the Computer Acceptable Use Policy (code ECAE-1) each year, which contains a section about video surveillance and abiding by this policy.

TRANSFERS AND DISCLOUSURES

All transfers of video content and disclosures beyond district administration should be documented. Such transfers shall be limited to judicial subpoenas local police may be given access to video by subpoena or if requested by the school/district administrator. 

BUS SURVEILLANCE

All policies listed above also apply to bus cameras. With the exception, bus cameras do not operate 24 hours a day, seven days a week. Cameras only operate while the buses are in operation.            

 

Adopted:  May 21, 2013

 

 

Section F - Construction and Equipment

Construction Project Insurance Program

Policy Code: 
FEH
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, February 25th, 2003
Review Date: 
Tuesday, September 23rd, 2008

CONSTRUCTION PROJECT INSURANCE PROGRAM

Architects and contractors bidding on construction projects in the Iron County School District must carry errors and omissions liability insurance throughout the period of the construction contract.  Architects and contractors must submit evidence of possession of current errors and omissions liability insurance along with the bid for any construction project within the district.  In addition, architects and contractors must provide the district with evidence of an agreement with the insurance carrier that notification will be sent to the school district by the insurance carrier in the event the errors and omissions coverage is cancelled during the term of the construction contract with the Iron County School District.

 

Equipment - Playground and Athletic

Policy Code: 
FEC
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, June 17th, 2003
Review Date: 
Tuesday, September 23rd, 2008

EQUIPMENT - PLAYGROUND AND ATHLETIC 

After the date of adoption for this policy, all equipment purchased for use on any school campus must:

  1. Meet guidelines from the Handbook for Public Play Grounds Safety published by US Consumer Product Safety Commission (copy available at the District Office).
  2. Be generally considered safe and reliable by industry standards.
  3. Have been manufactured by a firm which normally produces that specific type of equipment as a regular function of the firm's business operations.
  4. Be covered by the manufacturer's warranty and liability insurance against defects of material and workmanship for a period of time normally accepted for that type of equipment.

 

Section G - Personnel

Application for Approval of Credit

Policy Code: 
GCL-E1
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, September 22nd, 2015

Application for Approval of Credit.  Click here for PDF file.

Application for Early Retirement

Policy Code: 
GCPC-E
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, August 24th, 2010

APPLICATION FOR EARLY RETIREMENT  

I have read and understand the policy for early retirement as outlined in the Iron County School District Policy Handbook, Code GCPC.  I have verified the number of years experience in the Iron District with the District Business Administrator, and I am signing under the plan for which I wish to apply.  

Plan 1:    Fifteen (15) to twenty-four (24) years of experience with decreasing payments for five (5) years or until the employee qualifies for unreduced old age benefits as described in section two of District Policy GCPC, section "2"; plus the Insurance Benefit described in Iron County School District Policy GCPC, Item "3".

 

 

Signed________________________________________ Date________________

 

Plan 2:   Twenty-five (25) or more years of experience with level payments of twenty percent (20%) for five (5) years or until the employee qualifies for unreduced old age benefits as described in section two of District Policy GCPC, section "2"; plus the Insurance Benefit described in Iron County School District Policy GCPC, Item "3".

 

 

Signed________________________________________ Date________________

 

Contracts

Policy Code: 
GCB
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, November 18th, 2008

CONTRACTS 

The board delegates to the superintendent the responsibility of executing the adopted policies of the board and holds him/her accountable for recommending the most competent personnel from available sources.  All personnel in the Iron County School District will be awarded contracts or letters of appointment and employed upon the recommendation of the superintendent and approved by the board.

 1.  Contracts are by and between the employees and the board.  No employee is permitted to terminate a contract without the mutual consent of the board.  The board may require the employee to remain until a suitable replacement can be found.

 2.  Professional personnel shall file with the Business Administrator proper certification issued by the state, an official transcript of college credits, and an affidavit of prior teaching experience before the first pay period.

 3.  If a professional employee works more than one-half of a contract year, it shall be defined as one years' experience.  Teachers working the equivalent of two half years will be given credit for one year.

4.  Salary increases are determined by the current salary schedule. 

Length of Contracts   Contracts and appointments in the Iron County School District shall be for the number of days specified by the Board of Education as follows:

Teachers--185 days of regular contract.

Principals--The number of days of regular time as specified in the annual school calendar.  These are to be the same days as those for the teachers.  Additionally, principals will work extra days as follows:

a.  Elementary schools (except Escalante Valley) - 25 days (215 total)

b.  Escalante Valley Elementary School - 15 days (205 total)

c.  District Middle Schools - 30 days (220 total)

d.  District High Schools - 40 days (230 total)

e.  Assistant principals - 20 days (210 total)

 

Credit Toward Advancement on the Salary Schedule

Policy Code: 
GCL
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, September 27th, 2011

CREDIT TOWARD ADVANCEMENT ON THE SALARY SCHEDULE

The primary goal for lane change credit is centered on making the teacher highly qualified and effective in his/her current assignment.

Application for Approval for Credit Form

University credit as well as workshop credit should relate to a teacher's current assignment.  All lane change credit to be considered toward advancement on the salary schedule must first be approved by the district office and documented on the "Application for Approval for Credit Form".

  1. Both the teacher and the principal should sign this form, before submitting it to the district office.
  2. All graduate level credit (5000-6000 level courses) will count toward lane advancement beyond an earned degree (B.S., M.S., or equivalents) with prior approval.
  3. With written documented prior approval (Application for Approval for Credit), teachers may also earn lane advancement with undergraduate or workshop credit.  The district must approve the undergraduate or workshop credit and teachers receiving the credit must be willing to train other teachers.
  4. All credits applied toward a lane change must be earned after the latest awarded university or college degree.
  5. Credits over six months old will not be considered for approval.
  6. Credit for advancement should be aligned with personal, school, and district improvement plans.
  7. Credit will be issued for district-sponsored and state-approved in-service activities at a rate of one (1) quarter unit for each ten (10) hours of activity outside of the employee's regular work assignment.
  8. On the "Prior Approval Form", space is available to "Request for Graduate Credit Form". These requests require the Superintendent’s approval.

Conditions Where Credit Counts for Lane Change Credit (with Prior Approval)

  1. If a teacher attends a conference or workshop held exclusively on contract time (i.e. on a Friday), and when offered university credit for application or extension activities, the teacher may pay for and use the university credit attached to these conferences.  This is considered because of the extension activities required for conference participation.
  2. In situations where a conference includes both normal contract time (i.e. on a Friday) and also non-contract time (i.e. on a Saturday), the conference time may count for workshop hours on the lane change.  This may be handled on a case-by-case basis based on the length of the conference.
  3. If an ICSD teacher works toward a second major, an additional endorsement, or an additional certification, the credit earned will count for lane change credit with prior approval.
  4. When the district initiates and pays for credits leading to an endorsement (to meet district needs), the credit will apply to lane change credit (i.e. ESL Endorsement, Federal Grant Incentives).
  5. Only credit earned from an accredited university, and workshops sponsored by the district or state, may count toward lane change credit.

Conditions where Credit Will Not Count for Lane Change Credit

  1. Conference/workshop hours generated exclusively on contract time cannot be counted for lane change credit.
  2. If a new employee first earned a bachelor's degree, then took courses to qualify him/her for the teaching position, he/she will enter at the bachelor degree level.  Lane Change Credit is counted after earning proper teaching credentials.
  3. Student teaching credit does not count toward lane change.
  4. If an under-qualified teacher is hired, (due to special circumstances) the credit earned to become qualified will not earn lane change credit.
  5. Credit earned from a non-accredited institution will not count toward lane change credit.

Additional Lane Change Items

  1. Special exceptions to the Lane Change Policy will be handled on a case-by-case basis (i.e. A teacher enters a university program, whose status changes [upper division credit/graduate level credit]).
  2. Iron County School District workshops may provide either a stipend or lane change credit.  Teachers taking Iron County workshops will not qualify for both.
  3. Credit hours must be earned prior to the beginning of the new school year in order for teachers to advance on the salary schedule.  The transcripts or grades must be filed at the district office by October 1st.  Exceptions may be made with prior approval of the superintendent.
  4. Prior Approval is the first step in the lane change process, and verification of credit is the last step.
  5. Contracts may be adjusted after verification is filed at the district office and before the deadline.
  6. It is the employee's responsibility to obtain written prior approval, and also to present evidence of completion (i.e. official transcripts).
  7. All approved Lane Change Credit must be submitted to the Iron County School District office prior to October 1st of the year for which a lane change is requested.
  8. Credit can be counted for both lane change credit and re-licensure points (because only one will affect the salary). 
  9. Workshop Credit cannot be counted for both lane change credit and quality teaching hours [because both affect the salary].  The teacher will need to decide beforehand whether he/she wants lane change credit or quality teaching hours.

Adopted:  September 27, 2011

 

 

Criminal Background Checks and Employee Reporting of Arrests

Policy Code: 
GCDA
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, December 15th, 2009

CRIMINAL BACKGROUND CHECKS AND

EMPLOYEE REPORTING OF ARRESTS

The purpose of this policy is to protect the safety, health, and security, of Iron County School District students, employees, and property. Further, this policy is intended to ensure that all students of Iron County School District are instructed and served by public school teachers and employees who have not violated laws that would endanger students in any way.

Background Checks

Individuals Subject to Background Checks

Potential employees must submit to a criminal background check as a condition for employment or appointment.

Volunteers with significant unsupervised access to a student in connection with the volunteer's assignment must submit to a criminal background check as a condition of service. Until the background check is complete, the volunteer must remain under the supervised observation of a District employee.

A representative (individual, employee, and/or agent) of a company or organization having established an arrangement or agreement with the District to provide services to the school (such as food service vendors with casual access to students), or services with direct student access must submit to a District conducted criminal background check. The organization or representative shall pay the cost of the background check.  Information obtained from the background check may be used as a basis to refuse access of the representative to the school, District, or student, at the sole discretion of the District. Failure to comply with this provision shall be basis for termination of the arrangement or agreement with the company or organization.

A background check shall be required for the renewal of any Utah educator license in accordance with Utah Administrative Code R277-501.

Non-licensed employees shall submit to a criminal background check at least every five years.

Where reasonable cause exists the District may require an existing employee or volunteer to submit to a criminal background check.

Conducting the Background Check

Applicants and volunteers shall complete an Iron County School District personnel record as a condition of employment. The personnel record requires self-disclosure of criminal misconduct or violations of the law. The information obtained from the background check and the personnel record will be compared for accuracy. Any misstatement, omission, or misinformation on the personnel record is grounds to not hire or for dismissal.
 

Non-licensed Employees Schedule to Submit to Criminal Background Checks

The District will assign non-licensed employees to a five-year re-certification schedule based on the last digit of their social security number. Employees with social security numbers ending in 0 and 1, will recertify in year one, employees with social security numbers ending in 2 and 3, will recertify in year two, etc. This schedule will allow for a complete cycle of background checks every five years.

Current employees who decline to submit to the background check will be subject to disciplinary action up to and including dismissal from employment.

Payment for Background Check

Applicants for employment, including substitutes, shall be required to pay the designated cost of background checks subject to the provisions of UCA § 53A-3-410(6)(b)

The District shall pay the cost of the background check for any non licensed employee.

The school shall pay the cost of background checks from designated school funds for individuals serving as volunteers.

Reports of Arrest

Licensed Educators Required Reports of Arrest

A licensed educator who is arrested, cited, or charged with the following alleged offenses shall report the incident as soon as possible or within 48 hours to the District Elementary or Secondary Director:any matters involving an alleged felony;

  • any matters involving an alleged felony;
  • any matters involving minors;
  • any matters involving alleged sex offenses;
  • any matters involving alleged drug-related offenses;
  • any matters involving alleged alcohol-related offenses; and
  • any matters involving alleged offenses against the person under Title 76, Chapter 5, Offenses Against the person.

The licensed educator shall report, to the District Elementary or Secondary Director, any convictions, including convictions identified above, any pleas in abeyance, and any diversion agreements within 48 hours or as soon as possible upon receipt of notice of conviction, plea in abeyance, or diversion agreement.

A principal or supervisor shall report offense information received from the licensed educator as soon as reasonably possible to the District Elementary or Secondary Director.

The District Elementary or Secondary Director or designee shall electronically report arrest or offense information received from licensed educators to the Utah State Office of Education (USOE) within 48 hours through the USOE website.

The licensed educator shall report for work following the arrest and notice to the principal/director unless directed not to report for work by administration.

Non-licensed Public Employees or Volunteers Personal Reporting of Arrest

Non-licensed public education employees or volunteers must notify the District Business Administrator as soon as possible but no later than five (5) business days after being cited, charged with, arrested, convicted, or agreeing to a plea in abeyance or diversion agreement, for any of the following crimes, regardless of the imposition of sentence:

  • any matters involving arrests for an alleged felony;
  • any arrests for matters involving minors;
  • any matters involving arrests for alleged sex offenses;
  • any matters involving arrests for alleged drug-related offenses;
  • any matters involving arrests for alleged alcohol-related offenses; and;
  • any matters involving arrests for alleged offenses against the person under Title 76, Chapter 5, Offenses Against the Person.

Principals/supervisors must notify the District Business Administrator immediately upon an employee informing them of any of the matters listed above.

Review and Investigation

A criminal conviction does not necessarily preclude employment with the District. The District has the sole and absolute discretion to determine whether the outcome of a criminal background check will result in administrative action to include the decision to terminate employment or the decision to not hire. Likewise, the dismissal of a criminal offense or arrest does not necessarily preclude the District from taking administrative action.

The District will immediately suspend an employee from student supervision responsibilities pending the outcome of any investigation upon receipt of information concerning alleged offenses which may endanger students or interfere with the orderly operation of the school.

Administration may consider both criminal and/or administrative findings. The safety and security of district students will be the foremost consideration.  District Administrative personnel consider each circumstance on a case-by-case basis and use the following factors to determine an applicant or current employee’s suitability to work in the District.

  • Type of conviction;
  • Relevance of any conviction to the individual’s position;
  • A history of multiple convictions that suggests a pattern of criminal behavior or bad judgment;
  • Amount of time that has passed since a conviction and/or the completion of a sentence;
  • Frequency and severity of the crime(s);
  • Age of the individual at the time the crime was committed;
  • Evidence of rehabilitation.

Administrative Action and Due Process

Applicants are subject to non-selection based on the results of a background check, for refusal to submit to a background check, and/or for the failure to disclose information relevant to the background check.

Employees are subject to discipline, up to and including termination, based on conduct identified from the results of their background checks, for refusal to submit to a background check, and/or for failure to report a citing, arrest, charge, or conviction as outlined in this policy.

The District may take employment or disciplinary action (up to and including dismissal), refuse to consider an applicant for employment, or refuse to hire a selected applicant for any offense relevant to the subject’s assignment. Offenses relevant to all District assignments include but are not limited to the following:

  • any matters involving charges of felony or relevant misdemeanor offenses;
  • any offense against or pertaining to a minor;
  • any matters involving sex offenses;
  • any matters involving drug-related offenses;
  • any matters involving alcohol-related offenses;
  • any matters for which the subject is currently under court ordered probation;
  • any matters involving offenses against a person under UCA Title 76, Chapter 5, Offenses Against the Person.

Any statement of an employee or applicant on the personnel record that is later deemed to be a misstatement, omission, or misinformation when verified with the results of a background check, is grounds to not hire or for dismissal.

If a person is denied employment or is dismissed from employment because of information obtained through a criminal background check, the person will receive written notice of the reasons for denial or dismissal and have an opportunity to respond within 5 working days.

Information obtained from BCI in a background check is confidential within the guidelines of the Government Records and Access and Management Act (GRAMA).

Definitions and References

Definitions

“Licensed Educator” has the meaning given that term in UAC R277-516.

“Crimes Against a Person” includes assault, kidnapping, murder, manslaughter, reckless endangerment, abuse of a child or vulnerable adult, stalking, hazing, making a terroristic threat, and any other offense identified in UCA Title 76, Chapter 5.

“Criminal History Report” A report generated by the Bureau of Criminal Identification after a search of State of Utah criminal history files and/or other state and federal databases designed by law or by the District.

“Driving Record Report” Traffic-related offenses contained in the Utah Division of Motor Vehicle databases.

“Background Check” Information on an applicant or employee that may include, but is not limited to, criminal history reports and driving records reports.

References

  • Utah Code Annotated (UCA) § 53-10-108 – Limited Use of Records for Employment Purposes
  • UCA § 53A-3-410 – Criminal Background Checks on School Personnel
  • UCA § 53A-6-401 – Background Checks
  • Utah Administrative Code (UAC) R277-501 – Educator Licensing Renewal and Timelines
  • UAC R277-515 – Education Employee Required Reports of Arrests

 

Early Retirement Incentive Policy

Policy Code: 
GCPC
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, March 22nd, 2016

EARLY RETIREMENT INCENTIVE POLICY

1. A licensed or classified employee of the Iron School District ("District") shall receive this benefit if he/she;

(a) Has been employed by the District full time as a licensed or classified employee for a minimum of fifteen (15) years immediately preceding his/her retirement; and

(b) Retires either at or after the end of a school year but before the next school year starts (although, in extreme circumstances, the Board may allow an employee who retires prior to the end of a school year to still receive this benefit); and

(c) Has attained the thirty (30) year service requirement (if employed prior to July 1, 2010) or the thirty-five (35) year service requirement (if employed after July 1, 2010) to qualify for full-defined benefit plan pension benefits under the Utah State Retirement System or has attained the following age;

Year of Birth*             Early Retirement Age

1950-1954                   61

1955                            61 and 2 months

1956                            61 and 4 months

1957                            61 and 6 months

1958                            61 and 8 months

1959                            61 and 10 months

1960 and later              62

*If you were borne on January 1st of any year you should refer to the previous year.

(d) Submits form GCPC-E for this benefit to the Superintendent of the District by March 15 of the contract year in which the employee retires.

2. Employees who qualify for benefits hereunder shall receive benefits as described below in this paragraph, provided that any monthly unreduced old age insurance benefits under the Social Security Act 42 U.S.C. (401 et seq.), which the employee is eligible to receive (whether actually applied for and received or not and computed as if the employee does not take reduced old age insurance benefits under such Social Security Act irrespective of whether such reduced benefits are taken or not) shall be incorporated into the semi-monthly stipends paid under this policy beginning with the first month after the employee becomes eligible for such unreduced old age insurance benefits, so that the total stipend amount paid during any month (beginning with the first month after the employee becomes eligible for such unreduced old age insurance benefits) by the District plus such unreduced old age insurance benefits the employee is eligible to receive during such month shall equal the amount shown on the following benefits scale:

EARLY RETIREMENT INCENTIVE BENEFITS

1st Retirement Year - a semi-monthly stipend of 1/24 of 20% of the employees salary per his/her placement on the applicable salary schedule during the contract year of retirement plus the Insurance Benefit described in #3

2nd Retirement Year - a semi-monthly stipend of 1/24 of 17% of the employees salary per his/her placement on the applicable salary schedule during the contract year of retirement plus the Insurance Benefit described in #3

3rd Retirement Year - a semi-monthly stipend of 1/24 of 14% of the employees salary per his/her placement on the applicable salary schedule during the contract year of retirement plus the Insurance Benefit described in #3

4th Retirement Year - a semi monthly stipend of 1/24 of 11% of the employees salary per his/her placement on the applicable salary schedule during the contract year of retirement plus the Insurance Benefit described in #3

5th Retirement Year - a semi-monthly stipend of 1/24 of 8% of the employees salary per his/her placement on the applicable salary schedule during the contract year of retirement plus the Insurance Benefit described in #3

For employees who retire hereunder with at least twenty-five (25) years of full-time service with the District, immediately preceding retirement, the benefits scale above shall be applied using 20% for the second through fifth retirement years instead of, respectively, 17%, 14%, 11%, and 8%.

This benefit will be provided for a maximum of five (5) years, as described above.  If death of the retired employee receiving benefits hereunder should occur, stipend and insurance benefits shall terminate.

3. The Insurance Benefit hereunder shall consist of the same coverage for the retired employee under the District's health insurance policy (not including dental, life, or long-term insurance coverage) as such retired employee would have if the retired employee were still employed during the period the Insurance Benefit is provided.    However, when a retired employee receiving benefits hereunder becomes eligible to join Medicare, the Insurance Benefit ceases.  Retirees will be responsible to pay their portion of the insurance premium that would be required if the employee were still employed during the period the Insurance Benefit is provided.

4. Semi-monthly stipend benefits hereunder shall be paid on the regular District semi-monthly payroll dates for professional employees beginning in July and early retirement hereunder.  Insurance Benefits will also begin in July after early retirement hereunder.  "Retirement Year" as referred to in the benefits scale above shall be the same one-year period as the Contract Year.

5. Benefits of the early retirement incentive program provided by the District are independent of the Utah State Retirement System.  Retirees should carefully consider the effect of early retirement as it relates to Social Security, State Retirement, Income Taxes, Medical and Life Insurance, etc.


6. Application forms for the Early Retirement Incentive program may be obtained at the District Office.

Emergency Leave Guidelines

Policy Code: 
GCBD-R
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, November 18th, 2008

EMERGENCY LEAVE GUIDELINES 

The Emergency Leave Policy states:

The superintendent is in charge of determining who shall receive emergency leave.  Persons desiring such leave shall make a request in writing to the superintendent.  Prior to its being sent to the district office, it must be initialed by the principal or director involved to insure his/her knowledge of the request only.  Emergency leave is limited to two days per year.  It is for emergencies only.

GUIDELINES:

The major goals concerning the administering of emergency leave are:

1.            To maintain consistency in approving or disapproving requests.

2.            To meet needs of individuals in emergency situations. 

Common Areas of Requests for Emergency Leave:

1.            Special events of immediate family members.  Examples are:

                        Graduation from colleges, universities, military schools.

                        Special recognition ceremonies

                        Marriages

                        Special religious ceremonies.

2.            Emergency situations where it is imperative that you be there.  Examples are:

                        Accidents, illness, surgeries of immediate family members

                        Court appearances

 

Employee Due Process - Due Process for Appeals

Policy Code: 
GCPA
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, March 25th, 2014

EMPLOYEE DUE PROCESS (Administrative)

All employees shall be given procedural due process, prior to termination, probation or suspension, for inappropriate behaviors or acts committed by the employee (see GCP Termination of Employment).  This due process will follow the procedure detailed in the Employee Relations and Corrective Discipline Handbook in accordance with state law 53A-8, Utah Orderly School Termination Procedures Act.  53A-8a-101, Public Education Human Resource Management Act.

Guidelines include but are not limited to:

  1. Requiring employees to know rules and regulations of the State, District and or/school.
  2. Proper oral and written notification being given to employee
  3. If charges are disputed, opportunity being given to employee to hear evidence and request a fair hearing.

DUE PROCESS FOR APPEALS

Employees shall have the right to appeal an administrative decision.  Such an appeal shall include the rights to the following guidelines and conditions:

  1. A hearing before the Superintendent, in the case of probation or suspensions, or before a board, in the case of a termination.  The request for such a hearing must be received in writing by the District within fifteen (15) calendar days of the notice being received by the individual.  If the individual does not request in writing a hearing within this time frame, it is deemed they have waived and relinquished all rights to such a hearing.
  2. After timely receipt of an individual’s request for a hearing, the District will notify the individual of the date, time and place of the hearing.  The School Board may act as the hearing board or delegate it’s authority to a hearing officer.
  3. At the hearing, an employee has the right to counsel, to provide witnesses, to hear testimony against the employee, to cross-examine witnesses, and to examine documentary evidence.   Written notice of suspension, probation, or final termination, including findings of fact upon which the action is based, will be given to the individual if the action is for cause.

             a.  A recording and minutes will be taken at the hearing and, if requested by the employee or school district, will be                                            retained by the school district for at least two years.   Copies will be available to the employee.

 

Employee Job Classification Appeals Form

Policy Code: 
GBMA-E
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, April 22nd, 2014

EMPLOYEE JOB CLASSIFICATION APPEALS FORM

 

Name______________________________ School______________________________

 

Current Classification_____________________________________________________

 

Justification for classification change:

 

_______________________________________________________________________

 

_______________________________________________________________________

 

_______________________________________________________________________

 

_______________________________________________________________________

 

_______________________________________________________________________

 

_______________________________________________________________________

 

_______________________________________________________________________

 

_______________________________________________________________________

 

_______________________________________________________________________

 

_______________________________________________________________________

 

 

_____________________________________________      Date___________________            

(Employee Signature)

 

_____________________________________________      Date___________________

(Principal/Supervisor Signature)

 

Employee Probation

Policy Code: 
GCG
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, June 17th, 2003
Review Date: 
Tuesday, November 18th, 2008

EMPLOYEE PROBATION

Probation refers to that status given an employee employed in the Iron County School District who has been advised by the district that his or her performance as an employee is inadequate. Probation is intended as a way of recognizing and dealing with problems which might, if unresolved, seriously interfere with an employee's performance and effectiveness. Probation is not necessarily the first step leading toward dismissal; however, if problems are not corrected, dismissal may be the end result. The Iron County School District Corrective Discipline Handbook will be followed for individuals who have been placed on probation.

Deficiencies and remediation.  An employee whose performance is inadequate or in need of improvement shall be provided with a written document that clearly identifies his or her deficiencies, the available resources for improvement, and a recommended course of action that will improve the employee’s performance.  The district shall provide the employee with reasonable assistance to improve his or her performance.  An employee is responsible for improving his or her performance by using the resources identified by the school district and demonstrating acceptable levels of improvement in the designated areas of deficiency.

Final evaluation Certificated:  At least 60 days prior to the end of the contract school year, and in no case later than March 24, the principal, immediate supervisor, or appointed evaluator of an educator whose performance has been determined to be inadequate or in need of improvement, shall complete all written evaluations and recommendations regarding the educator evaluated during the contract school year.  The final evaluation shall contain only data previously considered and discussed with the individual employee as stated above.  The district may conduct supplementary evaluation of an educator for good cause after the issuance of the final evaluation.

Final evaluation Non-certificated:  Evaluation of an employee whose performance has been determined to be inadequate or in need of improvement may occur at any time as deemed necessary.  This evaluation shall be by the principal, immediate supervisor or appointed evaluator. The final evaluation shall contain only data previously considered and discussed with the individual employee as stated above.  The district may conduct supplementary evaluation of an employee for good cause after the issuance of the final evaluation.

Review of evaluation.  An employee who is not satisfied with an evaluation has 30 days after receiving the written evaluation to request a review of the evaluation.  If a review is requested, the superintendent or his designee shall appoint a person or persons, not employee(s) of the district, who have expertise in teacher or personnel evaluation to review and make recommendations to the superintendent regarding the teacher's evaluation.  The teacher and the superintendent may agree to another method of review if desired.

 

Employment

Policy Code: 
GBA
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, October 28th, 2008

EMPLOYMENT

(Affirmative Action Plan for Equal Employment Opportunity)

The Iron County School District is committed to the concept of equal opportunity employment.  This commitment will be supported by positive practices and efforts to ensure equal opportunity and non-discriminatory treatment of persons regardless of race, color, religious creed, ancestry, national origin, age, sex, marital or parental status, both in terms of securing employment and promotional opportunities.  This plan also applies to qualified handicapped individuals.

Affirmative action plan

This plan commits all employees of the Iron County School District to support the Affirmative Action Policy.  Implementation responsibility is hereby assigned to the superintendent who will be the Affirmative Action coordinator.  The Affirmative Action coordinator shall see to the establishment of other supervisory staff responsibilities to monitor the implementation and progress of this plan and report deficiencies to the board. 

Copies of this statement will be made available to all current and new employees.

A non-discrimination statement will be printed an all Iron County School District publications and official documents.

 

Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA)

Policy Code: 
GCBG
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, September 24th, 2013

FAMILY AND MEDICAL LEAVE ACT (FMLA)

This policy covers all extended leaves (beyond five days) due to illness, injury or family leave under the Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA), including any such leaves granted by the Iron School District.  To be eligible for these federally protected rights, an individual must have been employed by the Iron School District for the previous twelve months and must have worked for at least 1,250 hours during that 12-month period.  The employee will be restored to an "equivalent" position when he/she returns to work.  This means that the employee will have a job that corresponds to the duties, and all other terms, conditions and privileges of employment, enjoyed prior to the FMLA leave.  It does not mean that the employee will be restored to exactly the same job they had before the FMLA leave.

Any eligible employee will be granted up to twelve (12) unpaid workweeks of leave during any twelve (12) month period for the following reasons:

  1. Because of the birth of a son or daughter and the decision to provide care for that infant,
  2. Because of the placement of a son or daughter with the employee for adoption or foster care,
  3. In order to care for the spouse, son, daughter or parent of an employee who has a serious health condition, or
  4. Because of a serious health condition that makes the employee unable to perform the essential functions of his/her job.

In any case where the necessity for leave, as provided for under items one (1) and two (2) above, is foreseeable, based on an expected birth or child placement, the employee shall provide the District with not less than thirty (30) days notice, before the date leave commences, of his/her intention to take leave under the FMLA.  Where the birth date or placement requires the leave to begin in less than thirty (30) days, the employee will inform the employer, in writing, as soon as possible. 

If a planned medical treatment or operation under items three (3) and four (4) necessitate a leave, the employee will make a reasonable effort to schedule the treatment so that it is not unduly disruptive to school operations.  Such scheduling is subject to the approval of the appropriate employee's health care provider, or the health care provider of the son, daughter, spouse or parent of the employee.  The employee will also provide the District with not less than thirty (30) days notice prior to the beginning of the leave.  If medical treatment must begin in less than thirty (30) days, the employee is responsible for notifying the employer as soon as is practical.

Employees requesting a medical leave for a serious health condition under items three (3) and four (4) must provide a written and prompt medical certification, which includes the following information:

A.  The date on which the serious health condition started.

B.  The probable duration of the condition, and

C.  The appropriate medical facts within the knowledge of the health care provider regarding the serious health condition.

If an employee must take a leave to care for a family member, a medical certification is needed about why an eligible employee is needed to care for a son, daughter, spouse or parent, if the request falls under item three (3), and an estimate of the time needed for the care of that family member. 

To take a medical leave because the employee is unable to perform the functions of his/her job, a medical statement is required which addresses items A through C outlined above.

If the employee is applying for intermittent leave, or leave on a reduced leave schedule for planned medical treatment, the dates and duration of the treatment, as well as a statement about the medical necessity, including items A through C above must be submitted, in writing, to the District.  The same information is required to support an intermittent leave to care for a son, daughter, spouse or parent with a serious health condition. 

Where two spouses work for Iron District, they will be allowed a total of twelve (12) weeks between them to take a family leave to care for a son, daughter, spouse or parent.  The taking of a medical leave does not trigger a qualifying event under COBRA.  Thus, health care benefits will be paid during this leave according to District policy.

Grievance Procedures

Policy Code: 
GBM
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, April 22nd, 2014

GRIEVANCE PROCEDURES

The Board of Education recognizes employees are entitled to speak freely on matters of public concern.  However, matters involving internal affairs should be handled following the grievance procedures outlined in this Policy.

Employees shall not exert pressure upon the Principal, the District Director, the Superintendent of Schools, or the Local School Board by soliciting support from individuals or groups.  The sharing of personal grievances with the public or students will be grounds for dismissal. In the event that some difficulty or grievance arises that cannot be settled between the parties directly concerned, this policy sets forth the procedures to be followed.

Definition:  Grievance shall mean a complaint by an employee that there has been an alleged violation, misinterpretation, or misapplication of any of the provisions contained in the ICSD Policy Handbook.

Procedure:  It is the intent of the District to attempt to resolve all grievances promptly, informally and confidentially, at the lowest possible administrative level, in accordance with the following procedure:

Level OnePrincipal

Step 1Oral Grievance

  • The employee with a grievance must first attempt to resolve it informally by discussing the issue with the principal within ten working days after the employee became aware of the act or condition upon which the grievance is based.  The aggrieved person may have representation of their choice in this interview.
  • The principal shall have up to ten working days after thus learning of the grievance to consider the matter and give an answer orally to the employee.

Step 2Written Grievance

  • If the grievance is not resolved informally in Step 1, the teacher may file the grievance with the principal in writing within ten working days after receiving the answer in Step 1.
  • The written grievance shall:
    • Describe the nature of the grievance and the facts giving rise to it
    • Note the provisions alleged to be violated, misinterpreted, or misapplied and the position of the teacher with respect to such provisions
    • Include a summary of the oral exchange between the aggrieved person and the principal in the written grievance
    • State the specific remedy requested to resolve the grievance
  • The principal shall have up to ten working days after receiving the written grievance to investigate the matter, make a decision, and communicate the decision in writing to the aggrieved party.

Level Two – District Director

Step 1Appeal of Written Grievance to Appropriate District Director

  • If no mutually agreeable settlement is reached in Level One Step 2, the employee may file the written grievance with the appropriate District Director within ten working days after receiving the answer in Level One Step 2, requesting that the Principal’s decision be reviewed.
  • Within ten days after receiving the written complaint, the appropriate District Director will hold an interview with the aggrieved person. A representative selected by the aggrieved person and the aggrieved person will be invited to attend the interview. 
  • The District Director will have up to ten working days after receiving the written grievance to investigate the matter, make a decision, and communicate the decision in writing to the employee.

Level ThreeSuperintendent

Step 1Appeal of Written Grievance to the Superintendent

  • If no mutually agreeable settlement is reached in Level Two Step 1, the employee may file the written grievance with the Superintendent within ten working days after receiving the answer in Level Two Step 1, requesting that the District Director’s decision be reviewed.
  • Within fifteen days after receiving the written complaint, the Superintendent will hold an interview with the aggrieved person. A representative selected by the aggrieved and the aggrieved person will be invited to attend the interview. 
  • If the aggrieved person is not satisfied with the decision of the Superintendent, the aggrieved person may appeal in writing for a formal hearing by the Local School Board.

Level FourSchool Board

Step 1Appeal of Written Grievance to the Superintendent

  • The aggrieved person may present the complaint to the Local School Board in a formal hearing.  After such a board hearing, the decision of the board will be final. In the event new evidence is made available, the Local School Board may reopen the case at the request of either party.

Level FiveLitigation or statutory remedy as the law may provide

  • Aggrieved persons not satisfied with the decision of the board in Level Four Step 1 may be free to pursue such litigation or statutory remedy as the law may provide.

Reprisals.  No reprisal of any kind will be taken by the Local School Board, the administration, associations, or by an employee against any of the participants in a grievance procedure by reason of such participation. 

Grievance File.  All documents, communications, and records dealing with grievances will be filed in a separate grievance file, housed at the district office, and will not be kept in the District personnel file of any of the participants.

Hiring Procedures

Policy Code: 
GCD
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, March 24th, 2015

HIRING PROCEDURES

All selection procedures below the level of the principal are the primary responsibility of principals and directors.  The supervisors of transportation, custodial, maintenance, and food service will make recommendations to their director. 

The following procedures will be used in the selection of personnel:

Advertising, interviewing and candidate selection process for hiring Iron County School District administrators, teachers, and full-time classified employees.

The district office will advertise employment openings on the Iron County School District website to the general public.  Advertisements will include specific job requirements/qualifications and instructions for applicants to attach all required documentation.  The advertisement for the job posting will be sent out in an e-mail to all ironmail accounts and school board members.

The district office will post the job notices for the length of time specified by the appropriate district director.  The position closing date and time will be specified on the job posting.

The appropriate district director will screen all applications following the closing date. Applications will then be screened for interviews by school administrators and the appropriate district director.  Applications will be examined for completeness, licensure status, courses related to the subject matter content, recommendations from supervisors, past administrators, and past experience. A list of candidates to be interviewed will be prepared and emailed to the school board members.

When interviews are completed, members of the interview committee will contact references.

The selected candidate will be contacted by the district administrator and/or supervisor and offered the position.  For teachers, if the candidate accepts, an official letter from the superintendent is mailed within one week of the acceptance date. 

Candidates interviewed, but not selected, will receive either a telephone call or written notification.

The selected applicant will be required to contact the district office to complete all necessary paperwork for employment, including fingerprinting for a background check. 

Listings of all new administrators, teachers and full-time classified persons being recommended for employment will be e-mailed to the school board members.  Board members give final approval at the next official school board Meeting.

Advertising, interviewing and candidate selection process for hiring Iron County School District part-time classified employees (custodians, secretaries, paraprofessionals, food service, bus drivers, etc.) 

The district office will advertise employment openings on the Iron County School District website to the general public. Advertisements will include specific job requirements/qualifications and instructions for applicants to attach all required documentation.  The advertisement for the job posting will be sent out in an e-mail to all ironmail accounts and school board members.

The district office will post job notices for the length of time specified by the appropriate district director.  The position closing date and time will be specified on the job posting. 

The district director, school principal or other direct supervisor over the position selects the applicants to be interviewed.

After the completion of interviews, the direct supervisor over the position may call references listed on the perspective candidate’s application.  If the reference calls are positive, the candidate is contacted and offered the position.

Candidates interviewed, but not selected, will receive either a telephone call or letter stating that they were not selected for the position.

The selected applicant will be required to contact the district office to complete all necessary paperwork for employment, including fingerprinting for a background check.

“At Will” Employees

The district reserves the right to identify any position as “at will” employment.  “At will” is defined as allowing either Employee or Employer to terminate the agreement at any time, for any reason permitted by law, with or without notice.

“At Will” employees will include extracurricular assignments and employees working less than 30 hours per week.  Utah Code 53A-8-106

NOTE:  Due to the large number of applications received by the Iron County School District and the lengthy amounts of time necessary to conduct personnel interviews, not all applicants for positions in the district will be interviewed; interviews will be by invitation only.  Only candidates selected for an interview will be contacted by the district.

 

 


Insurance

Policy Code: 
GCBC
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, September 24th, 2013

INSURANCE

All regular full-time employees who work six (6) hours or more per day or 30 hours or more per week and their dependents are covered by a group plan, which includes health, dental, and catastrophic coverage. A double-coverage indemnity life insurance plan is provided for full-time employees plus life insurance for the spouse and dependent children.

Temporary full-time employees (up to four months) will not be eligible for insurance benefits.  If the position changes, the employees’ status will be re-evaluated after the four-month period.

If employees have been covered by the district with insurance and then reduce their employment to less than six (6) hours per day or less than 30 hours weekly, or terminate, the employees have the option of continuing the insurance coverage, provided they pay the premiums. (As per Federal COBRA provisions) 

Employees are covered by a worker's compensation insurance plan.  Employees cannot receive "sick pay" due to industrial accidents and also collect salary for lost work time from the worker's compensation plan.  There is to be no "double dipping."

Disability Insurance

Long-term disability insurance is provided for all district employees who are also eligible for and participate in the Utah Retirement System.

For purposes of determining whether or not an employee has become permanently or partially disabled, the guidelines as established by the current Long Term Disability Insurance carrier shall govern.

Liability Insurance

Each employee is covered by the insurance coverage of the Iron County School District for actions of liability related to their performance in their job classification.

Job Classification Appeals Procedure for Classified Employees

Policy Code: 
GBMA
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, April 22nd, 2014

JOB CLASSIFICATION APPEALS PROCEDURE FOR CLASSIFIED EMPLOYEES 

If an employee feels that his/her job is not adequately described or the requirements of the job have changed, the job classification may be appealed.  It is the obligation of the employee to provide sufficient reason and substantiation for making the appeal.

Step I:  Employee decides he/she would like to appeal his/her job classification 

Step II: Employee contacts his/her principal/supervisor to obtain an appeal form (GBMA-E).  The employee submits the completed form to the principal/supervisor.  The principal/supervisor signs the form indicating they have seen the form and reviewed it.

STEP III:  Once the form has been completed and signed, it will be sent to the superintendent.

STEP IV:  At least once each year, these requests will be reviewed by an appeals committee, made up of the Superintendent, the Employee Association President and the Business Administrator.  This committee will review the requests and make recommendations to the Iron Board of Education.  The Iron Board of Education will make the final decision.

Leaves of Absence

Policy Code: 
GCBD
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, April 22nd, 2014

LEAVES OF ABSENCE

  1. Maternity Leave: Twenty-one calendar days, including weekends and holidays, will be given full time employees immediately following the birth or adoption of a baby.  If additional physical recovery time is needed after childbirth that necessitates absence from work, it will be handled under the sick leave policies of the district.  Employees may also apply for leave under the Family and Medical Leave Act (see GCBG).  Maternity leave for part-time employees will be handled totally under the sick leave policy.
  2. Bereavement Leave: Licensed personnel and classified employees working six hours or more per day or 30 hours or more per week who are absent from school because of the death of husband, wife, mother, father, child, brother, sister, step-father, step-mother, grandmother, grandfather, mother-in-law, father-in-law, sister-in-law, brother-in-law, grandchildren, aunt, uncle, niece, nephew, shall receive full pay for a limited period.  Part-time classified employees working less than six hours per day or 30 hours per week are not eligible for bereavement leave.
  3. Emergency Leave: The superintendent is in charge of determining who shall receive emergency leave.  Persons desiring such leave shall make a request in writing to the superintendent.  Prior to its being sent to the district office, it must be initialed by the principal or director involved only to insure his/her knowledge of the request.  Emergency leave is limited to two days per year.  It is for emergencies only.  (See GCBD-R)  Part-time classified employees working less than six hours per day or 30 hours per week are not eligible for emergency leave.
  4. Sabbatical Leave: The Board, by recommendation of the superintendent, may grant sabbatical leaves of absence without pay.  Such leaves of absence will be granted for reasons such as, but not limited to, educational improvement, professional enhancement, or extended maternity purposes. Such leaves are not granted to people who desire to see if they prefer another job.  All applications for a sabbatical leave of absence must be submitted to the superintendent on an approved form (see GCBD-E) before the regularly scheduled School Board meeting on the fourth Tuesday of March.  After the deadline, exceptions may be granted at the discretion of the Board.  By March 20 of the school year in which the leave was taken, the district will notify employees on sabbatical leaves of their requirement to notify the district of their commitment and intent to return.  The employee understands that their employment in the district will be conditional upon a position being available and that the position may not be the exact position they left.  Exceptions may be granted by the Board.
  5. Jury Duty Leave: Licensed personnel and classified employees working six hours or more per day or 30 hours or more per week who are absent because of jury duty shall receive full pay.  Stipends beyond per diem must be returned to the district.  Part-time classified employees working less than six hours per day or 30 hours per week are not eligible for to be paid for jury duty leave.
  6. Civic Service Leave:  The Board affirms its wish that all personnel enjoy the full rights and privileges of residence and citizenship in this nation, state and community, including the rights to serve in such activities as military duty (reserves and National Guard), ambulance duty, fire-fighting duty, or in an elected public office.  Time away from school, up to and including 15 working days, for service in these capacities will be granted without pay.  Additional days must be approved on an individual basis by the School Board.  In no case will an employee be paid for those days of leave for which he or she is compensated by another entity.
  7. Convention Leave: Personnel may be allowed to attend conventions and workshops related to their specific area if funds permit and if their attendance will enhance the educational offerings of the district.  Funds for this purpose are allocated to each school.  Out-of-state trips to attend conventions (other than Las Vegas, Nevada) must be approved by the superintendent.
  8. Personal leave for licensed employees: Licensed employees are allowed up to two days personal leave per year, not accumulative.  Employee is responsible for reimbursement to the district for the cost of the replacement teacher, whether the replacement teacher is used or not.
  9. Family and Medical Leave Act: This policy covers all extended leaves due to illness, injury or family leave granted by the Iron County School District. (See GCBG)

Any employed person leaving school for special purposes without prior approval, will go with the understanding that salary deductions will be pro-rated, based on the number of days in the contract.

When an employee is to be absent from school, it is to be reported to the principal whose duty it is to appoint a substitute.  The substitute's salary will be established by the School Board. 

Directors, principals or any other employees who answer directly to the superintendent will not absent themselves from work without direct permission from the superintendent.

Letter of Notification for Provisional Employees

Policy Code: 
GCP-E
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, February 22nd, 2011

LETTER OF NOTIFICATION FOR PROVISIONAL EMPLOYEES

(Non-renewal)

 

 

 

(Date)

 

Employee's Name

Address

City, State, Zip Code

 

Dear (Employee):

 

At the end of this school year (current year), your employment will be completed.  As per the policies of employment for provisional employees in the Iron County School District (GCP), we will not employ you for the (next school year).

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

 

Superintendent

 

Placement on the Salary Schedule - Credit for Past Experience

Policy Code: 
GCBA
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, December 18th, 2007

PLACEMENT ON THE SALARY SCHEDULE

Personnel coming to Iron County School District from other districts will be evaluated according to their training and experience into the Iron District salary schedule.

Credit on the salary schedule will be given only for experience or training related to the employment assignment.

New principals or district administrators may be phased into administrative salary schedule over a 3-year period at the discretion of the Board.

CREDIT FOR PAST EXPERIENCE

Personnel coming into the Iron County School District from other districts will be given credit for past experience according to the following schedule:

Credit for past experience will be given according to the following schedule: 1 year of previous experience = 1 step on the salary schedule up to the 7th year, then 2 years previous experience = 1 step on the salary schedule to a maximum of step 12.  Exceptions to this placement must be approved by the Board of Education.

 

Post-Retirement Employment

Policy Code: 
GCPD
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, January 24th, 2012

POST-RETIREMENT EMPLOYMENT

Re-employment Within One Year

Iron District employees who retire must separate from employment for one year following their retirement with URS (Utah Retirement Systems), with the following exceptions:

Employees may be re-employed with Iron District after 60 days but within one year from their URS retirement date as long as:

1. They receive no Iron District provided benefits, including but not limited to: medical, dental, paid time off, annual leave, sick leave, or other benefits, excluding workers’ compensation.

2. Their salary is limited to the lesser of $15,000 or half of their final average monthly salary in a calendar year.  If they exceed the earnings limitation or receive benefits, their retirement allowance will be canceled.

Re-employment After One Year

Employees employed after one year from their URS retirement date may choose to:

1. Earn a salary and continue to receive their retirement allowance; or

2. Earn a salary and cancel their retirement allowance in order to earn additional service credit.

After meeting the one-year non-employment period, retired employees desiring employment with Iron District will be eligible under the following guidelines:

1. Hiring Procedures

Re-hiring of past district employees will be conducted on a competitive application basis. Applicants will not be discouraged nor guaranteed as re-hires before the official application and interview process.

2. Salary

Salary will be determined based on the qualifications of the applicant, which can include credentials for placement on the appropriate lane of the salary schedule.

3. Other Benefits

Persons who are re-hired by the school district will be given the same benefit package currently being provided to other employees in similar jobs.  Iron County School District will continue to contribute the normal cost contribution rate to URS for persons re-hired prior to July 1, 2010.  Iron County School District will not contribute the normal cost contribution rate for persons re-hired after July 1, 2010.

4. Future Service Credit Purchase – Employer Participation

The Iron County School District does not participate financially in the purchase of future service credit for employees.

Request for Upper Division Credit or Workshop Credit

Policy Code: 
GCL-E2
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, September 27th, 2011

Request for Upper Division Credit or Workshop Credit to be Counted for Graduate Credit.  Click here for PDF file.

Sabbatical Leave Application Form

Policy Code: 
GCBD-E
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, November 27th, 2007

SABBATICAL LEAVE APPLICATION FORM

 

Name______ ______ Date______

 

School______ ______ Current Assignment______

 

Length of requested sabbatical leave (up to one year):______

 

Reason(s) for requested sabbatical leave:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

I fully intend to return to the Iron County School District at the conclusion of this leave if it is granted.  I will notify the superintendent of my definite intentions to return by March 20 of the school year during which I am on sabbatical leave.  I understand that my employment in the district will be conditional upon a position being available and that the position may not be the exact position I left.

 

Signed:______ ______ Date:______

 

Please return this form to the superintendent before the regularly scheduled School Board meeting in the third week of March of the school year before the leave is being requested.

 

Sick Leave

Policy Code: 
GCBF
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, September 24th, 2013

SICK LEAVE

Employees who work six hours or more per day or 30 hours or more per week or have a three quarter or more contract, will be entitled to semi-unlimited sick leave.  A doctor's certificate may be required.  Sick leave is semi-unlimited in that contracts will probably not be renewed for persons with a terminal illness.  Part-time teachers who have less than a three quarter contract will be entitled to ten days of sick leave annually, not accumulative.  Part-time classified employees working less than six hours per day or less than 30 hours per week are not eligible for sick leave

Personnel absent from school because of personal illness shall receive full pay for a limited period as approved by the board.  Sick leave may last up until the end of the waiting period required for long-term disability qualification (currently four months) at which time long-term disability shall be implemented, provided the employee qualifies for this benefit.  If the employee does not qualify for long-term disability, there will be no additional paid sick leave.  Employees may apply for options under the Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA) (see GCBG) in order to be guaranteed the right to return to work.  Any benefits, for which the employees qualify, shall be maintained throughout the approved period of time granted under the FMLA.  In cases of a terminal or serious illness, contracts will not be renewed.

Sick leave is for the employee only.  If a spouse, child or other family member is ill, the employee should use the options available to them through the District’s emergency or personal leave policies.  Options for attending to sick family members are also available through the FMLA (see GCBG).

Staff Assignments and Transfers

Policy Code: 
GCI
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, June 20th, 1989
Review Date: 
Tuesday, November 18th, 2008

Staff assignments and transfers 

Internal transfers of personnel within the Iron County School District (transfers from one school to another) may be made by the Superintendent without cause as long as the employees are properly licensed or qualified for the new assignment.

Principals may assign teachers within their buildings to teach any class or subject for which the individual teacher is properly licensed.

Administrative personnel serve at the direction of the Board.  The Board of Education may assign administrative personnel to different buildings or administrative positions within the Iron County School District without cause.  At the discretion of the Board such changes in assignment may be made at anytime.

(See GCP, TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT for related information in special cases.)

 

Staff Conduct

Policy Code: 
GBCB
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, October 28th, 2014

Staff conduct 

Iron County School District employees are expected to conduct themselves in a professional manner in appearance, behavior, and speech, whenever they are representing the District. 

Dress Code

The condition and cleanliness of the clothing is very important. 

Iron County School District does not participate in regularly scheduled dress down days.

Blue denim jeans are permissible on Fridays, on field trips to farms and outdoor locations, field days, and non-teaching cleaning days.

Skirts or slits in skirts should be no more than four (4) inches above the knee.

PE teachers should dress appropriately for the class they are teaching.

NO shorts.

NO flip-flops.

NO men’s style T-shirts, tank tops, or muscle shirts.

NO exposed tattoos or body piercing with the exception of pierced ears.

Men and women should wear appropriate shirts that cover shoulders, stomach, back, lower back, and chest.

Hair should be clean and neatly styled.

Custodial staff, food service employees, and bus drivers have independent uniform dress standards.

Speech and Profanity

All employees of the Iron County School District are models to the students of the district.  As such, employee actions, behaviors, and speech should exemplify good citizenship and high moral and ethical principles.  Specifically, with regard to speech, profanity and/or vulgarity are not acceptable.  Employees shall not use profanity or vulgarity in their professional capacities, responsibilities, and duties.  Words and/or phrases with connotations of, or references to, deity or to sexual acts, behaviors, or bodily organs are especially repulsive and prohibited. 

Use of Tobacco, Alcohol, and Illegal Drugs

Staff may not smoke or use tobacco products, alcohol, or illegal drugs in school buildings or on school grounds at any time during the hours that school is in session; this includes the employee's break time.  Staff may not smoke or use tobacco products, alcohol or illegal drugs in school-owned vehicles at any time.

Personal Cell Phones

In the classroom personal cell phones may only be used for emergency purposes.

 

Staff Substitutes

Policy Code: 
GCE
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, December 17th, 2013

STAFF SUBSTITUTES  

Principals are responsible for obtaining substitute teachers for absent professionals.  Substitutes will be obtained according to the administrative regulations of the Utah State Office of Education (R300-508).

Teachers are to have detailed lesson plans for substitutes.

The District currently uses Kelly Services to fill substitute teaching positions.  Substitute teachers must enroll with Kelly Services, as they will be Kelly employees.  Kelly Services is responsible for all taxes, insurances, and employee benefits dealing with their employees.

 

Teaching Hours

Policy Code: 
GCJ
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, January 27th, 2009

TEACHING HOURS 

Working hours for licensed personnel shall be a minimum of seven hours per day on the school site, excluding lunch.  Within these hours, each principal may provide flexibility.  Teachers must make themselves available beyond regular hours for faculty meetings, parent-teacher conferences, and for special meetings called by the principal or the superintendent.  As a general recommendation teachers should be available one half hour before school to one half hour after school.

 

Termination of Employment

Policy Code: 
GCP
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, February 25th, 2014

TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

Termination Procedures for Tenured Employees

Tenured employees are those who have worked in the Iron County School District for more than three years or four or five years if provisional status has been extended by the Board and, therefore, have a reasonable expectation of continued employment in succeeding years.

Employees may be suspended or dismissed for cause under Utah Orderly School Termination Procedures Act, Utah Code -Title 53A- Chapter 8 the Public Education Human Resource Management Act, 53A-8a-101.  Just cause for disciplinary action, up to and including suspension or dismissal, shall include, but not be limited to the following acts or omissions by employees:

A. Insubordination

B. Incompetence

C. Willful neglect of duty

D. Inability to perform assigned duties

E. Improper conduct, including, but not limited to the following:

            1.  Conduct which violates any established policy, directive, rule, or regulation.

            2.  Conduct that violates the criminal law of the State of Utah or of the United States.

            3.  Conduct that violates common, established standards of morality.

            4.  Bringing an intoxicant onto school property; consuming an intoxicant on school property; or reporting for work under the                      influence of an intoxicant.

            5.  Bringing a non-prescription controlled substance onto school property; using a non-prescription controlled substance on                        school property; or reporting for work under the influence of a non-prescription controlled substance.

            6.  Addiction to an intoxicant, a narcotic or other controlled substance.

F.  Subversive activities

G.  Mental derangement 

Drug and alcohol counseling and rehabilitation are available to employees through the following: Southwest Utah Mental Health - Alcohol and Drug Center; Charter Canyon House; Horizon House.   Payment for rehabilitation will be made by the employee or through their insuranceUpon successful completion of rehabilitation, the employee may submit an application for future employment.   However, it may not be at the same school or in the exact job from which the employee entered rehabilitation.

At the beginning of the school year, all employees of the Iron County School District will be required to read the District’s Policy Handbook and sign a statement attesting to their knowledge and awareness of all policies.   The District also has an Employee Relations and Corrective Discipline Handbook that outlines the grievance and due process procedures as a guide for employees and administrators available on the Iron County School District website and from administators (see GCP-E).   All Iron County School District employees will be notified that compliance with the standards of conduct outlined in these handbooks is mandatory.

If the district intends to terminate the employment of a tenured employee for any of the causes outlined in this policy, a written notice shall be sent by certified mail or personal delivery to the employee's last known address at least 30 days prior to the proposed date of termination.  The notice shall state the date of termination and the detailed reasons for termination.  It shall also include notification to the employee of his or her rights to due process in accord with the policies of the Iron County School District (see GCPA and GBM).  An employee may be suspended with, or without, pay prior to the date of termination or the procedural due process hearings to which the employee is entitled.  If a tenured employee's employment is to be terminated because of the reasons listed under the “Reduction of Staff” category, no requirement for days of prior notice or due process is required.

If the district intends to terminate the employment of a tenured employee for any reason other than those delineated above, the district must go through the process of placing the employee on probation that outlines the reasons and conditions of that probation as outlined in the Employee Relations and Corrective Discipline Handbook.  Such notification shall be in written form and delivered by certified mail or personal delivery to the last known address of the individual at least two months prior to the end of the current contract term.  The written notice shall include a clear and concise statement that the employee's contract will not be renewed for the next term and the reasons for the termination.  In the absence of written notice, indicating the district's intention not to offer a contract to a tenured employee for a subsequent year, the employee is considered employed for the following contract term.  This clause does not preclude the dismissal of an employee for cause, as described in this document.

Termination Procedures for Provisional Employees

The right to terminate employees who have worked in the Iron County School District three years or less or four or five years if provisional status has been extended by the Board shall rest in the sole and absolute discretion of the Board of Education, and no cause need be given by the Board during the first three years of employment.  The first three, four, or five years of service in the Iron County School District are defined as provisional years. Therefore, such employees may be dismissed at the end of the first, second, third, fourth, or fifth year of service.  Provisional employees have no guarantee of continued employment in any year subsequent to the first, second, third, fourth, or fifth year of employment.  Before a provisional employee is notified that he or she will not be re-employed, the employee is entitled to receive help and counsel from his/her principal or supervisor about their employment.

  1. A provisional employee is one who, pursuant to the employment practices of the school district, does not have reasonable expectation of employment in successive years.  An employee is classified as provisional until he or she has completed three years of employment in the district and has been employed by the district for a fourth contract year.  The district may extend the provisional status of an employee up to an additional two consecutive years by written notification to the provisional employee no later than thirty days before the end of the contract term of that individual.  Circumstances under which an employee’s provisional status may be extended include: (1) less-than-perfect score on a performance evaluation; (2) receipt of complaint(s) or expression(s) of concern from a parent, co-worker, or member of the community that creates uncertainty about the employee’s professionalism, performance, or character; (3) declining student enrollment in the district or in a particular program or class; (4) the discontinuance or substantial reduction of a particular service or program; (5) budgetary concerns. 
  2. All provisional employees shall be employed for the duration of one academic year only.  When the obligations of employment have been met, neither the employee nor the Board has further obligations to the other party.  On or before March 24, a letter of notification shall be hand delivered or sent by registered mail indicating the Board’s intention not to re-employ during the following year.  Provisional employees will have the expectation of re-employment during the following year if they do not receive this notification.
  3. An employee who believes that his/her non-reappointment is constitutionally impermissible must assert that claim and request a hearing in order to protect his or her due process rights.  In alignment with past legal precedent an employee who alleges that a non-reappointment decision was based on a constitutionally impermissible reason has the burden of proving that allegation.

Rationale:  In the interest of creating a superior educational staff, the Board must be free, during the provisional period of employment, to seek more capable and/or qualified personnel.  The right to deny additional yearly employment to provisional employees is fundamental to this interest and legally permissible under Utah law (53A-8-101 through 53A-8-107).

Reduction of Staff

Reduction of staff for any of the following reasons may result in non-renewal of employee contracts:

A.  Declining student enrollments

B.  Discontinuance of a particular program or service

C.  The shortage of anticipated revenue after the budget has been adopted

D.  School consolidation 

The following guidelines will be followed if there is a need to reduce staff:

  1. Retention order standing: The District will create District-wide retention list(s) identifying affected employees and employees with lower seniority. The District will first group employees by employment category (certified, classified or licensure qualifications) and then position type. Each group constitutes one retention list. Each retention list is then sorted by the adjusted reduction in staff seniority date.  The seniority date is determined by the day that an employee was recommended for hire.  An example of sorting would place all teachers with a license to teach Language Arts on the same list or all teachers licensed to teach elementary first through sixth grade on the same list.
  2. Retention list order determines release for placement, termination, and displacement, to the extent that action does not have a negative impact on District needs or basic program requirements. Employees at the bottom of the list have the least retention and seniority.
  3. In the event two employees are tied for release from the retention list, the tie will be broken in a random draw of names in the presence of the affected parties or their representatives.
  4. The order of employees released as a result of reduction in staff will be reversed when jobs become available.  If an employee on the list is not interested in returning, the next name on the list will be contacted.
  5. All employees released as a result of reduction in staff will have the opportunity to return when a position is available for which they are qualified prior to the position being advertised.
  6. Should an employee receive a reasonable offer under this procedure and decline, he/she will no longer be eligible to displace another employee. After declination, eligibility for placement extends only to vacant positions for which the employee is fully qualified. An employee who declines a reasonable offer to a comparable vacant position will have no further entitlement to placement.
  7. Final decisions concerning a reduction in staff are the responsibility of the Superintendent and the Board of Education. 

 

Vacations

Policy Code: 
GCBE
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, September 25th, 2012

VACATIONS

1.  Vacations are available only to personnel who are on twelve-month contracts, and who work six or more hours per day.

2.  Vacation time is earned on a fiscal year basis, July 1 - June 30 

3.  Two weeks vacation time is earned annually up to and including the tenth year of service.  Beginning in the 11th year of service, three weeks of vacation is earned annually.

4.  Vacation time cannot be taken faster than it is earned.  Vacation time will be calculated on a pro rata basis relative to time worked.

5.  Employees do not have the option of working for extra money in lieu of taking vacations.

6.  Vacations are scheduled subject to approval by the employee's immediate supervisor.

7.  All vacation time should be taken within six months of the end of the fiscal year in which the vacation time was earned (i.e., vacation time should be all taken by December 31st of each year).  Up to the maximum of five vacation days may be carried over into the following year.

8.  If a full-time employee quits or is terminated and then is re-hired at a future date, he/she will start over in year one in earning annual vacation benefits.


Wage and Hour Laws and Related Records for Hourly Employees

Policy Code: 
GDB
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, January 27th, 2009

WAGE AND HOUR LAWS AND RELATED RECORDS FOR HOURLY EMPLOYEES

All hours worked will be compensated with regular time pay.   There will be no overtime worked unless special arrangements are made with the district administrative office.   If emergencies require weekend work or extra hours early in the week, the principal and employee concerned are to schedule enough time off for the employee during the same "work week" to eliminate overtime hours.  The “work week” is defined as beginning on Saturday at 12:00 a.m. (midnight) and ending on Friday at 11:59 p.m.

Schools are not to pay classified personnel for additional district assignments such as night work.  The time is to be recorded on the payroll and the district will make the payments.  Ticket takers at school activities will be paid by the district from that school’s funds.

Section I - Student Academics and Extra-Curricular

Academic Eligibility Requirements for Students Participating in Extra-Curricular Activities

Policy Code: 
IGD
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, April 22nd, 2014

ACADEMIC ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR STUDENTS PARTICIPATING IN EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES

An individual must be a full time student in order to be eligible to represent his/her school in activities including serving as student body officer or representative, a class officer or representative, competitive athletics, public performance of band, orchestra, singing, dance, drama, speech or forensics, exhibiting in the science fair or the vocational day.  (A full time student is defined as a student who participates in regularly approved classes during each class period of the regular school day or is exempted from compulsory public education as outlined in R277-700 and R277-438-4.)

According to the policies of the Utah High School Activities Association, no student shall be eligible to represent his or her school in the above activities if he/she has failed more than one subject during the previous grading period.  Additionally, a 2.0 GPA or "C" average must be maintained for each grading period.  Eligibility will be established upon receipt of grades each term.  Anyone falling below a 2.0 will be determined ineligible and will not be permitted to participate during the succeeding grading period. Freshmen’s 1st quarter eligibility will be established during the 4th quarter of their 8th grade year.

On the day of an activity in which a student participates, he or she must attend all classes until being officially released by the school for that activity.  Any exceptions to this policy must be authorized by the principal or athletic director after a conference with the student and his/her parents or guardian prior to the anticipated absence.

Students designated as "Special Education" will be expected to meet eligibility requirements unless it is specifically stated in their IEP that they are exempt from the policy. 

Individual groups and organizations within the various schools may have higher academic standards than the above outlined minimum and those set by the Utah High School Activities Association.  If so, these higher standards must be written in the activities disclosure or constitution, approved by the administration, and published to the members of the group/organization.

See Utah High School Activities Association Handbook pages 21 – 33.

Agreement Form for Classroom Instruction

Policy Code: 
IIAD-E
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, May 25th, 2004
Review Date: 
Tuesday, May 25th, 2010

AGREEMENT FORM FOR CLASSROOM INSTRUCTION

 

__________________________________________________________________________

                                 Applicant's Name/Agency/Company/Program

 

Address:  __________________________________________________________________

 

Phone:  ________________________    Signature__________________________________

 

By signing above, I/we agree to abide by all of the conditions stated in the Cooperative Agreement with Iron School District. 

 

Date:  _____________________________.

 

  1. Attach detailed description of program, including curriculum, film list, schedule, and any other materials to be used.
  2. Attach list of references and any research that may be available to support your program.
  3. Send this completed form with signatures to Iron School District, 2077 West Royal Hunte Drive, Cedar City, Utah 84720.

 

________________________________    

School

 

________________________________ 

Principal's Signature

 

________________________________

Teacher's Signature                                

 

By signing above, I/we agree to cooperate and coordinate with  ____________________________________________________

                                                                                                                                  Name/Agency/Program

while continuing to actively teach and promote Iron District's K-12 instructional program.

 

Request Status:               Approved ________                         Not Approved ________

 

 

Signature___________________________________________ Date: ________________

                                  Superintendent

 

Attendance Policy

Policy Code: 
IKG
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, September 22nd, 2009

ATTENDANCE POLICY

Statement of Philosophy-

In order for a teacher to effectively teach a student, the student must be in the classroom each day. In order for a student to be in the class room each day a concerted effort must be made by the parent, student, and school toward that goal. It is the responsibility of each teacher to provide meaningful learning activities, from the beginning until the end of class each day. It is the responsibility of the school and district administration to support the teacher in this endeavor. Each lecture, class presentation, demonstration, practice, drill, etc., is part of a plan designed to help each student learn. When a student misses any part of the class it is impossible to remediate the student with the same quality of instruction. A poor attending student’s academic performance will improve with consistent, daily school attendance. It is also essential that we prepare students for a world that will require them to possess and understand the importance of the life skills of punctuality, dependability, and accountability. Through cooperation and communication between parents, students, and the school, and through following this policy, I.C.S.D. students will be able to benefit, to the highest level, from their educational experience.

Parent responsibility-

  • Parents are expected to have their students at the school on time and prepared for the entire day.
  • When a student is absent, the parent must call the school to excuse the student within three (3) school days. If the parent fails to call within the three days, the parent must discuss the issue with an administrator to have the absence excused.
  • Parents are encouraged to be familiar with the district calendar and school schedule to avoid scheduling vacations or appointments during the school year or day.
  • Parents are expected to be aware of their student’s attendance. This may be accomplished through power school or any direct contact with the school.

Teacher Interventions-

  • Individual teachers will include procedures for dealing with absences, tardies, and missed work for their class in their individual course disclosure.
  • Teachers are required to submit attendance for each class daily.
  • Following an absence the teacher will confer with the student and remind the student of the class policy. Not later than the third unexcused absence in a quarter, the teacher will contact the parent via telephone, other electronic means, or in person, to discuss their students’ attendance and academic issues and consequences. The teacher will document the contact in Power Teacher.
  • Following the fifth unexcused absence, and being unable to resolve the issue, the teacher will refer the student to the administration.
  • For unexcused absences, the teacher is not required to allow the student to make up missed work; however, individual school remediation programs may be used to hold students accountable for missed work. 

Administrative Interventions-

  • The school may require a doctor’s note if deemed necessary due to excessive absences whether excused or unexcused.
  • In the case of excessive absences (excused or unexcused) the school administrator may require a parent/student conference to discuss options to address the problem.
  • The school may utilize the Truancy Support Center as an intervention for secondary students.
  • Parents of elementary students with excessive truancy may be referred to the Iron County Attorney for educational neglect.
  • The Fifth District Juvenile Court will be used to address excessive truancy. This will include a referral to juvenile court for the student, and may include a referral to the Iron County Attorney’s Office to the guardian for educational neglect.
  • Schools will seek opportunities to provide positive incentives for students who maintain a high level of attendance.

Graduation Ceremony Participation- Privilege

The administration of boundary high schools reserve the right to deny participation in the graduation ceremony to seniors with less that 90% attendance or to those who have violated the law or safe school policies.

 

Challenge of Library Materials Form

Policy Code: 
IGDCC-E
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, June 17th, 2014

Challenge of Library Materials Form

Date__________ School where challenged material is located_________________________

 

Name _____________________________________ Phone Number ___________________

 

Address____________________________________________________________________

 

Type of material challenged ___________________________________________________

 

Title ______________________________________________________________________

 

Author/Producer ____________________________________________________________

 

What brought this resource to your attention? _____________________________________

 

Have you read or viewed this material in its entirety? _______________________________

 

To what do you object? Please cite specifics. 

 

 

 What do you want to have happen with this media? 

 

 

Signature _____________________________________________ Date _______________

Concurrent Enrollment - Regulations

Policy Code: 
IGC-R
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, November 18th, 2003
Review Date: 
Tuesday, November 17th, 2009

Concurrent Enrollment--Regulations 

Each student released by his or her principal for participation in a concurrent enrollment program shall:

  1. Complete an application form, including parent/guardian’s signature, prior to enrolling in the concurrent enrollment course or program of choice. 
  2. Complete 12 units of regular high school credit prior to applying for inclusion in a concurrent enrollment program.  Students must be either Juniors or Seniors in high school.
  3. Maintain a 3.25 grade point average for each of the two grading periods immediately preceding the time of application for permission to participate in a concurrent enrollment program or course.  In special circumstances, the principal may recommend students whose grade point average for the previous two grading periods was between 3.0 and 3.25.  In no case will a student be recommended for concurrent enrollment whose grade point average is below 3.0.
  4. Pay all costs associated with the concurrent enrollment program.  These costs may include, but are not limited to, such things as tuition, fees, books, supplies, and transportation. 
    1. Courses which are contractual between the Iron County School District and the institution of higher education may have some portion of the tuition and fees paid by the school district. 
  5. Supply the school with an official transcript of the credit earned upon the completion of the concurrent enrollment course.

One high school unit shall be granted for the completion of three (3) semester credit hours of college work.            


Concurrent Enrollment

Policy Code: 
IGC
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, November 21st, 1995
Review Date: 
Tuesday, November 17th, 2009

CONCURRENT ENROLLMENT

The Iron County School District is strongly committed to providing a variety of ways for students to earn high school and college credit.  The District supports programs advocated by the Utah State Strategic Plan.  Advanced Placement classes on high school campuses, concurrent courses offered at colleges and universities, courses offered over the EDNet and other distance learning systems, courses offered over educational television channels, and courses offered in summer programs are examples of ways students can earn concurrent credit.  Students will be given both high school and college credit for concurrent classes completed.  Three (3) semester hours of college credit equals one high school Carnegie Unit.

 

Concurrent Enrollment Application Form

Policy Code: 
IGC-E
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, November 21st, 1995
Review Date: 
Tuesday, November 17th, 2009

ICSD Concurrent Enrollment Application Form

Dear Student and Parent:

Concurrent enrollment is an excellent opportunity for serious students to accelerate their education.  Those students who have exhibited responsibility and academic maturity may be allowed to enroll in college courses while attending high school during their junior or senior years and receive credit at both institutions.

Courses taken under the Iron County School District's Concurrent Enrollment policy are collegiate level courses.  As such, the conditions relative to the course are significantly different from those associated with regular high school classes.  For example, college professors seldom, if ever, contact the home of a student who is having difficulty.  Additionally, students are responsible for their own attendance and behavior, each of which may be a factor in the grade received in the course. College instructors are not bound by any of the policies and practices of the Iron County School District or its schools.  Consequently, in some unfortunate instances, students begin a concurrent enrollment class and then have difficulty, which results in an unsatisfactory grade.  Should this occur, the grade and the credit are the direct responsibility of the student and the college.  If such an unfortunate incident should occur and the resultant loss of credit results in insufficient credit for high school graduation, the student would not be able to graduate from high school.  In other words, the student is responsible for the credit, or lack thereof, that may be earned through a concurrent enrollment program; the school has no obligation to help remediate failures in concurrent enrollment courses.  All financial obligations associated with the collegiate course are the responsibility of the student.  These obligations may include, but are not limited to such things as tuition, fees, texts, supplies, and transportation to and from the high school and the college.

For those students who are committed, concurrent enrollment is an exceptional opportunity.  To apply for the privilege of participating in such a program, complete the application form on the reverse side of this letter and return it to your school counselor or principal.  Good luck in all of your academic pursuits.

 

 

            Sincerely,

 

 

            Jennifer Wood

            Director of Secondary and Vocational Education

 

ICSD CONCURRENT ENROLLMENT APPLICATION FORM (Cont.)

General Information:

 

Student's Name______________________________________ School__________________________________________

 

Street Address_______________________________________ Total Credits to Date______________________________

 

City________________________________________________ High School GPA _________________________________

 

Telephone No._______________________________________

 

Concurrent Course Information:

 

Concurrent Course Desired______________________________________________________________________________

 

Educational Institution__________________________________________________________________________________

 

Number of Credits to be Earned__________________________________________________________________________

 

Date Course Begins______________________________________ Date Course Ends_______________________________

 

Briefly explain the reason you desire to take this concurrent enrollment course:

 

 

Agreement and Signatures:

I agree to provide the school with a copy of the final grade or a transcript of the credit I earn in this concurrent enrollment course or program.  In addition, I agree to abide by the rules and regulations of the high school and the educational institution offering this course at all times while I am involved in this concurrent program.  I also accept responsibility for all costs associated with this course or program and transportation to and from the school.  I also understand and accept all conditions listed in the letter on the front of this form.

 

Student's Signature___________________________________________________ Date________________________

 

Parent/Guardian's Signature____________________________________________ Date________________________

 

School Official's Signature______________________________________________ Date_______________________ 

 

Cooperative Agreement with Community Agencies Assisting with Classroom Instruction

Policy Code: 
IIAD-R
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, June 22nd, 2010

IRON SCHOOL DISTRICT COOPERATIVE

AGREEMENT WITH COMMUNITY AGENCIES ASSISTING WITH

CLASSROOM INSTRUCTION 

Any agency, company, or person wishing to work with Iron School District students and desiring to assist with our comprehensive instructional program must agree to the following:

1.  Must support, not supplant, existing services/programs.

2.  Must coordinate any classroom instruction with the teacher and the principal. Any instruction requiring more than a one-lesson presentation must utilize some type of cooperative teaching. The District classroom teacher must be present and    actively involved with the District and State curriculum to help enhance any outside agency's program.

3.  Must be cleared through Iron School District Offices.  (See IIAD-E).

4.  Must have signatures of classroom teacher and principal of the school in which instruction will be taught.  (See IIAD-E)


Extra-Curricular Activities

Policy Code: 
IGD-R
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, November 18th, 2003
Review Date: 
Tuesday, April 22nd, 2008

EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES 

REDUCTION OF TIME OUT OF CLASS FOR STUDENTS

Since travel time has the potential to be one of the largest consumers of student class time, continuing efforts should be made to monitor the departure times for away events.

All "practices" should be eliminated from school time.

RESOLUTIONS FOR CONFLICTING ACTIVITIES FOR STUDENTS AND TEACHERS

Because of the number of activity programs offered, it is inevitable that individual students will become involved in more than one program.

Coaches and advisors should not legislate an artificial level of commitment to a particular program by demanding time or activities of the student that conflict with the student's other commitments.

So that conflicts in schedules of activity programs may be resolved before they are complicated by the emotion of the immediate moment, the following shall be the priority for a student participating in two or more programs when and if schedule conflicts arise:

  1. State or culminating (after qualifying at a region event) games, activities, or events take precedence over all other events.
  2. Performance in a region game, activity, or event will take precedence over practice games or non-region/state events.
  3. Performance in practice games or non-region/state events will take precedence over practices, meetings, etc.
  4. Practices, team/group meetings, etc. will be last on the priority list.
  5. In the event two activities of the same "weight" are on the same day, the event that was first calendared will have precedence.  If both events were calendared sufficiently in advance so that there is little difference in the time of calendaring, the STUDENT must make the decision with the influence of his or her parent or guardian; coaches and advisors shall not exert nor try to exert coercive pressure upon the student.

SUPERVISION OF STUDENTS 

  1. All extra-curricular activities will be supervised by one or more certificated teachers and enough adult chaperons for a ratio of 20 students to 1 adult at the most.  (Also see EEAD-R)
  2. Supervisors will remain with the students during the entire activity.  Bus drivers will not be expected to supervise students at any time.
  3. Good judgment should be used by supervisors during off-hours such as layover days, staying in motels, during bus trips, etc.  Students should still be supervised, have regulations, and know how to reach the advisor (s) at all times.

ADDITION OF ACTIVITIES

  1. An Athletic Interest Survey will be conducted by each high school every three years.
  2. Sports programs will be added or dropped by the high schools in the Iron District based on the following criteria:  a.  UHSAA mandate;  b.  Region mandate;  c.  District Interest Survey if a team can be formed and a suitable schedule with area schools provided.  The recommendation will be made by the high school principal through the secondary director to the School Board. 
  3. Suitability of sports offerings will be evaluated each year by the principal and coaches based on interest of students, increased levels of competition, and equity of offerings.

 

Fee Waiver Regulations

Policy Code: 
IGDE-R
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, September 27th, 2005
Review Date: 
Tuesday, March 23rd, 2010

IRON COUNTY SCHOOL DISTRICT

FEE WAIVER REGULATIONS 

(TO BE MAILED WITH REGISTRATION MATERIALS TO ALL STUDENTS) 

                  Fees, as identified by the Iron School District Board of Education, will be waived in accordance with the Utah State Board of Education standards for students whose parents or legal guardians verify evidence of inability to pay.  Inability to pay is defined as those who are in State Custody, Foster Care, or receiving public assistance in the form of Aid to Dependent Children, Supplemental Security Income, or are eligible for free school lunch. Case by case determinations are made for those who do not qualify under one of the foregoing standards but who, because of extenuating circumstances such as, but not limited to, exceptional financial burdens such as loss or substantial reduction of income or extraordinary medical expenses, are not reasonably capable of paying the fee. 

                  A student desiring a fee waiver will present to the principal of the school a written communication provided by the Utah Department of Social Services or the Social Security Office in the case of "Supplemental Security Income," verifying the need for the waiver.  In the case of eligibility for free school lunch, verification of income will be required.

                  In the event that the student requires a fee waiver accommodation other than the above-stated procedure, the principal, with the permission of the parent or legal guardian, may require community service as an alternative to the payment of the fee or the waiver.  The principal and staff will maintain confidentially with reference to students who have received waivers or alternatives to waivers.

 

Fund Drives

Policy Code: 
IGDF
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, February 23rd, 2016

FUND DRIVES

1.  Fund drives such as readathons, walkathons, swimathons etc. for national organizations such as M.S., Heart Association, March of Dimes, etc. are not permitted.  Their literature shall not be posted in or distributed by schools. 

2.  Raffles and lotteries are illegal in Utah and will not be permitted under the sponsorship of the Iron District or its schools.

3.  Schools shall not participate in the sale of magazines.  Book fairs sponsored by PTA's are permissible.

4.  Fund drives which are permitted include car washes, bake sales, school pictures sponsored by schools and/or PTA organizations (as determined by PTA bylaws), senior dinners, wood hauling, fertilizer hauling, book fairs, carnivals or other activities as approved in writing by the principal and the district office. 

a. Each high school group may be involved in one off-campus fund raising project, involving the solicitation of support from the community during the school year, upon the written approval of the principal and the district office.  Proposals must include regulations governing student conduct and procedures to be followed. (See IGDF-E)

b. Schools and the associated PTA units may send announcements of fund raising activities home with the children as a part of the regularly scheduled monthly newsletter; items must be approved by the principal and the district office. PTA bulletins that advertise non-approved fund drive projects shall not be distributed through the schools. No direct solicitation is permitted in the elementary schools.

c. Door to door solicitation is prohibited.

d. Offering prizes or incentives to students for raising the most funds is strictly prohibited.

5.  School stores such as Santa's Workshop, and other similar stores of a large scale are not permitted. Regular school bookstores are permitted on the secondary school level.

6.  High school groups, booster clubs and PTA's may sell food, etc. at ball games.

7.  Requiring students to sell, or implying that students must sell, a certain number of tickets or other promotional items is expressly prohibited.

8.  Donations or contributions may be solicited and accepted in accordance with LEA policies, but all such requests must clearly state that donations and contributions are voluntary. A donation is a fee if a student is required to make a donation in order to participate in an activity. (R277-407-6-F, School Fees, General Provisions)

9.  The Iron School District has no jurisdiction over groups that may conduct fund drives in behalf of school groups.  Students may not be involved in such fund drives.

Fund Raising Request Form

Policy Code: 
IGDF-E
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, March 23rd, 2004
Review Date: 
Tuesday, March 23rd, 2010

Fund Raising Request Form.  Click here for PDF file.

Grading Policy

Policy Code: 
IKA
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, May 17th, 2016

GRADING POLICY

1. Iron County School District favors moving towards the consistent use of subject matter standards-based grading practices and away from grading systems that allow students to improve their grades without a demonstration of competency/proficiency.

  • Proficiency–based grades for courses should reflect proficiency in the prescribed course’s Guaranteed and Viable Curriculum and should cover understanding, skills, and applications.  Students should have multiple opportunities to demonstrate that proficiency in a variety of ways.  Grades should NOT be based on elements unrelated to proficiency. Homework and extra credit (extended learning opportunities) should be tied to demonstration of proficiency on the standards.
  • Students who demonstrate competency must reach more than a minimal level of proficiency in the course standards by multiple, flexible measures that address not only informational content but intended learning outcomes, essential understandings, etc. 
  • A competency-based grading system will assist parents, students, and the public with understanding of what it takes to be College and Career Ready and also provide increased opportunities to embed 21st Century Skills as described below.
  • 21st Century Skills:
    • Learning Skills
  1. Critical Thinking
  2. Creative Thinking
  3. Collaborating
  4. Communicating
  • Literacy Skills
  1. Information Literacy
  2. Media Literacy
  3. Technology Literacy
  • Life Skills
  1. Flexibility
  2. Initiative
  3. Social Skills
  4. Productivity
  5. Leadership

2. Citizenship Grades: Iron County School District requires teachers to issue citizenship grades. The citizenship grade is to be separate from the academic grade. The citizenship grade should hold students accountable for both positive and negative behaviors and consider possibilities for reflecting service, leadership, and non-academic skills. The citizenship grade should reflect a student’s attitude, participation, attendance, and effort. In Iron County School District, the citizenship grade is not used as criterion for graduation. However, a satisfactory citizenship grade may be used as criterion for participation in school sponsored activities.

3. Academic Grades: Grades are an evaluation providing feedback to improve student performance. The following are teacher expectations for grading:

  • UETS Standard 5b: The teacher engages students in understanding and identifying the elements of quality work and provides them with timely and descriptive feedback to guide their progress in producing that work.
  • UETS Standard 5e: The teacher documents student progress and provides descriptive feedback to students, parents, and other stakeholders in a variety of ways.
  • UETS Standard 10b: The teacher maintains accurate instructional and non-instructional records.
  • Iron County teachers will grade and record all assigned student work in a TIMELY manner by updating PowerSchool weekly.

4. Course Disclosure:  The criteria and standards for grades must be made known to students and parents.  Teachers are responsible for providing a written or electronic copy of the course requirements to all students and parents for reference.   Parent signatures, verifying receipt of course disclosures, are required. Course disclosures should include:

  • major standards and objectives of the course
  • method(s) of grading
  • major requirements of the course
  • criteria necessary for successful completion

Professional Learning Communities (PLCs) will work together to standardize course goals, requirements and grading methods for common courses taught by various teachers and in departments.  Course disclosures will be reviewed by principals prior them being distributed to students and parents.

5. Participation/Performance Based Courses: Unless student attendance, participation, and appropriate performance behavior are specifically included in the grading criteria and necessary to demonstrate proficiency in the standards of the course, reduction of student grades for disciplinary reasons is not allowed. Teachers must allow students to make up all work missed due to absence because of legitimate illness, emergency situations or participation in school sponsored activities. 

6. Academic activities outside of normal class time: A student’s classroom grade may, at the discretion of the teacher, be reduced for failure to participate in activities scheduled outside of the regular school day or class time and which are an extension of the academic class.  Grades may only be reduced when the class grading criteria and standards include requirements to participate and the student is negligent in doing so.  Students must inform teachers in advance if they must miss out-of-class activities or performances.  Grades shall not be reduced for missing activities because of absence due to illness, emergency situations, or participation in other school related activities, unless the student fails to take advantage of make-up opportunities that must be provided.

7. Avoiding Student Failure: It is critical that students, parents, counselors, teachers, college and career readiness coaches, and school and District administrators be able to access updated student grades so interventions can be put into place to help students avoid failure and loss of credit.  When student work is turned in on time and teachers give feedback in a timely manner by recording grades in PowerSchool at least weekly, all stakeholders can most effectively work together to minimize student failure. To assist stakeholders in accessing student grades, the following methods are available:

  • PowerSchool – Access on home computers, on smart devices, or on computers available at the public library or other computers
  • Student grading programs available to teachers
  • Student Messenger via emails, texts, or phone messages
  • Emailing teachers
  • Contacting the school
  • Grade checks in College and Career Readiness classes
  • College and Career Readiness coaches contact parents when students in the CCR class are failing any class.  Parents are asked to contact the teacher whose class their student is failing.
  • Deficiency notices to students receiving grades below a “C-“ sent out to parents or guardians at midterm through electronic or paper means
  • Personal contact from teachers by phone, email, or printed documents
  • Students personally inquiring of their teachers

Given this information, it should be nearly impossible for a student to fail a class without stakeholders being fully aware of the situation and doing all they can to encourage and help students achieve success, and avoid failure.

8. Remediation:  Remediation is most effective when accomplished by the classroom teacher as soon as the concept not mastered is identified and repeating the entire class is not necessary.  Components of a remediation policy to satisfy the tenets set forth in the Utah Code 53A-13-104 will include but not be limited to the following:

  • Iron County School District shall establish remediation programs for secondary school students who do not meet competency levels in all courses.
  • Participation in the programs is mandatory for secondary school students who fail to meet the competency levels based on classroom performance.
  • A secondary school student need not repeat an entire class if remediation can reasonably be achieved through other means.

9. Remediation/Make-up programs: See Board Policies IGBE and JECDA

  • Students who lack credit for graduation can earn that credit in any way approved by the Iron School District.  Some ways include online courses, Southwest Education Academy, correspondence courses, and regular high school courses.  Courses must be taken from an accredited organization recognized by AdvancED.
  • Programs will be provided by the District, and/or individual schools, to give students the opportunity to make up failed credit.
  • Student must pay the District’s reasonable rate of tuition to help pay the cost of instruction for these classes.  Make-up course work must be aligned as closely as possible to the course work in the regular class.
  • Grading will be on the same basis as grading in the regular class.  Once the remediation classwork is completed, the failed grade for the regular class will become an NG and the remedial program grade will appear as remediation on the transcript of credits.

High School Graduation Requirements

Policy Code: 
IKF
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, May 19th, 2015

High School Graduation Requirements.  Click here for PDF file.

Homebound Instruction

Policy Code: 
IGBG
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, September 23rd, 2003
Review Date: 
Tuesday, September 22nd, 2009

HOMEBOUND INSTRUCTION 

Homebound instruction is a short-term program to assist students to keep current in their regularly scheduled school classes. 

When a student has been out of school for two weeks or it is obvious according to a physician’s recommendation that he/she will be out for two weeks, the student is eligible for homebound instruction.  The homebound instructor will then make contact with the home and consult with the parent.  If the parent feels that the child is well enough to have instruction, an appointment will be made.

The homebound instructor will visit the child's teacher or teachers and secure materials and instructions.  The instructor will also report back to the classroom teacher on the child's progress.

Homebound services normally consist of teacher contact with the student for two hours per week:  two one-hour periods.  Adjustments may be made for special cases.

 

Homework

Policy Code: 
IKB
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, May 25th, 2004
Review Date: 
Tuesday, August 24th, 2010

HOMEWORK

1.  Homework may be used as a means for students to keep up with the class and to maintain an acceptable achievement level.

2.  Homework should be meaningful to the student.  It should never be considered busy work or punishment for the student.

3.  Homework activities should be an outgrowth of the classroom program.

4.  School homework should be tempered by the amount and levels of out-of-school activities engaged in by students.

5.  Home assignments made by the teacher should be very clear and involve only concepts and processes that have been introduced and explained by the teacher.  Homework in new areas should be deferred until basic understanding is accomplished.

6.  Home study should not require books and other resource materials not found in the home or readily available in the school or public library.  It is unwise to require elementary-age children to use the city library at night to get information for reports.

 

Human Sexuality Curriculum

Policy Code: 
IFA
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, March 22nd, 2011

HUMAN SEXUALITY CURRICULUM 

Utah Code 53A-13-101 and Administrative Rule R277-474-1H place the following specific requirements on instructors and curriculum in any class that provides instruction in human reproduction, reproductive anatomy, physiology, pregnancy, marriage, childbirth, parenthood, contraception, or HIV/AIDS and other sexually transmitted diseases. 

The Iron County School District requires the following, as well as compliance with all parts of Utah Code 53A-13-101 and Administrative Rule R277-474-1H. 

Parent Permission

Prior to any student participating in human sexuality instruction, the school must have on file a completed parent notification form indicating that the student’s parent or guardian authorizes the student to participate.

Health & Human Sexuality Guidelines

The following may not be taught in Iron County School District schools:

  1. The intricacies of intercourse, sexual stimulation, or erotic behavior.
  2. The advocacy of homosexuality.
  3. The advocacy or encouragement of the use of contraceptive methods or devices.
  4. The advocacy of sexual activity outside of marriage.

Instructional Staff Training and In-service

In their first year of service or assignment, all newly hired or newly assigned staff who have responsibility for any aspect of human sexuality instruction in the Iron County School District will attend a state sponsored in-service outlining the human sexuality curriculum and the criteria for human sexuality instruction in any course offered in the Iron County School District.  Once every three years all Iron County School District staff who have responsibility for any aspect of human sexuality instruction shall meet to review current board policy, Utah Code, and Administrative Rules regarding the instruction of human sexuality.

Human Sexuality Resources and Instructional Materials

The Iron County School District adopts, for use in its schools, the human sexuality materials recommended by the Utah State Office of Education.  All human sexuality instruction in the Iron County School District shall make use of those instructional materials.  All outside resources, including guest speakers, will comply with the guidelines for teaching human sexuality as set forth by the Iron County School District, Utah Code and Administrative Rule.

 

Incentive Activities for Students

Policy Code: 
IGDD
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, February 23rd, 2010

INCENTIVE ACTIVITIES FOR STUDENTS

Iron County School District policy must be followed in regard to incentive activities.  Care must be taken to ensure that all students have a reasonable opportunity to earn these rewards, regardless of academic ability.   

 

Library Media Materials

Policy Code: 
IGDCC
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, June 17th, 2014

LIBRARY MEDIA MATERIALS

The school library media centers of the Iron County School District exist to provide informational resources for teachers and students, to assist students in developing literacy and research skills, and to provide recreational reading opportunities.

Collection Development

School library collection development is the ongoing process of identifying strengths and weaknesses of the library’s print, non-print, electronic resources, and equipment in relation to student and staff needs.  School library media centers shall provide a broad range of educational, informational, and recreational reading resources.

Acquisition

Library resources and materials shall be chosen by library media professionals at each school site using guidelines and criteria adopted by the Iron County School District.

Consideration should be given to:

·support of curriculum
·developmental and maturity level of students
·format
·accuracy
·timeliness
·reliability
·provision of balanced views
·recreation needs of students
·materials for both English language learners and foreign language programs
·literary quality
·quality of illustrations

Requests and suggestions of students, parents, and faculty members that fit these criteria may also be considered.

Weeding

Weeding is essential to maintain a relevant and up-to-date collection. The school's library staff should periodically review the collection to determine which materials should be removed or replaced.

Books should be considered for removal if any of the following conditions apply:

  1. The book is in poor physical condition.  However, literary quality and availability of a replacement should be considered.
  2. The book or series has been superseded by books containing more current information.
  3. The book contains subject matter no longer needed to support the curriculum.
  4. The book contains wrong, inaccurate or dated information.
  5. The book encourages stereotypes.
  6. The book receives little use.

Under the direction of the District Supervisor, procedures shall be established for the weeding of each school’s collection.

Any books weeded from a media center should be offered in the following order:

  1. Faculty members
  2. Other media centers in the school district
  3. Students
  4. Non-profit organizations

Donations

The donation of a book or material from an outside source does not guarantee placement in a District library media center. Potential donations must be reviewed using the same criteria for selection of purchased material. 

Inventory of Library Collection

The school's library media professional is responsible to maintain a regular inventory of materials and equipment. A formal inventory shall be conducted at least every other year to assess the library collection and help with selection and acquisition of materials and equipment.

Intellectual Freedom

The School Board of the Iron County School District supports intellectual freedom in the school media centers located in district schools.  The media centers will provide a variety of materials and information representing various points of view on current and historical issues.

Parental Restriction of Individual Student Access

The District recognizes the right of parents to restrict their children’s access to materials they deem inappropriate. However, no parent has the right to make that decision on behalf of other students. A parent desiring to restrict his/her own child's access to specific library books or materials shall first advise the child of the restriction. Then the parent may submit the request in writing to the library professional at the school the child is attending.

Challenged Library Materials Procedures

In special cases, a parent may challenge library material contained in the library media center of the school in which his/her child attends.  The parent will use the Challenge of Library Media Materials process.  This process only applies to library media, not to instructional materials used by a classroom teacher.

Challenge of Library Media Materials

The Iron County School District takes very seriously all concerns expressed by parents, students and other patrons.  Every effort will be made to respond as quickly as possible to ensure that concerns are given careful consideration.

Informal challenges can often be handled by listening respectfully, explaining selection policies and intellectual freedom principles, and by explaining the media center's role vs. a parent's role in selection of materials.

When formal challenges arise, the person making the challenge will fill out the Challenge of Library Materials Form.

The form will be returned to the school where the challenged material is located.

The challenged material will be kept in circulation during the challenge period.

The person making the challenge will be asked to read the challenged material in its entirety.

The principal will convene a reconsideration committee of school personnel and parents to help address the challenge. The outcome of the challenge will be communicated directly to the patron making the challenge.  All communications will be made in writing.

The reconsideration committee should take the following steps:

  1. Read or view the challenged material in its entirety.
  2. Review the selection policy and the selection process for the challenged material.
  3. Check reviews and recommendations to see what experts say about the material.
  4. Meet to discuss the challenge.
  5. Make a recommendation to the principal on retention, removal or replacement.

At the District's discretion, the challenge may be reported to the American Library Association's Office of Intellectual Freedom or Office for Library Advocacy for assistance.

Media

Policy Code: 
IGDC
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, November 19th, 2013

MEDIA

The use of media in the classroom can enhance learning when directly related to the Utah Core Curriculum.

Approval

The use of all media must be educationally defensible.  Full-length films and commercially produced media must be approved by the school administrator. Any time media is used in school, its educational purpose should be clear to students and parents.

Parents must be notified of the use of clips from PG and PG-13 rated media.  A parental permission form must be sent home stating the rating and the cause for the rating.  A rationale for how the video supports the curriculum must also be explained along with a description of an alternate activity, should a parent/guardian choose NOT to have the students view the proposed media. (See IGCD E-1)

ICSD prohibits the use of media containing any of the following:  graphic violence, profanity, sexual innuendo, or nudity. 

Content Produced Media

Content produced media, which is the preferred type of media for use in the Iron County School District, is produced mainly for the purpose of education. 

Entertainment Produced Media

Entertainment produced media is media that is commercially produced for the entertainment industry. Entertainment media, in its entirety or in the form of clips, may only be used after obtaining prior approval from the school administrator using form IGDC E-2. 

Media purchased by schools must not be shown for entertainment, motivation, or reward purposes unless public performance rights have been obtained.

Internet Produced Media

Internet produced media must be previewed by the educator and selected for use based upon a legitimate connection to the curriculum, age appropriateness, and community standards.

Ratings

Iron County School District does not allow the use of media that is rated anything other than G and PG in the elementary schools; and G, PG, and PG-13 in secondary schools.

Clips from entertainment produced media that carry a PG and PG-13 rating must be approved by the school administrator.  The content of the clips themselves must be comparable to G rated material.

Guidelines for Purchasing Media with School Funds

When purchasing media for use in education settings make certain that:

  1. The educator provides evidence that the content of the media directly correlates with the Utah State Core Curriculum.
  2. The requisition or purchase order must indicate that “This media is being purchased for public display in an educational setting”.
  3. All laws relating to public performance rights are understood and followed.

Rented Media

Use of any rented media is strictly prohibited.

Legal Requirements

Because laws relating to public performance rights are complicated and changing, care must be taken to ensure that no laws are violated in the use of media in the classroom.  The consequences for violating such laws will be the responsibility of the violator. 

Adopted:  November 19, 2013

Organization of Clubs and Participation in Extra-Curricular Activities

Policy Code: 
IGDAA
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, February 23rd, 2010
Review Date: 
Tuesday, February 22nd, 2011
ORGANIZATION OF CLUBS AND PARTICIPATION IN EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES

Students in Iron County School District are encouraged to be involved in school-sponsored activities and clubs.  The organization of new clubs is encouraged providing their goals and objectives are not in conflict with school board policy, or local, state, and federal law.

A club must have a willing advisor who is a school district employee.  Parents may assist advisors.  All advisors must be approved by school administration. 

The advisor of the proposed club must submit a written constitution.  The school administration, faculty and student council representatives must approve the constitution.

Organizers must sign a statement of guarantee that all club activities will comply with school policy and will not conflict with school board policy of local, state, and federal law.  Clubs promoting hate, racism, or persecution, and clubs deemed disruptive to the educational environment of the school will not be allowed.

All high school activities sponsored by the Utah High School Activities Association are governed by the By-Laws and Constitution of the UHSAA.  In order for a student to participate in these sponsored activities, he/she must meet the requirements of the UHSAA and Iron County School District.

 

Parental Permission to View PG or PG-13 Video/DVD

Policy Code: 
IGDC-E1
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, January 27th, 2009

Parental Permission to View PG or PG-13 Video/DVD


Teacher _________________________Subject ________________ Grade Level  ________       

 

The following video/DVD will be used in class on (date) ___________________             


 ________video/DVD shown in its entirety                   _____appropriate clip previewed

                                                                                                     by the teacher named on this form

 

Title  _______________________________________________________

Rating ___________________

 

 

Causes of Rating:

 

 

 

Relationship between video/DVD content and the curriculum:

 

 

 

 

 

Alternative activity for those not viewing the video/DVD

 

______I give permission for (student) ______________________________________________ to view the video.

 

 

Parent/Guardian Signature ______________________________________________________ Date _____________

 

______Rather than viewing the video, I would like my son/daughter to participate in the alternative activity.

 

 

Parent/Guardian Signature ______________________________________________________ Date ______________

 

Programs for Students with Disabilities

Policy Code: 
IGBA
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, October 27th, 2009

Programs for Students with Disabilities 

The Iron County School District is committed to the principle of equal access to an appropriate education for all students regardless of differences in learning preferences, differences in the ability to benefit from standard educational experiences, or differences in handicapping conditions.  The Iron County School District is committed to abide by the provisions for a free and appropriate public education for all as guaranteed by the Utah State Constitution (Article X) and IDEA 2004.  Special education programs are designed to meet the unique needs of students with disabilities in accordance with district philosophy, state board of education rules, and federal legislation.  These programs shall be operated as outlined in the Iron County School District Special Education Handbook.

Individual educational and personal needs will be addressed through an Individualized Education Program (IEP) prepared for each student.  Insofar as students with disabilities can make satisfactory progress they shall be educated in regular classrooms.  When necessary, supplementary services may be provided to students with disabilities in the regular classroom, or the student with disabilities may be removed from the regular class for part or all of their educational program.  It is projected that a majority of the students with disabilities will receive most of their educational experience in the regular classroom. 

While the student with disabilities must be identified and classified for legal, financial, and administrative purposes, every effort will be made to de-emphasize the handicapping distinction in order to maximize the achievement of the educational and personal needs of each person with disabilities.

 

Remedial Instruction

Policy Code: 
IGBE
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, May 17th, 2016

Remedial Instruction 

The remediation of student learning deficiencies is a fundamental aspect of the educational process.  Teachers should structure learning experiences to facilitate three basic characteristics of good remediation:

1.  Remediation is most effective when done immediately after determining a student has not mastered a standard concept--the same day whenever possible.

2.  Remediation is most effectively accomplished by the classroom teacher who taught the concept standards and identified the student's deficiency.

3.  Remediation is most effective which concentrates on the concepts standards which escaped mastery and does not require repeating the entire class.

All teachers shall follow the grading policy of the Iron County School District (IKA) as the first means of remediating student deficiencies.

Pursuant to Utah Code 53A-13-104, remedial classes will be offered at least once each school year, and whenever a minimum of 15 students need a given class, for each of the following CORE Curriculum subject areas:  Math, Language Arts, Science, and Social Studies.

Remedial classes online courses will be available for all students who have failed all or any portion of the indicated courses Core Curriculum subject area courses and many electives.  The remedial classes will be taught by discipline and individualized according to the needs of the student i.e., the class will teach all courses in the discipline according to the individual needs of the student and will accommodate individual student ability to proceed at varying paces.  Students may repeat a class in the regular day schedule only with the approval of the school principal. Accessing online courses for make-up is preferred. 

Students may challenge a particular class by taking the appropriate end of level test/competency test for that class.  End of level tests will be those tests developed by the Utah State Office of Education for each of the subjects in the Core Curriculum.

Students participating in the remedial classes, repeating a class in the regular schedule, or challenging a course through the end of level test will be assessed a fee to participate in each component of the program.  All fees assessed under this policy will be subject to the laws, policies, and regulations governing school fees.

 

See also JECDA

Request to Show Commercially Purchased Video/DVD

Policy Code: 
IGDC-E2
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, January 27th, 2009

Request to Show Commercially Purchased Video/DVD

Teacher ___________________________________________Date________________

 

Video/DVD Title ____________________________________Rating ______________

(Please refer to: ICSD Policy IGDC – Video Recorded Media)

 

 

Date to be shown _________________ Class Period ____________________

 

 

Check one of the following viewing applications:

 

_____video/DVD shown in its entirety                  _____appropriate clip previewed

                                                                                        by the teacher named on this form

 

Subject Area ____________________________ Grade Level ______________

 

 

Provide a rationale that supports the connection between the content of the video/DVD and the instructional objectives in the Utah State Core Curriculum:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Department Chair__________________________________ Date________________

 

 

Administrator_____________________________________ Date________________

 

School Community Councils

Policy Code: 
IJ
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, November 15th, 2011

SCHOOL COMMUNITY COUNCILS

Each school within the Iron County School District shall, in compliance with Utah Code

53-A-1a-108, establish a school community council at the school building level.

Composition of Councils

Each school community council shall consist of school employees, including the principal, and parents or guardians of students who are attending the school.

The recommended composition of school community councils for high schools is six (6) parent or guardian members and five (5) school employee members, including the principal.  The recommended composition for other schools is four (4) parent or guardian members and three (3) school employee members, including the principal.  While the community councils may be larger or smaller, the number of parent or guardian members must always exceed the number of school employee members and the minimum number of members must be three (3) parent or guardian members and two (2) school employee members.

Notice of available community council positions and selection of members

The Iron County School District will follow all aspects of Utah Code 53-A-1a-108 in the public notification of available positions to both parents and guardians and school employees, selection of school employee and parent or guardian members, and terms of office for all community council members.

Duties of Councils

  • Create a school improvement plan
  • Create a School LAND Trust program for the school
  • Assist in the creation and implementation of a staff professional development plan
  • Advise and make recommendations regarding a child access routing plan and other issues relating to the community environment for students
  • At the elementary level, assist in the development of a reading achievement plan

Each community council shall comply with the Utah Open and Public Meetings Act, including prior public notification of all meetings.  The school shall also distribute the following information via school web site or mailings to the parent or guardian of each student:

  • Annual meeting schedule
  • A summary of the council actions and activities once during the school year
  • A summary of the annual report of how the school’s LAND Trust money was used to improve or enhance academic excellence at the school
  • Directory information for each member of the school community council

Approval by the Iron County School Board is required for all LAND Trust budgets and plans, and all other action of the school community councils prior to their implementation.

 

Adopted:  November 15, 2011

 

Special Interest and Agency Sponsored Instructional Materials

Policy Code: 
IIAD
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, May 25th, 2004
Review Date: 
Tuesday, May 25th, 2010

SPECIAL INTEREST AND AGENCY SPONSORED INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS 

Organizations, institutions, and individuals at times develop materials that are offered to schools free or inexpensively.  As a general rule, sponsored materials present a particular point of view, and extreme care must be exercised in evaluating and using them.  The responsibility for using sponsored materials rests with the certificated staff member who recommends its use.  In any questionable instance, the principal should be informed and will decide whether its use is in the best interests of the students.

Sponsored material must meet the same basic selection criteria as any other learning material, as well as the following special criteria:  (See IIAD-R)

1.  Any expression of a point of view should be clearly identified.

2.  Any advertising that appears on or with any material should be in good taste and unobtrusive.

3.  The source of all material should be clearly identifiable.

 

Student Activities - Dances

Policy Code: 
IGDA-R
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, December 15th, 2009

STUDENT ACTIVITIES - DANCES 

Any school groups, clubs, classes and/or booster clubs that wish to sponsor fund raising dances must adhere to the following guidelines;

  1. The dance must be scheduled through the school and be approved by the principal or designee.
  2. Principals will schedule an equitable number of dances.
  3. At least four (4) chaperons, preferably teacher or advisors, must supervise the activity.  Exceptions must be approved by the Superintendent in advance.
  4. Sponsoring group will hire security personnel to be at the dance at all times.
  5. Sponsoring group shall be responsible for all clean-up.
  6. Sponsoring group shall be responsible for any damage unless an individual is found to be responsible.

All school groups, clubs, classes and/or booster clubs will return ten percent (10%) of the profits from the dance to the general activity fund of the school.  Ninety percent will be deposited to the club's account at the school. 

Booster clubs are independent of the schools and are responsible for their own finances, activities and advertisements.  However, booster clubs will account for all finances through their respective school.

 

Student Activities

Policy Code: 
IGDA
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, October 19th, 1993
Review Date: 
Tuesday, November 17th, 2009

Student activities 

All student activities are under the jurisdiction and responsibility of the principal.  All student activities sponsored by the school or any school-related personnel must be approved by the principal.  Groups sponsoring dances must conform to the rules and regulations outlined in IGDA-R.

Staff members should avoid scheduling or hosting activities for individual students or groups of students at locations other than the school.

 

Student Education Plans College and Career Readiness Plans

Policy Code: 
IEA
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, February 26th, 2013

STUDENT EDUCATION PLANS COLLEGE AND CAREER READINESS PLANS

DEFINITIONS:

SEP AND CCRP

"SEP" means a personalized student education plan.  "CCRP" means College and Career Readiness Plans.  The only difference between an SEP and CCRP is that the CCRP includes material relevant to an occupational or career pathway objective of the student.  All provisions of this policy relevant to SEPs also apply to CCRPs unless the context expressly forbids it.

The SEP/CCRP process includes the initial preparation of the SEP/CCRP, meetings held among the participants in the SEP/CCRP, record keeping with regard to evaluation of progress toward the objectives of the SEP/CCRP, and modifications of the SEP/CCRP to meet changes in circumstances, needs, or desires of the participants. 

SCHOOL WIDE MANAGER

The principal or a member of the faculty of the school appointed to that position by the principal of the SEP/CCRP process shall be the School Wide Manager. 

SEP/CCRP FILE

The SEP/CCRP file shall be a separate file maintained by the school for each student, which shall include the SEP/CCRP, and supporting documents.  It may contain a separate division for each school year, but SEP/CCRP records for prior years at that school shall be available to participants in the SEP/CCRP process.  It should include: a copy of the registration of the student for each school term showing the classes for which the student has registered; the names of teachers of the classes and telephone numbers at which participants in the SEP/CCRP process may reach the teachers of each class; and each report card issued by the school, and names, addresses and telephone numbers of all the participants in the SEP/CCRP process.

SMALL-GROUP CONFERENCE

Small-group Conference means a meeting at which students, parents or guardians, and guidance counselors and teachers are invited to attend and the number of students invited does not exceed five.

SEP/CCRP PARTICIPATION

With respect to a student, participants in the SEP/CCRP process is defined as: the student, the student's parent or guardian and the teacher, guidance counselor or other member of school personnel who has the assignment of participating in the preparation or maintenance of that student's SEP/CCRP.

BACKGROUND

The Utah Legislature has required school districts to establish policies, in consultation with teachers, school community councils or similar entities, and the State Board of Education to provide for the effective implementation of an SEP/CCRP for each student at the school site.  The Board of Education has consulted with teachers, school community councils, and the State Board of Education to adopt the following policies. 

ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS

Each elementary school shall offer its students two SEP conferences per year at which the SEP of the child may be established and reviewed jointly by the teacher, parent or guardian, and student.  This conference may be at the time usually set aside for parent-teacher conferences.

SECONDARY SCHOOLS

Each secondary school shall offer its students one CCRP conference per year at which the CCRP of the child may be established and reviewed jointly by the teacher, parent or guardian, and student, and a second CCRP or small-group conference.  These conferences may be at the time usually set aside for the first parent-teacher conferences of the school year. 

PURPOSE OF THE SEP/CCRP

The district will adopt a set of guidelines, which sets forth the minimum standard school program, and general guidelines required of all students.  This shall be supplemented by the teacher, parent or guardian and student.  From grades 9-12 it is the responsibility of the student to prepare the CCRP, in consultation with a school counselor or teacher and with the student's parent or guardian.  The purpose of the SEP/CCRP is to express the needs and aspirations of the student, to mobilize the resources of the school to help the student reach the objectives required by the minimum school program and by the SEP/CCRP and to set forth objectives desirable for the benefit of the student.  Therefore, the SEP/CCRP may include objectives which are beyond the means or resources of the school. The objectives stated in the SEP/CCRP should include activities and means helpful for implementing the objectives, which may include (1) programs available at school and (2) resources and activities not available through school but which must be provided independently by parents and guardians, or by students, or from other sources besides those of the school.  All materials that would be helpful to the students should be included in the SEP/CCRP, such as grades, attendance, credits earned, progress toward graduation, etc.

IMPLEMENTATION OF THE SEP/CCRP PROCESS

The principal of each school shall be responsible to provide staff training in conducting a meaningful SEP/CCRP conference.  In this training, the rules set by the Utah State Office of Education concerning SEP/CCRP will be included.  The district may provide schedules for shortened school days to help facilitate the scheduling of these conferences.  However, teachers will be expected to schedule all parents and guardians for these conferences, including time beyond the shortened schedules.

PRIVACY

The SEP/CCRP file is a private file.  Private files are protected by FERPA (See JO Release of Student Information) and shall be made available only to participants in the SEP/CCRP process without obtaining appropriate consents from students and their parents or guardians.  Portions of confidential documents not usually disclosed to one or more of the participants in the SEP/CCRP process may be included in the SEP/CCRP file with the consent of school personnel charged with protecting the privacy of those affected by the document and after obtaining consents of other affected parties, if necessary.  It is not the Board's intention to waive any of its rules governing privacy in this connection.  It is the Board's intention that the SEP/CCRP file be as complete as possible without reference to other documents outside the file.  The SEP/CCRP file should therefore not contain any documents by reference from other school archives.

 

 

 

Student Fees

Policy Code: 
IGDE
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, October 25th, 2016

STUDENT FEES 

The Board of Education recognizes the need: (1) to establish an orderly reasonable system of fees; (2) to provide adequate notice to student and families of fee and fee waiver requirements; and (3) to prohibit practices that would exclude those unable to pay from participation in school-sponsored activities consistent with school fees rules by the State Board of Education.   Therefore, the Board establishes (1) an official fee policy, and (2) a fee waiver guideline.  The Board authorizes the Superintendent and District Administration to establish administrative regulations consistent with this policy.

The following definitions and standards shall serve as regulations for local principals as they assess and collect fees at the local school level.

1. Fee: Any charge, deposit, rental, or other mandatory payment, however designated, whether in the form of money or goods. For purposes of this policy, charges related to the National School Lunch Program are not fees.

2. Provisions in Lieu of Fee Waiver: An alternative to fee payment and waiver of fee payment.

3. Student Supplies: Items which are the personal property of a student which, although used in the instructional process, are also commonly purchased and used by persons not enrolled in the class or activity in question and have a high probability of regular use in other than school-sponsored activities. The term includes pencils, papers, notebooks, crayons, scissors, basic clothing for healthy lifestyle classes, undergarments for athletics, and similar personal or consumable items over which a student retains ownership.

4. Optional Project: A project chosen and retained by a student in a vocational class or other class where projects are part of the curriculum, in lieu of a meaningful and productive project otherwise available to the student which would require only school-supplied materials.

5. Textbook: Book, workbook, and materials similar in function which are required for participation in any instructional course.

6. Waiver: Release from the requirement of payment of a fee and from any provision in lieu of fee payment. Students who have been granted waivers or provisions in lieu of fee waivers shall not be treated differently from other students or identified to persons who do not need such information.

 

1.  Classes and Activities During the Regular School Day

1.1.     No fee may be charged for any class or activity in kindergarten through sixth grade, including assemblies and field trips. (Elementary Schools)

1.2.     Textbook, lab, and other course-related fees may only be charged in grades seven through twelve.  (6th grade if included in a Secondary School)

1.3.     Students must be able to enroll and participate in any class, and have the opportunity to acquire all skills and knowledge required for full credit and highest grades. They may do this without paying a fee or participating in a fund raising activity with the following exceptions:

1.3.1.     Students of all grade levels may be required to provide materials for their optional projects.  A student may not be required to select an optional project as a condition for enrolling in or completing a course.  Project-related courses must be based upon projects and experiences that are free to all students.

1.3.2.     Student supplies must be provided for elementary students.   A student may, however, be required to replace supplies provided by the school that are lost, wasted, or damaged by the student due to careless or irresponsible behavior.

1.3.3.     Secondary students may be required to provide their own student supplies.

 

2.  School Activities Outside of the Regular School Day

2.1.     Fees may be charged in connection with any school-sponsored activity, regardless of the age or grade level of the student, if participation is voluntary and does not affect a student's grade or ability to participate fully in any course taught during the day.

2.2.     Fees related to extracurricular activities sponsored by the Utah High School Activities Association may not exceed limits established by the Association. Activity fees for secondary schools are required and established annually.

 

3.  General Provisions

 

3.1.     No fee may be charged or assessed in connection with any class or school sponsored or supported activity, including extracurricular activities, unless the fee has been set and approved by the local board of education in accordance with this policy.

3.2.     Fee schedules and policies for the entire district shall be adopted at least once each year by the local board of education in a regularly scheduled public meeting of the board.   Provision shall be made for broad public notice and participation in the development of fee schedules and waiver policies.

3.3.     The District shall adopt procedures to reasonably ensure that the parent or guardian of each student receives written notice of fee schedules and fee waiver policies before the fees are due. Procedures for fee waivers shall be written in language that is easily understood and included with student registration materials.

3.4.     No present or former student may be denied receipt of transcripts or a diploma for failure to pay school fees other than a reasonable charge made to cover the cost of duplicating or mailing. No charge may be made for duplicating or mailing copies of school records to an elementary or secondary school in which the student is enrolled or intends to enroll.

3.5.     A Board of Education shall provide, as part of any fee policy or schedule, for adequate waivers or other provisions to ensure that no student is denied the opportunity to participate in a class or school sponsored or supported activity because of an inability to pay a fee. The waiver policy shall include procedures to ensure that:

3.5.1.     A person is designated in each school to administer the policy and grant waivers (school principal);

3.5.2.     The process for obtaining waivers or pursuing alternatives is administered fairly, objectively, and without students and parents;

3.5.3.     Fee waivers or other provisions in lieu of fee waivers are available to all students who are in state custody or receiving public assistance in the form of aid to dependent children, general relief, supplemental security income, or foster care, and others whose parents or guardians are financially unable to pay;

3.5.4.     Textbook fees are waived for all eligible students in accordance with §53-13a-4 of the Utah Code;

3.5.5.     Parents are given the opportunity to review proposed alternatives to fee waivers;

3.5.6.     An appeal process is available, including the opportunity to appeal to the board or its designee; and

3.5.7.     The Board provides for balancing of financial inequities among district schools, if the granting of waivers and alternatives to waivers produces significant inequities through unequal impact on individual schools.

3.6.     To preserve equal opportunity for all students and to limit diversion of money and school and staff resources from the basic school program, each district's fee policies shall be designed to limit student expenditures for school sponsored activities, including expenditures for activities, uniforms, clubs, clinics, travel, and subject area and vocational leadership organizations whether local, state or national.

3.7.     Expenditures for uniforms, costumes, clothing, and accessories, if other than typical student dress, which are required for participants in choirs, pep clubs, drill teams, athletic teams, bands, orchestras, and other student groups, are fees requiring approval of the local Board of Education.

3.8.     The requirements of fee waiver and availability of other provisions in lieu of fee waiver do not apply to charges assessed pursuant to a student's damaging or losing school property. Schools may pursue reasonable methods for obtaining payment for such charges, but may not exclude students from school or withhold transcripts or diplomas to obtain payment of those charges.

3.9.     Charges for class rings, letter jackets, and similar articles not required for participation in a class or activity are not fees and are not subject to the waiver requirements of this policy.      

 

 

Technology Policy

Policy Code: 
IGBD
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, January 27th, 2004
Review Date: 
Tuesday, January 26th, 2010

TECHNOLOGY POLICY

The Iron County School District recognizes its obligation to provide appropriate consideration to technology in education as it relates to any decision-making or action it proposes to take.  The Board of Education recognizes that computer-assisted instruction, expanded use of courses by distance learning (including courses at home), programmed course work, communications networking, information storage and retrieval equipment, and other modern and emerging educational technologies can increase the productivity and effectiveness of education.

Technology should be viewed as a tool to enhance educational opportunities.  Technology can also serve as a resource for collecting instruction data, test source, and other important information that can inform instruction.

 

Testing Policy

Policy Code: 
IK
Adoption Date: 
Tuesday, June 22nd, 2010

TESTING POLICY 

  1. All testing will be in compliance with state and federal policies and guidelines.
  2. Additional standardized testing may be used for special projects after first securing permission from the superintendent.
  3. Appropriate tests will be given to determine minimum competency for high school graduation.
  4. This policy is not intended to limit teachers from testing students in their classes in order to tailor a program to a student's individual needs.
  5. Tests that are part of the regular testing program will never be used as instructional devices in an ordinary classroom situation.
  6. Violation of testing ethics will result in disciplinary action.

     

    Text Materials Adopted for Use in the Iron County School District

    Policy Code: 
    IIAA
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, March 23rd, 2004
    Review Date: 
    Tuesday, March 23rd, 2010

    TEXT MATERIALS ADOPTED FOR USE IN THE IRON COUNTY SCHOOL DISTRICT

    All texts will be reviewed by school principal or designee to ensure appropriate content and alignment with Utah Core Curriculum.

     

    Violations of Discipline Codes

    Policy Code: 
    IGDJ
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, September 15th, 1992
    Review Date: 
    Tuesday, March 23rd, 2010

    Violations of Discipline Codes

    Each school will establish, with input from students, parents, and teachers, an appropriate corrective discipline code.  The consequences of violating the code must fit the violation, be reasonable and maintain the dignity of the student(s). 

    Students in violation of an Iron County District school's discipline code will be subject to the discipline code of the school where the violation occurred.

     

    Web Publishing Acceptable Use Policy

    Policy Code: 
    IGDBB
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, March 23rd, 2004
    Review Date: 
    Tuesday, January 26th, 2010

    IRON COUNTY SCHOOL DISTRICT

    WEB PUBLISHING ACCEPTABLE USE POLICY

    Electronic information resources are available to qualifying students and teachers. These resources include access to creating web pages. Our goal in providing this service is to promote educational excellence by facilitating resource sharing, innovation, and communication.

    Iron County School District Web pages can only be created by faculty members employed by Iron County Schools and their students. Individual Schools may reserve the right to implement further restrictions regarding who may author web pages.

    Network administrators will monitor these materials to ensure compliance with implementation standards. The content of student and faculty materials is constrained by the following restrictions:

    Schools may not publish information about students (even their names) without a signed release from the student’s legal guardian(s).

    Schools may not publish information about staff (other than names, department or school, and work phone number) without a signed release from said staff.

    Individuals in pictures, movies or sound recordings will be identified only by initials (e.g. JQP for John Q. Public). Absolutely no first or last names may appear in reference to individuals in any image, movie, or sound recording without a signed release from the individuals legal guardian(s).

    How this applies to web pages:

    Remember that anything you put on your web page is accessible to anyone in the world.

    * Do not publish staff pictures, email addresses, home addresses or phone numbers without written permission.

    * Do not publish student names, pictures, email addresses, or other information without written permission from their legal guardian.

    * If you are going to allow students to publish their own web pages, or if you create web pages about your students that include any sort of information about the student, you must have a signed release from the legal guardian.

    * If you create any sort of database that is accessible from the web, you must design it so that it can't be used to check whether or not a student attends a specific school. For example, if you write a CGI that allows parents or students to check their grades over the World Wide Web, it should require the user to enter a name and password at the same time, if either the name or the password is not correct, it should say something like "Name or Password incorrect", it should not indicate which one.

    GUIDELINES & PROVISIONS

    1. The use of your account must be in support of education and/or research. You must attend an Internet orientation session before your account will be activated. This orientation session includes District sponsored Internet training.
    2. Transmission of any material in violation of any U.S. or Utah state regulation or statute is prohibited. This includes, but is not limited to: copyrighted material, threatening or obscene materials, anarchist* or terrorist* information, or material protected by trade secret.
    3. Vandalism is not permitted and will be strictly disciplined. Vandalism is defined as any attempt to harm or destroy data of another user or of another agency or network that is connected to the Internet or Intranet (District internal network). Vandalism includes, but is not limited to, the uploading, downloading, or creation of computer viruses, logic bombs, ASCII mail bombs, Trojan horse programs, or any software utilized to scan the network for passwords or confidential information.
    4. Utilization of the Internet for commercial use, financial gain, personal business, product advertisement, or political lobbying activities, including lobbying for student body office, is not permitted.
    5. Attempts to tamper with other people's data or to gain unauthorized access to data on the Internet is not permitted.
    6. Use of web pages to support illegal activities, as defined by local, state or federal law, is prohibited.
    7. The reconfiguration or modification of hardware, software, or network components is strictly prohibited unless given explicit verbal authorization by the network administrator.
    8. Under no circumstances shall any web page stored on or accessed from the Iron County Schools Web Server be used for obscene purposes such as the receipt, storage, or distribution of profanity or other offensive language and sexually explicit materials including nudity and other graphic or textual depiction's of sexually explicit activities. Neither shall any such page contain active links to such material. All pages on this site must meet the standards of decency of the schools and the community.
    9. Users may not maintain or retain web pages upon leaving the District.
    10. Copyrighted material may not be used without permission. Faculty and staff must comply with state and federal copyright laws. Copyright violations related to copying printed materials,  audio and video recordings, and computer programs and databases, create potential legal liability for the Iron County School District and the individuals involved, and will not be permitted.
    11. Iron County School District cannot provide resources to host non Iron County Schools material.  The web page may contain links to remote sites, but it is not incumbent upon Iron County Schools to provide personnel time or storage space to host or manage such material.  If using school equipment, their use must be firmly tied to the mission of Iron County School District.

    Each page that is linked from the home page should include a "return to Iron County District home page" icon or hypertext string. Each page on the Iron County School web site should include an appropriate "return to" feature to allow for easy navigation.

    Internet access in Iron County School District is a privilege and not a right. Violating any of the guidelines or prohibitions listed previously can result in restricted network access, losing all network access privileges, and/or institution of disciplinary or legal action which may include criminal prosecution under appropriate local, state, and federal laws. The systems administrator will close an account and/or restrict network access if necessary.  An administrator or faculty member has the right to request, for cause, that the systems administrator deny, revoke, or suspend specific user access or account.

    The Internet account holder is held responsible for his/her actions and activity within his/her account. Unacceptable uses of the network will result in the suspension or revoking of these privileges.

     

    Wellness Policy

    Policy Code: 
    IGA
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, August 25th, 2015

    WELLNESS POLICY

    The Iron County School District promotes healthy students by supporting wellness, good nutrition and regular physical activity as part of the total learning environment in accordance with Section 204 of Public Law 108-265.  Students need adequate, nourishing food and physical activity in order to grow, learn, maintain good health and achieve academic success.

    The ICSD Wellness Committee will meet annually to evaluate and recommend revisions consistent with healthful choices in both nutrition and physical activity to the Board.  The school principal or designees will monitor and implement the wellness policy.

    USOE CORE Curriculum standards and the “Healthy Hunger- Free Kids Act”  (HHFKA) regulations for the National School Lunch Program (NSLP), and the School Breakfast Program (SBP) will be used district wide to positively influence a student’s understanding, beliefs and habits as they relate to good nutrition and regular physical activity.

    The “Healthy, Hunger-Free Kids Act provided USDA authority to establish nutrition standards for all foods and beverages sold outside of the Federal child nutrition programs in schools.  The law “Smart Snacks” specifies that the nutrition standards shall apply to all foods sold: outside the school meal programs; on the school campus; and at any time during the school day.

    The school campus is defined as “All areas of the property under the jurisdiction of the school that are accessible to students during the school day.”

    The school day is defined as “The period from the midnight before, to 30 minutes after the end of the official school day.”

    To be allowable for sale, a food item must meet all of the competitive food nutrition standards.  The food must be a whole grain rich product; or have as the first ingredient a fruit, vegetable, dairy product or protein food or be a combination food with at least ¼ cup fruit and/or vegetable or contain 10% of the Daily Value of one nutrient of public health concern namely calcium, potassium, vitamin D, and dietary fiber. The food item must also meet the nutrient standards for total fat, saturated fat, trans fat, sodium, calories and total sugar.

    All foods that meet the regulatory standards may be sold at fundraisers on the school campus during school hours. The standards would not apply to items sold during non-school hours, weekends, or off-campus fundraising events.

    Beverages are also affected. No caffeinated (unless naturally occurring trace amounts) drinks will be sold to students for grades K-8th. The allowed serving sizes, calories, and sodium levels for beverages sold will be followed for all age groups. There will be no restriction on the sale of any allowable beverage at any grade level, during the school day anywhere on the school campus.

    The following items will be monitored by the Child Nutrition Program:

    The School Nutrition Services will follow all the HHFKA requirements for NSLP & SBP meals. School meals will follow the meal pattern as directed by USDA. Nutrition Services will follow nutrition standards when selling a la carte items from the serving lines.

    Schools will comply with the state and local food safety and sanitation regulations.  Each school will have in place a Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Point (HACCP) plan and guideline to prevent illness and promote food safety.

    Competitive foods may not be sold in lunchroom eating areas.  Competitive foods are defined as all food and beverages sold to students on the school campus during the school day, other than those meals reimbursable under programs authorized by the National School Lunch Act (NSLA) and the Child Nutrition Act (CNA). 

    Each school cafeteria will have a peanut free table or zone for the protection of students with severe peanut allergies.  This table is available for all students to sit at as long as they do not have an food item containing peanuts . 

    The following items will be monitored by school building principals:

    Educators will follow the USOE CORE Curriculum physical education program.  Physical activity should be included in a regularly scheduled physical education program from grades K through 12.

    All food and beverage items sold at schools will meet the “Smart Snacks” nutrition standards.

    Record keeping is required for any food or beverage item sold in schools.  Records will include receipts, nutrition labels and product specifications.    

    Food and drink vending machines will not be made available to elementary students.  The sale of energy drinks containing high levels of caffeine and other natural stimulants is prohibited. 

    Each school will be allowed to have three fundraisers per school year with foods which do not meet the “Smart Snacks” requirements. Each individual fundraiser cannot exceed 5 days in length.

    Money from vending can be used for but is not limited to the following examples:  incentive items and rewards, mascot suits, classroom signs, caps and gowns for faculty to wear at graduation, flowers for funerals, refreshments for staff meetings, school equipment and supplies, and sterling scholar account.  Other uses will be based upon the discretion of building administration.

    The vending machine proceeds report will be included with the annual fiscal year audit submitted to the district at the conclusion of each fiscal year.  Additional vending reports can be provided upon request thru the school’s office manager.

     

    Wellness Policy Goals & Guidelines

    Policy Code: 
    IGA-R
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, August 25th, 2015

    WELLNESS POLICY GOALS & GUIDELINES

    Goals

    1. Principals will report health information through collection of annual data by physical education teachers, health teachers, PE prep aides, school nurses, or elementary teachers.  Such evidence will be forwarded to the Wellness Committee by June 1st each year.
    2. Educational opportunities will be provided for teachers in nutrition and physical activities to help them understand and advocate good health practices.  Teachers will integrate nutrition and physical activities into their core curriculum.

    Guidelines

    Physical Activity:

    1. Gold Medal Schools, Healthy Child, Golden Sneakers, and Presidential and National Fitness Awards, are recommended programs that promote physical activities.
    2. It is recommended that lunch recess be held before lunch.
    3. Students will be educated and encouraged to achieve and maintain a lifetime of health and fitness.  It is recommended that each school’s community council address activities that promote wellness and health.  Suggestions might include but are not limited to the following:
      1. Promote family dinners.
      2. Have physical activity as homework.
      3. Turn off the TV and electronic games.
      4. Make it safer and easier to walk or bike to school.
    4. Teachers should use caution in withholding physical activity as a consequence for being unprepared.
    5. District employees are encouraged to participate in healthy lifestyle activities and programs.

    Nutrition:

    1. Schools are to explore other ideas to generate revenue rather than vending machine and candy sales.
    2. Teachers are encouraged to reduce the use of food as a reward and minimize lunchtime consequences that inadvertently disrupt normal lunchroom procedures.  If the school elects to have classroom treats, teachers will encourage parents to send nutritious snacks after lunch.
    3. Schools will allow adequate time for eating meals.

    Work-Based Learning

    Policy Code: 
    IF
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, September 23rd, 2008

    WORK-BASED LEARNING

    The Iron County School Board authorizes the District to implement the State Office of Education approved work-based learning program.  This program is a cooperative partnership between community businesses and the District to provide training experience in various fields for students in our schools.

    A complete written explanation of the program, including application and consent forms is available from the Director of Secondary Education at the district office.

     

    Section J - Student Performance and Compliance

    Administering Medication to Students

    Policy Code: 
    JHCD-R
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, September 25th, 2012
    Review Date: 
    Tuesday, October 28th, 2014
    ADMINISTERING MEDICATION TO STUDENTS

    Teachers shall be responsible for minor first aid treatment.  When requested to do so by the legal guardian and a physician's order, and when designated by the principal, teachers may administer medication prescribed by a doctor to enable the student to receive an appropriate education.  Release forms (JHCD-E) signed by the student's legal guardian and the physician shall be required.  These forms shall require validation of the prescription.  Additionally: 

    1.  The parent or guardian shall bring the medication to the school.  A student may not carry the medication to or from school.

    2.  The medication shall be accepted only in a container, which is labeled by a pharmacist.  The label shall include the name of the medication, route of administration, the frequency, and the physician's name.  Non-prescription, over the counter medication must be in the original container and clearly labeled with the child’s name and dose per doctor’s order on the container. 

    3.  The medication shall be kept in a specified cabinet for proper storage, which will be locked when not in use.  If refrigeration is required, the medication will be stored in the refrigerator. 

    4.  When there are special instructions in the administration of medication, the nurse will provide the needed training to those school personnel who are designated to give the medication.

    5.  A record shall be kept on each student receiving medication.  Each dose administered should be charted by indicating the date, time given, and the signature of the one who administered the medication.  Any medication error/adverse reaction must be reported to the parent, the principal, the nurse, and documented on the Medication Error/Adverse Reaction Reporting Form.

    6.  Unused medication(s) should be picked up within two weeks following notification of parent/guardians or it will be disposed of by the school and recorded on the Daily Medication Tracking Form.  If disposing of medication, two people must be present to record the medication, amount of medication discarded, date and how discarded.  Both witnesses must sign the Daily Medication Tracking Form.


    Admissions and Attendance: Eligibility and Admissions Requirements

    Policy Code: 
    JE
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, May 25th, 2004
    Review Date: 
    Tuesday, August 24th, 2010

    ADMISSIONS AND ATTENDANCE:

    ELIGIBILITY AND ADMISSIONS REQUIREMENTS 

    GENERAL ELIGIBILITY -- PARENTS RESIDE IN-STATE 

    The Board shall admit into the free public school of the District all minor children

    who are between the ages of 5 and 18 years on September 2 of the school year in which admission is sought if the child's parent or legal guardian resides or is domiciled in the state, provided that the following conditions exist:

    1. The child's parent or legal guardian resides in the District at the time of application for admission regardless of whether the child lives with the parent or legal guardian.
    2. The child resides in the District while in the custody or under the supervision of a Utah state agency.
    3. The child resides in the District while under the supervision of a private or public agency authorized to provide child placement services by the state of Utah.
    4. The child resides in the District while living with a responsible adult resident of the state who is willing and able to provide reasonably adequate food, clothing, shelter, and supervision for the child, but only if the Board has determined that the child's physical, mental, moral or emotional health is best served by considering the child to be a resident for school purposes.
    5. The child resides in the District and is an emancipated minor, such as by marriage.

    PARENTS RESIDE OUT-OF-STATE

    The Board shall admit into the free public schools of the District all minor children who are between the ages of 5 and 18 years on September 2 of the school year in which admission is sought, where the minor child's parent or legal guardian neither resides or is domiciled within the state, but the child lives within the District, if it is established to the satisfaction of the Board that the following conditions exist: 

    1. The child was placed and is being supervised by a private or public agency which is authorized by the State of Utah to provide residential or child placement services by the state and which does not receive significant payment from any out-of-state source for services rendered the child;
    2. The child is an emancipated minor who resides within the District; or 
    3. The child lives with a responsible adult who is a resident of the District and who is designated as the child's legal guardian pursuant to the requirement in subpart 3 (b) below, and:

                  a) The child's presence in the District is not for the primary purpose of attending the public schools, and,

                  b) The child's physical, mental, moral or emotional health would best be served by considering the child to be a resident for

                      school purposes.

                  c) A "responsible adult" under item 3 above means a resident of this state who is willing and able to provide reasonably

                      adequate food, clothing, shelter and supervision for a minor child and is a guardian of the child.

     

                  d) The Board required in its sole discretion that the responsible adult submit documents similar to those required by an

                      appropriate state court under §§ 75-5-202, 202.5 and 202.4 U.C.A. for appointment of a legal guardian.

                  e)  A "responsible adult" with which the student resides but is not a legal guardian will be required to pay students'

                      tuition amount as determined by the Board. 

    HEARING 

    The board may conduct a hearing to determine that:

                  a) The child's presence in the State is not for the primary purpose of attending public schools;

                  b) The child's physical, mental, or emotional health would be best served by considering the child a resident; and,

                  c) The responsible adult has submitted evidence of guardianship that would be accepted by a court under §§ 75-5-202 et seq.

    All documents submitted for proof of guardianship shall be kept by the District for 20 years unless the District receives a valid court order to do otherwise.

    A parent, legal guardian or responsible adult may terminate guardianship of the responsible adult and restore it to the parent or legal guardian by submission to the District of a signed and notarized statement by that individual withdrawing his or her consent to guardianship. 

    The District may require evidence that a child is eligible to attend the public free schools of the District at the time it considers an application for admission of the child.   The District may withdraw any student who ceases to be a resident.

    Plyler v. Doe, 102 S. Ct. 2382 (1982)     Daniels v. Morris, 746 F.2d 271 (5th Cir. 1984)

    STUDENT WHO IS RESIDENT OF UTAH ATTENDING SCHOOL DISTRICT OUTSIDE OF RESIDENCE 

    The Board is responsible for providing educational services consistent with Utah state law and rules of the State Board of Education for any student who resides in another district in the state and desires to attend a school in the district, to the extent reasonably feasible and in accordance with the limitations and provisions herein. 

    If a school's average daily membership falls below the threshold designated by the State Board of Education, the Board shall allow students who do not reside in the district to enroll in the school.  If a school's average daily membership is above the threshold, the Board may, in its discretion, allow enrollment of nonresident students in the school upon satisfactory completion of the application process set forth herein.

    The School Board shall make information about the District, its schools, programs, policies and procedures available to all students who are residents of the State and express an interest in transferring into the District.

    In order for a student to attend a program in the District who is not a resident of the District, and the student resides in the State of Utah, the non-resident student's parent or legal guardian must submit an application to the District on a form provided by the State Board of Education. 

    The student's parent or legal guardian must submit the application during the month of January prior to the school year of application for initial enrollment to begin the following school year in the District.

    Applications submitted at times other than that provided herein shall be considered only if the Board determines that there are conditions of special need, which warrant consideration. 

    The District shall charge applicants a one-time $5.00 processing fee to be paid at the time of application. 

    Utah Code Ann. § 53A-2-207 

    NOTICE OF ACCEPTANCE OF APPLICATION

    The District shall provide written notice to the parent or legal guardian of the non-resident student who applies to attend schools in the District, informing them whether the application has been accepted or rejected, within six weeks after receipt of the application by the District or by March 1 whichever is later.  Written notice of acceptance of an application for enrollment shall also be sent to the nonresident student's district of residence.

    DENIAL OF ENROLLMENT APPEAL

    Denial of initial or continuing enrollment of a non-resident student in the District may be appealed to the Board.  Written notice of the request for appeal to the Board must be submitted to the Board within 15 days of the date of the Board's denial of the application.

    Utah Code Ann. § 53A-2-209

    STANDARDS FOR APPLICATION

    Acceptance or rejection of an application shall be determined on an individual basis.  Standards applied to each application include at least the following:

    1. No nonresident student shall be allowed to voluntarily enroll in programs within the District unless, on a case by case basis, the District determines that there is capacity for additional students in the program for which the nonresident student applies, and that there is adequate space, facilities, and teacher availability in the class, grade level and school building for which the student applied.
    2. The District shall maintain heterogeneous student populations if necessary to avoid violation of constitutional or statutory rights of students.
    3. The District shall not be required to provide any program that it has not previously provided to its own students.  If the District does not offer a program that the student requires, that fact shall be considered in reviewing the student's application.
    4. The District shall consider the willingness of prospective students to comply with District policies.
    5. The District shall consider whether an applicant's brother or sister is attending the requested school or another school in the District. 

    Standards may not include previous academic achievement, athletic or other extra-curricular ability, the fact that the student requires special education services for which space is available, previous disciplinary proceedings, except that the District may deny applications from students who have committed serious infractions of the law or school rules, including rules of the District, which may not have been rules of the student's prior district where the conduct occurred.  The District may deny applications from students who have been guilty of chronic misbehavior, which would, if continued, endanger persons or property, cause serious disruptions in the school, or place unreasonable burdens on school staff.

    The Board may, in its discretion, allow provisional enrollment of students with prior behavior problems.  In such cases the Board will, on a case-by-case basis, establish conditions under which enrollment of the non resident student would be permitted.   The Board may also impose such conditions on a nonresident student previously enrolled in the District, under which the nonresident student's enrollment would be continued. 

    Utah Code Ann. § 53A-2-208

    PARTICIPATION IN INTERSCHOLASTIC COMPETITION

    The participation by non-resident students in interscholastic competition shall be governed under rules established by the State Board of Education, in consultation with the Utah High School Activities Association.  Final determinations as to extent of participation shall be made by the Board of Education or coaches delegated such authority. 

    TERMINATION OF ENROLLMENT 

    Once a non-resident student is enrolled within schools in the District, the student may remain enrolled subject to compliance with all rules and standards established for students in the District, and is not required to submit annual or periodic applications unless one of the following occurs: 

    1. the student graduates;
    2. the student is no longer a Utah resident;
    3. the student is suspended or expelled from school; or
    4. the District determines that enrollment within the school in question will exceed 90% of maximum capacity during the coming school year.  However, this subsection (d) shall not apply to a student who was attending the District schools prior to January 1, 1993.

    Determination of which nonresident students will be excluded from continued enrollment in the District during a subsequent year is based upon time in the District, with those most recently enrolled being excluded first.  Nonresident students will not be permitted to continue their enrollment in the District shall be notified on or before March 15 of the school year prior to the school year during which enrollment will be denied. 

    TRANSPORTATION

    The parent or guardian of the nonresident student must arrange for the student's own transportation to and from schools.  The School District may provide transportation for a non-resident student on the basis of available space on an approved route within the District to the school of attendance if District students would be eligible for transportation to the same school from that point on the bus route and the student's presence does not increase the cost of the bus route.    Utah Code Ann. § 53A-2-213

    WITHDRAWAL OF ENROLLMENT

    The parent of a nonresident student enrolled in the District may withdraw the student from the District for enrollment in another district by doing one of the following: 

    1. Submitting notice of intent to enroll the student in the student's district of residence for the subsequent year.  Notice must be submitted to the District no later than March 15 of the school year prior to the school year when enrollment with the District will cease.
    2. Submitting notice of intent to enroll the nonresident student in another nonresident district for the subsequent school year.  Notice must be submitted to the District, together with a letter of acceptance from the proposed district of attendance, not later than March 15 of the school year prior to the school year when enrollment with the District will cease.
    3. If the parent desires to change the student's enrollment during the school year or after March 15, the parent must obtain approval from both the District and the District in which enrollment is sought.

    Unless provisions have previously been made for enrollment in another school, if the District releases a nonresident student from enrollment in the District, the District superintendent shall immediately notify the student's district of residence.

    If the District receives notice from another district that a student residing in the District, but who has been enrolled in the other district, is released from enrollment with that district, the District shall enroll the student in the appropriate District school and take such additional steps as may be necessary to ensure compliance with laws governing school attendance.

    Utah Code Ann. § 53A-2-207

    Children residing in another District of the state may attend school in this District if written permission is granted by the Board.  The Board shall require a student residing in the state, but not within the District to pay tuition in order to attend school in the District.  The tuition shall not exceed the per capita expenditure for the program in which the child seeks to enroll, less the state contribution for the program.

    Utah Code Ann. § 53A-12-101           

    The Board may allow a student residing outside the state to attend school within the District, but shall charge the nonresident child tuition at least equal to the per capita cost of the school program in which the child enrolls, unless the Board, in open meeting, determines to waive all or part of the charge for that child.  Such action shall be recorded in the minutes of the meeting. 

    Utah Code Ann. § 53A-2-205

    REQUIRED IDENTIFICATION

    Upon enrollment of a student for the first time in a particular school in the District, that school shall notify, in writing the person enrolling the student, that within 30 days he or she must provide the school with either a certified copy of the student's birth certificate, or other reliable proof of the student's identity and age together with an affidavit explaining the inability to produce a copy or the birth certificate.  If the affidavit appears inaccurate or suspicious, the school shall immediately report such concerns to the Bureau of Criminal Identification within the Department of Public Safety.  If a person enrolling a student fails to comply with this requirement, the school shall notify that person in writing that unless he or she complies within ten days the case shall be referred to the local law enforcement authority for investigation.  If the person fails to comply within the ten-day period, the school shall refer the case to the Bureau of Criminal Identification within the Department of Public Safety.

    Utah Code Ann. § 53A-11-503

    MISSING CHILD 

    If a school within the District receives notification from the Bureau of Criminal Identification that a child, which is currently or was previously enrolled is missing, the school shall flag that child's records sufficiently to alert school officers that the record is that of a missing child.  If the school receives notification from the Bureau of Criminal Investigation that the child is no longer missing, it shall remove the flag from the record. 

    Utah Code Ann. § 53A-11-502 

    TRANSFER STUDENTS

    Within 14 days after enrolling a transfer student, a school shall request, directly from the student's previous school, a certified copy of his record, and shall exercise due diligence in obtaining the record. 

    Utah Code Ann. § 53A -11-504

    If a school within the District is requested to forward a copy of a transferring student's record to the student's new school, it shall comply unless the record has been flagged as being that of a missing child, in which case the copy shall not be forwarded and the school shall notify the Bureau of Criminal Identification of the request.  Any knowledge as to the whereabouts of a missing child shall be reported immediately to the Bureau of Criminal Identification.

    Utah Code Ann. § 53A-11-502,504

    FIRST GRADE 

    A child may be enrolled in the first grade if the child is at least six years of age on or before September 2 of the current school year or has been enrolled in the first grade, or completed kindergarten in the public schools of another state prior to transferring to the District. 

    A child may be assigned to a grade other than that which would normally be assigned on the basis of age at the discretion of the District and with the consent of the child's parent or legal guardian. 

    IMMUNIZATIONS 

    Any student enrolling in the District for the first time must provide satisfactory evidence of required immunization.

    Utah Code Ann. § 53A-11-301

    A student may not enter school without a Certificate of Immunization except:           

    1. A student who, at the time of enrollment, has not been completely immunized against diseases specified by the Department of Health may attend school under a conditional enrollment if the student has received one dose of each specified vaccine prior to enrollment. 
    2. A student is exempt from receiving the required immunizations based upon one of the following:

                  a. The student has received a certificate from a licensed physician stating that due to the physical condition of the student

                      one or more specified immunizations would endanger the student's life or health. 

                  b. The student provides a form from the Department of Health stating that the person is a bona fide member of a specified,

                      recognized religious organization whose teachings are contrary to immunization which is also signed by one of the

                      student's parents or the student's legal guardian or a brother or sister of legal age or the student, if the student is 18

                      years of age or older

          3. The student provides a form stating that that person has a personal belief opposed to immunizations which is signed by a parent,

              guardian, brother or sister more than 18 years of age or by the student, if the student is more than 18 years of age and such

              signature is witnessed by a local health officer or designees.

    Utah Code Ann. § 53A-11-302

    HEALTH EXAMINATIONS 

    The Principal of each District school shall ensure that each student admitted to that school has complied with Department of Health requirements for vision, dental and hearing examinations.

    Utah Code Ann. § 53A-11-201

    CREDITS AND RECORDS TRANSFERS

    The District shall accept all credits earned toward state graduation requirements by students in a school accredited or approved by the State Board of Education or a regional accrediting body recognized by the U.S. Department of Education

    Utah Admin. R. 300-410-3, 4, 5

    GRADUATION

    The District shall award a diploma to a nonresident student attending school within the District during the semester immediately preceding graduation if the student meets graduation requirements generally applicable to students in the school.  The District does not require that a student attend school in the District for more than one semester prior to graduation in order to receive a diploma.

    Utah Code Ann. § 53A-2-211

    PLACEMENT OF TRANSFERS

    Records and transcripts of students from Utah nonpublic schools or from out of state shall be evaluated, and students shall be placed promptly in appropriate classes. 

    EXPELLED FROM ANOTHER DISTRICT

    A student who has been expelled from another school district who is otherwise eligible to enroll may enroll in District schools; however, upon receipt of the expulsion order from the other school district, the District may continue the expulsion under the terms of the order or may allow the student to attend classes without completing the period of expulsion.

     

    Alternative Ways to Grant Credit

    Policy Code: 
    JECD-R
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, April 22nd, 2014

    ALTERNATIVE WAYS TO GRANT CREDIT

    A student may be allowed to earn credit for specific classes outside the normal required attendance if it is specified in his/her SEOP and agreed to by the principal of the school.  Possible alternative methods of earning credit may include but not be limited to the following:

    1. College or university courses passed and completed.  The college grade would be the grade given on the student’s report card. Three (3) semester hours of college credit will count as one Carnegie Unit of high school credit. 130 hours of seat time equals one Carnegie Unit of high school credit.

    2. Correspondence/Independent study courses from colleges or universities may be used for high school credit if the course is closely related to the high school course, or if the course is to be used for elective credit.

    3. Departmental independent study courses from the high school being attended may be used for up to one credit at the discretion of the department and principal.  Only a passing grade will be recorded.

    4. Work experience in a job directly related to a high school course may be granted up to one-half (1/2) credit for every 180 hours on the job if in conjunction with a work-based learning class or part of a students IEP.  A passing grade will be given if approved by the employer and principal.

    5. Credit may be allowed for course work completed in programs like Upward Bound or summer school, if it is included in the student's SEOP/CCR and approved by the principal.  All of these would be on a pass/fail grading system.

    6. Online Courses.  Courses taken by students from an AdvancEd accredited, or affiliated, institution.  This would include, but not be limited to: Utah Electronic High School, College or University online accredited courses, and courses offered online by Iron County School District, other school districts or charter schools. 

    To receive the diploma of a specific high school a student must have attended that school the semester prior to graduation.

    Application for Attendance for Out-of-State Students

    Policy Code: 
    JECB-E1
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, October 24th, 2006
    Review Date: 
    Tuesday, September 28th, 2010

    APPLICATION FOR ATTENDANCE FOR OUT-OF-STATE STUDENTS


    Utah Law provides that students not living with a parent or guardian, who attend school in the State of Utah, must pay tuition for school attendance.  In order to enroll your student, the following requirements must be met.

    1.            Tuition fee (the current pupil expenditure) must be paid to the Iron School District.

                OR

    2.            Legal Guardianship must be obtained.

    If legal guardianship is in process, the adult applying for that guardianship must provide the principal of the school with:

                a.  A copy of the filing document and receipt and

                b.  The Court Case Number.

    A reasonable time of 30 calendar days will be permitted for adults applying for legal guardianship of a student, to complete the process.

     

    For Adults Paying Tuition Fee for Out-Of-State-Students

     

    Tuition Paid:_____________                   

     

    School Principal:____________________________________     Date:_______________

     

    ______________________________________________________________________________________

     

    Signature Section for Students Enrolling Without Paying Tuition at Registration Date

     

    I will pay the tuition fee for ___________________________________________________

                                                               (Name of Student)

    who is a non-resident student registering in the Iron County Schools.  That payment will be made within thirty days.

     

    Signature of Person Making Payment_____________________________________  

     

    Date________________

     

    Phone Number_______________________

    (Note:  Utah Law requires the amount of tuition be the per pupil expenditure for the district.) 

    _________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

    For Adults Applying For Guardianship

     

    I will provide the school a copy of the filing document and receipt, and the Court Case Number prior to the date the student enrolls in school.  I will then provide a copy of the finalized guardianship documents to the school district within thirty days from the date the student enrolls in school.

    Signature of Person Applying for Guardianship___________________________________________

     

    Date__________________

     

    Phone Number_________________________

     

    Application for Attendance for Utah Resident Students Not Living with a Parent or Guardian

    Policy Code: 
    JECB-E2
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, October 24th, 2006
    Review Date: 
    Tuesday, September 28th, 2010

    APPLICATION FOR ATTENDANCE FOR UTAH RESIDENT STUDENTS NOT LIVING WITH A PARENT OR GUARDIAN 

    Iron County School District requires a responsible adult to be accountable and responsible for each student attending district schools.  There are occasions where students live away from home and away from legal parents or guardians.  In those cases, the adults they live with must act as that responsible adult and assume the accountability, liability, and responsibility in the event that situations arise where accountability, responsibility and liability for the student is necessary.  Such cases may be, but are not limited to:

    1. Accidents, where a responsible person is required to sign for the student to receive medical treatment.
    2. Permission  to participate in field trips, sports, and activities.
    3. Violations of the law by the students, such as assaults, thefts, or vandalism, where restitution an/or court appearances are required.

    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

     

    I certify that I will assume any responsibility, liability, and accountability for

     

     _______________________________________________

     (Student's Name Living Away From Parent or Guardian)

     

    that may occur at school or school activities.  I will also be the responsible adult to receive all communications and grades from the school in the student's behalf.

     

    _________________________________________            ________________

    Signature of Person Assuming Responsibility                        Date

     

    Address:________________________________________

     

                ________________________________________

     

    Phone # ________________________________________

     

     

    _________________________________________            ________________

    Principal's Signature as Witness                                             Date

     

    Assignment of Transfer Students to Classes

    Policy Code: 
    JECD-E2
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, March 22nd, 2011
    ASSIGNMENT OF TRANSFER STUDENTS TO CLASSES

    Students transferring from a school accredited by a state department of education will enroll at the grade level and with the course credits indicated by the records of the previous school.  Alternative ways to meet credit requirements may also be available if it is in the student's SEOP and agreed to by the principal (See JECD-R).  Students transferring from a school that is not accredited will be accepted for enrollment at the level either school records or their parents indicate, but their previous class work must be validated.

    Grades K-8

    Previous work will be validated for K-8 students by successfully completing the grade in which they enroll.  If upon enrollment, it appears that the student is not able to handle the assigned level after 15 school days, the school psychologist or other qualified person will evaluate the student by a written and/or oral examination.  The psychologist, building principal, teachers, and parents involved will meet to determine the placement of the child.

    Grades 9-12

    Previous high school work will be validated for a 9-12 student by successfully completing a higher-level unit in this district's high school for every unit completed in a non-accredited high school; i.e., completion of a second unit in mathematics would validate the mathematics credit transferred.  If no successive course work is pursued to validate the credit, similar or equivalent work will be evaluated at the discretion of the principal. The district shall award a diploma to a student attending an Iron County School District High School full time during the semester immediately preceding graduation, if the student meets graduation requirements generally applicable to students in the Iron District High School.  §53A-2-211. 

    No credit will be given for any course which is normally a laboratory course involving practical application of the skills or data learned in the course unless clear documentation is furnished of the student having satisfactorily participated in such laboratory experience consistent with and equivalent to course requirements in the Iron County School District.

    Nothing in this policy is intended to prejudge the student's education as received in any non-accredited school, but only to assure maintenance of the standards of the Iron County School District's schools.

    Adult High School 

    Students admitted to the Adult High School programs (1) shall be eighteen (18) years of age or (2) their class must have graduated from high school, or (3) students whose class has not yet graduated and who qualify as “out of school youth” can enroll in the Adult High for preparation for the GED.  These students must contact the Adult High for permission to pursue this option.

     

    Attendance of Non-Resident or Foreign Students

    Policy Code: 
    JECB
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, February 24th, 2015

    ATTENDANCE OF NON-RESIDENT OR FOREIGN EXCHANGE STUDENTS 

    Foreign exchange students on a J-1 visa shall be admitted to the Iron County School District if registered with the Council on Standards for International Education Travel (CSIET) and approved by the Iron County School Board.  See Policy JECA.

    If an unsponsored Foreign or nonresident student wants to attend school in Iron County, he/she must either pay the tuition fee  (The per pupil expenditure in Iron County) or have an adult resident of Iron County become their legal guardian.  Guardianship must be a legal process through the District Court system.  An attorney may provide the necessary forms and can help with the guardianship process and immigration issues if applicable.  Guardians must provide the school principal proof of guardianship no later than one month after the student has been enrolled or the student will be billed for the tuition. (See JECB-E1)

    Students, who have legal guardians who live in the State of Utah but do not live in Iron County, may also attend Iron County schools.  They must fill out form JECB-E2 and turn it in to the principal before being admitted.

    Foreign or nonresident students will be given all rights, opportunities, responsibilities, and obligations of other students, including the receiving of a diploma of graduation provided all graduation requirements are met.

    Petitioning guardian must provide the school principal with the filing document and court case number before the student may be enrolled.

    Bloodborne Pathogens Standard

    Policy Code: 
    JHC-R2
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, September 21st, 1993
    Review Date: 
    Tuesday, March 22nd, 2005
    BLOODBORNE PATHOGENS STANDARD 

    This policy covers all employees who could be "reasonably anticipated", as the result of performing their job duties, to face contact with blood and other potentially infectious materials.  "Good Samaritan" acts such as assisting a co-worker or student with a nosebleed would not be considered occupational exposure. 

    EXPOSURE CONTROL:  Among school personnel who may be covered are:

    1. School medical personnel
    2. Persons working with the developmentally disabled
    3. Coaches and physical education teachers
    4. Persons trained in first aid
    5. Custodians whose duties include cleaning locker and training areas
    6. School bus drivers who transport developmentally handicapped students Coverage of the     rule is not necessarily limited to these personnel.  Each school principal will make a list of the employees in their school that they feel qualify for training and submit it to the Superintendent. 

    In the event that an incident occurs in which the identified employee inadvertently has contact with blood or other infectious body fluids through a puncture wound, non-intact skin, or a splash or spatter to the eyes, nose or mouth, the following procedure will be followed:

    1. Wash area as thoroughly and quickly as possible.
    2. Identify and test the source individual, if feasible.
    3. Seek medical advice and evaluation including blood test, if necessary.
    4. When needed, get post-exposure prophylaxis, counseling, and evaluation of related illnesses.

    METHODS OF COMPLIANCE:  All blood, synovial fluid, spinal fluid, vaginal secretions and semen will be treated as if infected with HBV and HIV, regardless of the individual's identity.  The following protective measures must be taken when these fluids are present:

    1. All employees identified in the Exposure Control Plan should have the Hepatitis B Vaccination.  Employees may choose not to accept the vaccination but must sign a declination form (see JHC-E).
    2. Use of protective gloves in all cases.  Protective body clothing, eyewear and masks may also be required if the situation warrants their use.
    3. Properly clean and decontaminate all surfaces, clothing, etc. with a sterilizing agent.
    4. Disposable towels should be used.
    5. If engineering controls need to be implemented (like disposal of needles or wastes), the Public Health Services should oversee the procedures.
    6. Regulated waste must be properly labeled and/or placed in red bags or red containers

    INFORMATION AND TRAINING:  All employees that fall under the scope of this standard must receive training within 90 days of the start of school and be provided an annual review.  The training must include: an explanation of the content of the Blood borne Pathogens Standard; a general discussion of blood borne diseases and how they are transmitted; the exposure control plan (what the plan is and how to obtain a copy); a description and the purpose of engineering and work practice controls; how to choose and use, as well as the limitations of, personal protective clothing and equipment; the purpose of the hepatitis B vaccine and its effectiveness; how to respond to incidents involving blood; how to handle incidents of employee exposure to blood and infectious body fluids; the post-exposure evaluation and follow-up program; and the purpose and meaning of signs/labels/color coding.  Training may be accomplished using a videotape or computer program as long as a qualified individual is present to answer questions.

    RECORDKEEPING:   Medical records for each employee covered under the Standard must be kept for the duration of employment plus 30 years and be kept confidential.  The content of these records must include the following: name and social security number; hepatitis B vaccination status (including dates); results of any examinations, medical testing and follow-up procedures; a copy of the healthcare professional's written opinion; and a copy of any information provided to the evaluating healthcare professional. 

    Training records must be kept for three years from the date of the training session.  The records must include the dates of training, the name and qualifications of the trainer, names and job titles of personnel in attendance, and the contents of the training session.

     

    Bullying, Cyber-bullying, Harassment, Hazing, and Retaliation

    Policy Code: 
    JFBA
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, November 19th, 2013
    Review Date: 
    Tuesday, March 25th, 2014

    BULLYING, CYBER-BULLYING, HARASSMENT, HAZING, AND RETALIATION

    The Iron School District strictly prohibits any act of bullying, cyber-bullying, harassment, or hazing on any school property or in conjunction with any school activity or function. Bullying, cyber-bullying, harassment, and hazing includes, but is not limited to:

    • Intentionally or knowingly committing an act that endangers the physical health or safety of a school employee or student.
    • Any act that will harm, embarrass, or threaten an individual.
    • Using the Internet, a cell phone, or another device to send or post text, video, or an image with the intent or knowledge, or with reckless disregard, that the text, video, or image will harm, embarrass, or threaten an individual.
    • Any repeated communication, to another individual, in an objectively demeaning or disparaging manner.
    • Any act that contributes to a hostile learning or work environment for an individual.
    • Intentionally or knowingly committing an act that endangers the physical health or safety of a school employee or student for the purpose of initiation or admission into, affiliation with, holding office in, or as a condition for, membership or acceptance, or continued membership or acceptance, in any school or school sponsored team, organization, program, or event.

    Additionally, all definitions and procedures included in state law 53A-11a-301 and Utah State School Board Policy R2777-613 will be followed by the Iron County School District.

    Retaliation against anyone reporting or proactively involved in stopping bullying, or a related offence, or making a false allegation of bullying or a related offence, is prohibited. 

    Reporting: Each school shall publish in their handbook, or other readily available format, the names of school employees to whom bullying, and related offences, should be reported. These individuals will be responsible for investigating and responding to reports of bullying. Additionally, each school shall establish a procedure for involving parents, counselors or other appropriate individuals in resolving the bullying or hazing issue.

    Actions Required: Verified violations of this policy shall result in consequences or penalties that may include, but are not limited to:

    • Student suspension from school or removal from a team or organization
    • Student suspension or expulsion or lesser disciplinary action
    • Employee reassignment, suspension, or termination for cause or lesser disciplinary action
    • Other action against student or employee as appropriate
    • Parental notification will occur in all incidents of bullying, cyber-bullying, hazing, harassment or retaliation

    Actions must also include:

    • Procedures for protecting the victim from further bullying, cyber-bullying, hazing, harassment or retaliation
    • Prompt reporting to law enforcement all acts of bullying related offences that constitute suspected criminal activities
    • Procedures for protecting due process rights
    • Formal disciplinary action may not be based solely on an anonymous report of bullying, cyber-bullying, hazing, harassment or retaliation

    Training: All school employees shall be trained regarding the prevention, identification, and response to bullying, cyber-bullying, hazing, harassment, and retaliation. All students, school employees and volunteers involved in extracurricular activities shall participate in bullying and hazing prevention training.

    Adopted:  November 19, 2013

    Child Abuse and Neglect

    Policy Code: 
    JH
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, March 22nd, 2005
    Review Date: 
    Tuesday, June 17th, 2014
    CHILD ABUSE AND NEGLECT 

    Any employee who knows or reasonably suspects that a child's health or welfare has been or appears to have been harmed as a result of abuse, neglect, and/or sexual molestation, shall report or cause reports to be made in accordance with Utah law (62A-4-503).  School employees are immune from any civil and/or criminal liability when reporting, in good faith, suspected child abuse or neglect.  Failure on the part of any school employee to report may result in legal and/or district disciplinary action brought against the employee.

    It is NOT the responsibility of the school employee to (a) prove that the child has been abused or neglected, or (b) determine whether the child is in need of protection.  If a school employee has good reason to suspect child abuse or neglect, the employee shall immediately notify the nearest peace officer, law enforcement agency or officer of the Division of Family Services.  The school employee shall also notify an immediate supervisor.  School employees shall not make contact with the child's family or other persons (relatives, friends, neighbors, etc.) for the purpose of determining the cause of injury and/or apparent neglect.  All information gathered pertaining to the suspected case of child abuse/neglect shall remain confidential.

     

    Compulsory Attendance - Regulation

    Policy Code: 
    JEA-R
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, August 24th, 2004
    Review Date: 
    Tuesday, August 24th, 2010

    Compulsory AttendancE 

    Utah Code 53A-11-101.  Responsibility for minor required to attend school--Penalty for violation 

    • A person having control of a minor between six and 18 years of age shall send the minor to a public or regularly established private school during the school year of the district in which the minor resides.
    • It is a misdemeanor for a person having control of a minor to willfully fail to comply with the requirements of this section.
    • A district board of education shall report cases of willful noncompliance to the appropriate juvenile court.
    • Officers of the juvenile court shall immediately take appropriate action.

    Utah Code 53A-11-102.  Minors exempt from school attendance. 

    • The minor is over 16 years of age, completed 8th grade, and is needed to work to support a parent.
    • The minor has completed the work necessary to graduate from high school.
    • The minor is taught at home.
    • The minor has a physical or mental condition, which makes school attendance impracticable or inexpedient.
    • The minor is properly taught in connection with his or her employment.
    • The superintendent has determined that a minor over 16 years of age is unable to profit from attendance at school because of inability or a continuing negative attitude toward school regulations and discipline.

    See Utah Code Sections 53A-11-101 and 102 for complete wording and specifics.

     

    Compulsory Attendance

    Policy Code: 
    JEA
    Adoption Date: 
    Wednesday, August 24th, 2005
    Review Date: 
    Tuesday, August 24th, 2010
    COMPULSORY ATTENDANCE 

    It shall be the duty of the principal of the school to inform students and/or parents of the compulsory attendance law of the State of Utah. (See JEA-E)

    ATTENDANCE

    Students between six and eighteen years of age shall attend school unless authorized to be released through legal means.  Handicapped students may remain in school up through age twenty-one (21) unless awarded a diploma of graduation at an earlier age.

    STUDENT ABSENCES AND EXCUSES

    The principal of each school will be required to provide and administer a program to promote regular attendance of students in his or her school.  The program of each school must meet the requirements of state law 53A-11-101 through 53A-11-103.  School attendance policies will not become effective until they have been read and approved by the Superintendent and the Board of Education.

    No student shall be excused from school for attendance at workshops, special projects, courses or activities sponsored by any non-school organization without permission from the superintendent. Only principals or designee may release students from school for illness or other emergencies that occur after the student has started school for the day.

     

     

    Corporal Punishment

    Policy Code: 
    JGA
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, March 22nd, 2005
    Review Date: 
    Tuesday, June 17th, 2014

    CORPORAL PUNISHMENT

    Corporal punishment, the intentional infliction of physical pain upon the body of a minor child as a disciplinary measure, shall be prohibited in the Iron School District.

    A school employee may not inflict or cause the infliction of corporal punishment upon a child who is receiving services from the school.  This does not prohibit the use of reasonable and necessary physical restraint or force in self-defense or otherwise appropriate to the circumstances to:

                (a)            Obtain possession of a weapon or other dangerous object in the possession or under the control of a child; 

                (b)            Protect the child or another person from physical injury;

                (c)            Remove from a situation a child who is violent or disruptive;

                (d)            Protect property from being damaged.

    See 53A-11-801 (2)

     

    Declination Form for Hepatitis B Vaccination

    Policy Code: 
    JHC-E
    Adoption Date: 
    Wednesday, November 18th, 1992

    DECLINATION FORM FOR HEPATITIS B VACCINATION 

    I, ____________________________ , have read the Iron School District Bloodborne

                          print name

    Pathogens regulation (JHC-R2) and understand that under this policy I am entitled to a hepatitis B vaccination.  I understand that the vaccination is provided by the Iron District free of charge and should be done prior to my job exposing me to any risk of disease from blood borne pathogens.  By signing in the space provided at the bottom of this form, I hereby choose not to have the hepatitis B vaccination at this time.  I understand that I may change my mind and receive the vaccination at a later date if my job duties put me at a greater risk.

     

    _________________________________                    ________/________/________

                    Signature of employee                                                              Date

     

     

    _________________________________                     ________/________/________

                        Superintendent                                                                    Date

     

    Dispensing Medication at School

    Policy Code: 
    JHCD
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, September 27th, 2016

    DISPENSING MEDICATION AT SCHOOL

    The school district shall follow the guidelines of Federal and Utah state laws in the State system of public education Utah Code 53A-11-601 and the Utah State Nurse Practice Act R156-31b-701 & 701a – Delegation of nursing tasks and dispensing medication.

    The registered professional nurse hired by the school district is the recognized medical authority in the school setting.  The district will contract a physician as a professional medical consultant for the school nurse. 

    Student confidentiality will be maintained in all written and verbal communication in accordance with FERPA regulations 34CFR 99.30.

    DISPENSING MEDICATION AT SCHOOL

    Dispensing of medication is not a typical function of the school and it must be given whenever possible by parents at home.  However, if a student must take medication during school hours in order to assume full participation in the school program, the school nurse, by discretion as outlined in the Utah Nurse Practice Act, may designate a school employee for this task.

    The medication, paraphernalia, the doctor’s statement requesting such action and proper instructions to the employee are the responsibility of the parent or guardian. 

    As long as authorized personnel act in a prudent and responsible manner, school or District staff who provide assistance in substantial compliance with the medical provider’s written statement, are not liable civilly or criminally for any adverse reaction suffered by the student as a result of taking the medication, or discontinuing the administration of the medication under section (6) six of this policy.

    1.  Required Forms: (available at every school’s nurses office.)

    a. The student’s parent or legal guardian will provide a completed, current, signed, and dated Medication Authorization Form providing for the administration of medication to the student during regular school hours.  This authorization form must be updated each school year or whenever a change is made in the medication or the administration.

    b.  Each student must have his/her own Daily Medication Tracking Form.  This form will show authorized signature and initial of designated staff, medication authorized, dosage, time of day, and date.  It will show daily record of medication administered, by whom, and explanation of missed doses if needed, how much medication has been discarded (if necessary) and who witnessed it.

    c.  Any medication error/adverse reaction must be reported to the parent, the principal, the nurse and documented on the Medication Error/Adverse Reaction Reporting Form.

    d.  The medication documents will be placed in the student’s cumulative file or special education file at the end of each year.

    2.  The medication is to be delivered to the school by the student’s parent/guardian or by a responsible adult.  A student may not carry the medication to or from school. A one-week’s supply or more is recommended.

    3.  Each student’s medication should be affixed a prescription label including his/her name, the name of the drug, and directions concerning dosage, instructions about the duration of the medication and other pertinent information. The medication must be fully assembled.

    4.  Nonprescription, over the counter medication must comply with the above required forms and must be in the original container and clearly labeled with the child’s name and dose per doctor’s order on the container.  A one-week’s supply or more is recommended.

    5.  Medication must be an oral medication, inhalant medication, eye or eardrop medication, gastronomy medication, topical medication, or Epi-Pen (for possible severe allergic reaction as prescribed by the doctor). (See exceptions to this rule in #11 – seizure medication)

    6.  Medication must be kept in a secure location for the safekeeping of medications and unused portions must be accounted for.

    a.  Medication(s) to be administered by school staff must be stored in a locked cabinet with the exception of those medications needing refrigeration or those with proper authorization to be carried by the student.

    b.  Unused medication(s) should be picked up within two weeks following notification of parent/guardians or it will be disposed of by the school and recorded on the Daily Medication Tracking form.  In disposing medication, two people must be present to record the medication, amount of medication discarded, date and how discarded.  Both witnesses must sign the Daily Medication Tracking Form.

    c.  Any medication error/adverse reaction must be reported to the parent, the principal, the nurse, and documented on the Medication Error/Adverse Reaction Reporting Form.

    d.  A missed dose for any reason or related students non-compliance with procedure will be reported to parent/guardian and documented on the medication tracking form.

    7.  Authorization for administration of medication by school personnel may be withdrawn by the school at any time after actual notification to the parent/guardian should problems or difficulties occur, such as, but not limited to: 

    a.  The parent/guardian has been non-compliant with the medication policy or

    b.  The student has been non-compliant with the medication policy by refusing medication or not coming for medication at appointed time.

    c.  School personnel who provide assistance under subsection (1) in substantial compliance with the licensed health care provider’s written prescription and the employers of these school personnel are not liable, civilly or criminally, for:

    a.  any adverse reaction suffered by the student as a result of taking the medication; and or

            b.  discontinuing the administration of the medication under section (7).

    8.  This policy does not prohibit a student from carrying his/her own medication to school in instances where the student’s maturity level is such that he/she could reasonably be expected to appropriately administer the medication on his/her own and as outlined in:

    a.  Utah Code Title 53A State System of Public Education Chapter 11 section 602, 603, 604 for asthma medication, glucagon, and diabetes medication and supplies.

    b.  A one-day dosage of medically necessary and properly labeled medication on his/her person.

    1.  If there is a question about the safe administration of medication that is carried by the student, the nurse will evaluate and instruct as required.

    2.  Any misuse of such medication by the student may be subject to disciplinary action under the District’s Safe Schools Policy (JFB).

    9.  Acetaminophen may be administered as a one time request from parent or guardian as approved by the district physician consultant and in accordance to section IV and IV A.

    a.  Miriam Webster Dictionary Definition of FIRST AID: “emergency care or treatment given to an ill or injured person before regular medical aid can be obtained”

    b.  A dose of the medication acetaminophen may be administered as a first aid measure. (See appendix IV and IV A). This medication may be administered one time only during the school year. If it is required again at school, the above requirements under “Dispensing medication at school” must be met.

    10.  Epinephrine Auto Injector policies from the state will be followed as directed regarding students that have prescribed this medication.  Iron County School District may have available at each school an emergency epinephrine auto-injector to any teacher or other school employee who is employed at the school and is qualified to administer an epinephrine auto injector for use as needed.  The District shall provide training regarding the storage and use of an epinephrine auto injector to a teacher or other school employee who volunteers to take the training.   All procedures as written in Utah State law Sections 26-41-102 through 26-41-106 of the USR will be followed.  (See appendix V)

    11. Seizure Medication - Anti-seizure medications that are used in emergency situations to stop prolonged seizures require special considerations.  Because these types of medications require specialized knowledge by a licensed medical person who can monitor vital signs and resuscitate when necessary. The school nurse must assess each request for medication individually.  (Appendix VI for Diastat (rectal valium) administration)

    a.  If a licensed medical person is onsite at the school, this individual has the right to choose to administer or choose not to administer an anti-seizure medication to a student who is having seizures based on individual license and expertise. The school nurse has the right to allow or not allow that medication to be given in the school. The school nurse by her professional opinion may or may not choose to delegate medication administration to an unlicensed assistive person. (Utah Nurse Practice Act – Appendix I)

    b. All other rules and regulations apply in accordance with dispensing medication in the school as stated previously in this policy.

    c. Seizure rescue medication- We will adhere to the provision of HB 75, “Rescue Medication in School”, 2016 http://le.utah.gov/2016/bills/static/SB0232.html, and in accordance with the Utah State Health Department.

    12. Medication and Transportation of Students - Care should be considered when children are transported to and from school, on field trips, or any other school function that removes a child from the normal school situation.  These times may be critical for a child on medication, especially if that medication has been left behind, or not available. Individual Health Care Plans (IHP) may be shared with bus drivers who transport children with medication concerns.  Every care should be considered during field trips and events that remove children from school where emergency medications are stored.

    a.  In the event of a field trip, the nurse and the teacher/school personnel that will be administering the medication must complete the Field Trip Medication authorization form. The medication must be taken in the original container and all protocol for dispensing medication must be met.

    b.  All protocols, paperwork and safeguards apply for administration of the medication as stated previously in this policy. 

    13. Other Medications - There are many other kinds of medications that parents may want the schools to administer throughout the school day.  

    a. The school nurse must assess each request for medication individually.  The decision to administer is at the discretion of the school nurse in consultation with the district physician and/or the student’s physician. These may include but are not limited to:

    1.  Alternative medications, including herbal, non-prescriptive meds

    2.  Research medications

    3.  Controlled substances

    4.  Medications that exceed manufacturers guidelines

    5.  Medications not approved by the FDA

    b. All protocol, paperwork and safeguards apply for administration of the medication as stated previously in this policy.

    Entrance Age

    Policy Code: 
    JEB
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, March 25th, 2003
    Review Date: 
    Tuesday, September 28th, 2010

    ENTRANCE AGE

    1.   Entry to Iron District schools shall be determined by Utah Law §53A-3-402- (5):  "A board may enroll children in school who are at least five years of age before September 2 of the year in which admission is sought."

    2.   Students entering Iron County Schools for the first time must present a certificate of health, a certified birth certificate, and a record of immunization shots.

    3.   Students who have been enrolled in Kindergarten in another state who would otherwise not be eligible for entrance into Kindergarten in Utah will need to present documentation of attendance of at least 1/2 year in the state they came from, for enrollment into Iron District Kindergarten.

    4.  A child may be enrolled in the first grade if the child is at least six years of age on or before September 2 of the current school year or has been enrolled in the first grade, or completed kindergarten in the public schools of another state prior to transferring to the District. 

    5.  A child may be assigned to a grade other than that which would normally be assigned on the basis of age at the discretion of the District and with the consent of the child's parent or legal guardian.  Verification of ability to perform adequately in the assigned grade will be required for such exceptions.

     

    Extra-Curricular Activities Contract

    Policy Code: 
    JFCB-E
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, February 24th, 2015

    IRON COUNTY SCHOOL DISTRICT EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES CONTRACT

    Participation in extra curricular activities is a privilege, not an entitlement.  The extent of student participation shall be determined by the teachers or coach responsible for each activity without pressure or coercion of any kind from outside parties.

    As a student participating in extra curricular activities in the Iron County School District I understand that I will be representing my school and myself.  I understand that extra curricular activities greatly enhance my educational experience but do not replace or take precedence over my academic program.  I further understand that participation in extra curricular activities in the Iron County School District is a choice that I have made with the knowledge that I will be held to a high standard of sportsmanship, citizenship, and character.  I agree to follow the requirements for participation listed below and understand the consequences for not following them.

    1. Requirement:  Attend all classes on game day unless previously approved by school administration. 

    Consequence:  No Dressing for or participation in that day's activity.

    2. Requirement:  Achieve a GPA of 2.0 with no more than one "F" grade the quarter preceding participation.  This must be completed within seven calendar days after the end of the quarter.

    Consequence: Not eligible to participate in competitions during that quarter.

    3. Requirement:  Participation fees paid before the first competition.

    Consequence: No competition until fees are paid.

    4. Requirement:  Physical, insurance, and permission forms to the coach before the first competition.

    Consequence: No competition until forms are in.

    5. Requirement:  No violations of the law regarding drugs, alcohol, or any illegal activities that, if occurred on a school campus, would result in referral for expulsion under the safe schools policy. *

    Consequence: Minimally not eligible for participation for the remainder of the season. *See UHSAA by-laws article 10 for minimal consequences for drugs, alcohol and tobacco.

    6. Requirement:  No Conviction of a DUI or felony.

    Consequence: Not eligible for extra curricular activities for a full athletic year.

    7. Requirement:  No participation in hazing.

    Consequence: Full extent of the law and consequences as they may relate to items number 5 and 6.

    8. Requirement:  Assume responsibility for all damaged or lost equipment, regardless of fee wavier.

    Consequence: Must pay for replacement of damaged or lost equipment.

    9. Requirement: No abuse of locker room, training room, weight room or other school facilities.

    Consequence: Loss of privilege to use facilities. 

    10.  Requirement:  While traveling in school vehicles, conduct will be in accordance with the Iron County School District Bus Policy.  Students are required to ride in school vehicles both to and from all school trips.  The only exception to this rule will be students riding home with their own parent(s)/legal guardian(s).  This form will serve as the parent release for this purpose.

    Consequence: Loss of all travel privileges.

    11.  Problems or concerns rising during the season should be addressed first with the coach or advisor.  If the issue isn't resolved, an appointment to meet with the administration should be made.

    12.  Individual groups, organizations, teams, and schools may have additional requirements for participation found in the individual activity disclosure.  Additionally, students are subject to all additional policies of the Iron County School District.

    Character and Citizenship Requirements: A student is not eligible to represent his/her school in any extra curricular program while he/she is under discipline for any act which violates a team, school or district rule or policy.

    Note: This contract will remain in effect for the entire school year and will cover all activities in which the student participates.

     

    Student:­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­___________________________________________  Date:_________________

     

    Parent/Guardian:__________________________________Date:­­­­­­________________

     

    Coach:___________________________________________Date:________________

     

     

    Foreign Exchange Students (J-1 Visa)

    Policy Code: 
    JECA
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, February 24th, 2015
    Review Date: 
    Wednesday, February 25th, 2015

    FOREIGN EXCHANGE STUDENTS (J-1 visa)

    The Iron County School District seeks the safety and success of all foreign exchange students admitted to attend school within the District.  To ensure the security and success of these students, procedures have been developed which will require certain standards of exchange agencies and programs, ensure that students met all visa requirements, require background checks and appropriate training for host parents, and assure that students will receive proper care and supervision in a safe environment during their stay.

    In accordance with Utah State legislation determining that local school boards must regulate their own policies for the admission of foreign exchange students, the Iron County School Board directs the development of procedures for managing these admissions and ensures that appropriate requirements are met by students, host families, exchange agencies and programs.

    Issue

    Local School Boards are required to create their own policy on the admission of Foreign Exchange Students (J-1 student visa).

    Background

    Prior to March 2002, Foreign Exchange agencies went through the Utah State office of Education for placement of students throughout Utah.  At that time, the legislature did not approve the funding for the 320 foreign exchange students that previously were allowed to attend schools in Utah.  The Legislature has now approved the funding to bring this program back; however, each local school board is required to regulate their policy for admittance. 

    Recommendation

    The maximum number of Foreign Exchange students accepted by the school board will be based on funding from the state legislature. The number of students accepted will be based on funding from the state legislature.  These students should be included on the October 1st enrollment count, in which the State will fund their enrollment.  It is required the Agency or Program sign a Sworn Affidavit of Assurances (see policy JECA-E1) and be registered with the Council on Standards for International Education Travel (CSIET).  Iron County will accept students beginning March through May 15th.  However, the District may reach its quota before May 15th.

    1.  Foreign Exchange students seeking admission to the Iron County School District on a J-1 visa must be registered with the Council on Standards for International Education Travel (CSIET)


    2.  The District will determine how many Foreign Exchange students are accepted annually based on the number funded by the state legislature.


    3.  The agency or program needs to complete the Iron County School District’s required sworn affidavit of assurances as prescribed in state law and board policy that the agency or program has complied with the following:

    • A household study, including a background check of all adult residents in each household where an exchange student is to reside;
    • A background study assures that the exchange student will receive proper care and supervision in a safe environment;
    • Host parents have received training appropriate to their positions, including information about enhanced criminal penalties under Utah Code Subsection information about enhanced criminal penalties under Utah Code Subsection 76-5-406(10) for persons who are in a position of special trust;
    • A representative of the exchange student agency shall visit each student’s place of residence at least monthly during the student’s stay in Utah;
    • The agency shall cooperate with school and other public authorities to ensure that no exchange student becomes an unreasonable burden upon the District or other public agencies;
    • Each exchange student will be given in the exchange student’s native language names and telephone numbers of agency representatives and others who could be called at any time if a serious problem occurs, and;
    • Alternative placements are readily available so that no student is required to remain in a household if conditions appear to exist, which unreasonable endanger the student’s welfare.

    4. Student applications from approved agencies may be submitted to individual high school principals after March 15 and not later than May 15th. Foreign exchange students must reside in the boundary of the school they apply to attend.


    5. Agencies will be notified as soon as possible if the student’s application is accepted or denied by the school.


    6. Transcript of credits, complete Utah School Immunization Records (including the TB Test) must be presented to the school at the time of school registration.  A list of approved Exchange Students will be given to the District by each school.  The agency or program shall provide translations of transcripts or other student documents if requested by the school before a student may be registered.


    7. Foreign Exchange students may not be granted fee waivers or be provided transportation at District expense beyond established school bus routes.


    8. Exchange students are not eligible to receive Special Education Services or ESL services, and must maintain a C average.


    9. No exchange student will be granted a Utah High School Diploma, and may not participate in the formal graduation ceremony.


    10. Exchange students are not allowed to pay the full per capita cost of education, even after the state quota has been met.

    Legal References:

    Utah Code 53A-2-2-5                               Permitting attendance by nonresident

    Utah Code 53A-2-2-6                               Exchange Students

    Federal Public Law 104-208 Section 625     Foreign Students

    Foreign Exchange Students Sworn Affidavit of Assurances

    Policy Code: 
    JECA-E1
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, February 24th, 2015
    Review Date: 
    Wednesday, February 25th, 2015

    HIV Positive Student or Employee Rules

    Policy Code: 
    JHC
    Adoption Date: 
    Wednesday, November 18th, 1992
    HIV POSITIVE STUDENT OR EMPLOYEE RULES

    1.  PURPOSE

    To establish district standards relating to HIV infection in the schools in order to (a) reduce the risk to susceptible individuals and (b) protect infected individuals against both unreasonable health risks and unnecessary restrictions in activities and associations.

    2.  REFERENCES

    2.1.   26-1-330, (1), (3), (5), (8), Utah Code Annotated 1953

    2.2.  26-23-5 & 6, Utah Code Annotated 1953

    2.3.  R429-802-1, Utah Administrative Code

    3.  DEFINITIONS

    3.1. Director means the executive director of the Utah Department of Health.

    3.2. Employee means Iron County School District employee or person serving as a volunteer with the permission of a school. 

    3.3. HIV means human immunodeficiency virus.

    3.4. HIV Infection means an indication of the presence of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) as detected by any of the following:

    3.4.1.  Presence of antibodies to HIV, verified by appropriate confirmatory tests.

    3.4.2.  Presence of HIV antigen.

    3.4.3.  Isolation of HIV.

    3.4.4.  Demonstration of HIV proviral DNA.

    3.5. School means any elementary or secondary school, preschool, child-care facility, or head-start program under the direction of the Iron School District.

    3.6. School administrator means the person designated by the superintendent to implement this rule.

    3.7. School Board means the Iron Board of Education.

    3.8. Subject means a person who is the focus of deliberations by a Review Committee.

    4. POLICY

     4.1. CONFIDENTIALITY

    4.1.1. The identities or other case details of HIV-infected subjects shall not be disclosed to any person other than the members of the Review Committee and the superintendent.

    4.1.2. Any person or entity entitled to receive confidential information under this chapter, other than the individual identified in the information, who violates this section by releasing or making public confidential information, is guilty of a class A misdemeanor.

    4.2. ANTI-DISCRIMINATION

    In the school setting, no person shall be discriminated against, or denied activities or associations, based solely upon a diagnosis of HIV infection except as permitted under this policy.

    4.3. DISTRICT RESPONSE TEAM

    The superintendent will appoint a District Response Team consisting of the superintendent, district health nurse, and a representative for the county health department.  They will:

    4.3.1. Provide district personnel with accurate knowledge of the basic medical facts about AIDS and HIV, rules relating to the handling of blood and other bodily fluids regardless of any known case of HIV infection in the school.

    4.3.2. Establish emergency procedures including procedures for activating the REVIEW COMMITTEE in the event that a student or employee contracts the infection.

    4.3.2.1.  The REVIEW COMMITTEE is appointed by the superintendent.

    4.3.2.2.  Will include a school administrator, someone from the Iron County Health Department, the subject's physician, and the subject (or subject's parents or guardian).

    4.3.3. Formulate a media plan to handle controversial issues which includes written information to the broader school community through the district newsletter, enlisting the help of the media, and the PTSA. 

    4.4. PROCEDURE FOR REACHING A DECISION

    Procedure for determining if a student or employee has been diagnosed with HIV infection, the school administrator or department head shall convene a Review Committee.  (See Section 4.3.2.)

    4.4.1. Upon notification that a student or employee has been diagnosed with HIV infection, the school administrator or department head shall convene a Review Committee.  (See Section 4.3.2.)

    4.4.2. A student or employee infected with HIV shall continue in his/her regular classroom or job assignment until such time as a Review Committee can meet and formulate recommendations.

    4.4.3. The Review Committee shall review all pertinent information including current findings and recommendations of the United States Public Health Service, the American Academy of Pediatrics, and the Utah Department of Health; apply that information to the subject and the nature of activities and associations in which the subject is involved with the school; and establish written findings of fact and recommendations based upon reasonable medical judgments and other information concerning the following:

    4.4.3.1. The nature of the risk of transmission of HIV relevant to the activities of the subject in the school setting;

    4.4.3.2. The probability of the risk, particularly the reasonable likelihood that HIV could be transmitted to other persons by the subject in the school setting;

    4.4.3.3. The nature and the probability of any health related risks to the subject;

    4.4.3.4. If restrictions are determined to be necessary, what accommodations could be made by the school to avoid excessive limitation on activities and associations of the subject.

    4.4.4. The Review Committee shall forward its findings and recommendations to the superintendent without delay.

    4.4.5. The school administrator will implement the recommendations without delay.

    4.4.6. The school administrator shall immediately advise the subject or, in the case of a minor, the subject's parents or guardian, in writing, of the decision of the Review Committee and that continued participation in the school setting may result in exposure to other communicable diseases.

    4.4.7. The school administrator shall review the committee's decision on a regular basis and may reconvene the committee if, in his/her opinion, the facts of the case have changed.

    4.5. LIABILITY

    Responsibility for continued participation in the classroom or job assignment, despite potential personal risk, shall be left to the           discretion of the subject or, in case of a minor, the subject's parents or guardian.

    4.6.  APPEALS PROCESS

    4.6.1.  The superintendent or any member of the Review Committee may appeal the recommendation of the committee by submitting a written appeal within ten (10) school days or 10 work days after receiving notice of the committees recommendations.

    4.6.2. If the appellant's concerns relate to medical issues, the appeal shall be submitted to the director of the Utah Department of Health, and the director (or designee) may order restrictions on the school-related activities or associations of the subject or may stay implementation of the committee's recommendations.

    4.6.3. If the concerns relate to the school's ability to provide an accommodation, the appeal shall be directed to the school board.

    4.6.4. The appellant shall submit copies of any appeal to the director, the superintendent, and all other members of the Review Committee.

    4.6.5. The director or the school board shall review the findings and recommendations of the committee and any additional information that the director or board finds to be pertinent to the question raised in the appeal, and shall render a final decision in writing within ten (10) school days or the (10) working days (which ever is appropriate).

    4.6.6. Copies of the decision shall be sent to the appellant, members of the review committee, and the superintendent.

    4.6.7. The superintendent shall implement the decision without delay.

    4.6.8. Judicial review of any decision rendered under this section by the director or the school board may be secured by persons adversely affected thereby by filing an action for review in the appropriate court of law.

    4.7.  SPECIAL PROCEDURES

    4.7.1. A superintendent may suspend a subject from school or school employment for a period not to exceed the (10) school days (or work days) prior to receiving the recommendation of a review committee if the superintendent determines that there are emergency conditions which present a reasonable likelihood that suspension is medically necessary to protect the subject or other persons.  An employee suspended under this provision will be suspended with pay.

    4.7.2. If the subject is unable to obtain the services of a physician to serve on the Review Committee, the local health officer may appoint a licensed physician to provide consultation.

    4.8.  PENALTIES

    4.8.1. Enforcement provisions and penalties for the violation or for the enforcement of public health rules, including these rules, are prescribed under Title 26 Chapter 23 of the Utah Code Annotated.

     

    Homeless Student Grievance Form

    Policy Code: 
    JECBA-E
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, October 24th, 2006
    Review Date: 
    Tuesday, September 28th, 2010

    HOMELESS STUDENT GRIEVANCE FORM

     

    Name of School:_________________________________________________________

     

    Name of Student:_________________________________________________________

                                        Last                                    First                                                Middle

     

    Birth Date:_____/_____/____  Age:______  Grade:______  Gender:     Male      Female

     

    This information is intended to address the McKinney-Vento Act U.S.C. 11431.  The answers to this information help to determine the services this student may be eligible to receive.  When a dispute arises, the following procedure will be followed:

    1.  The child or youth has been immediately admitted to the school

    in which enrollment is sought, pending resolution of the dispute.            Yes      No

    2.  The parents or guardian of the youth are provided with a written

    explanation of the school’s decision regarding school selection

    and enrollment, including the right to appeal the decision.                       Yes      No 

    3.  The child, youth, parent, or guardian has been referred to the

    Iron County School District Homeless Liaison for implementation

    of the dispute.                                                                                          Yes      No

    4.  If the homeless student is an unaccompanied minor, the youth has

    been immediately enrolled in school pending resolution of the dispute.      Yes      No

    Please complete the remainder of this form.

    Please describe the nature of the complaint.  Please include the names and ages of the children involved and the nature of the name(s) of school personnel involved.

     

     

    Name of parent(s)/guardian:__________________________________________________

     

    Address:______________________________________  Phone:_____________________

     

    Signature:_____________________________________  Date:______________________

     

    Relationship to Student:_____________________________________________________

     

    Homeless Student Grievance Resolution Procedure

    Policy Code: 
    JECBA-R
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, October 24th, 2006
    Review Date: 
    Tuesday, September 28th, 2010

    HOMELESS STUDENT GRIEVANCE RESOLUTION PROCEDURE

    While a dispute regarding a child or youth’s homeless status or right to service is being resolved, the child(ren) in question must be enrolled in school and transportation provided, if necessary.  Enrolled is defined as attending classes and participating fully in school activities.  If the dispute is concerning the school of best interest, the child must be enrolled in the school of residence (where the child is sleeping at night) unless arrangements are already implemented to allow the child to attend the school of origin.

    If a dispute regarding a homeless child’s educational rights occurs, every effort will be made to resolve the complaint or dispute at the local level before it is brought to the Utah State Office of Education.

    It is the responsibility of the personnel in the school or district of residence to inform the complainant of the Complaint Resolution Procedures:

    1. If a question concerning the education of homeless child/youth arises, the first person to be contacted in the school district is the Homeless Liaison.

    2. The Homeless Liaison must refer the family to sources of free or low-cost legal and advocacy services.  The parent/guardian may bring an advocate to the meeting.

    3. The complaint will be discussed with the Liaison.  If the Liaison believes the complaint is justified, the complainant shall present it in writing and discuss it again with the Liaison.

    4. Include in the complaint:

    a.  A description of the complaint

    b.  The name(s) and age(s) of the child(ren) involved

    c.  The name(s) of involved school district personnel and the district they represent

    d.  A description of attempts that were made to solve the issue at the local level 

    5. The Homeless Liaison will present a proposed resolution or plan of action to the complainant and the district superintendent within five working days from the date of the written complaint.

    6. If the complaint is not resolved at this level within five working days, it may be taken to the district superintendent.  In addition to presenting the written complaint the complainant may ask for an appointment to see the superintendent to discuss the complaint.  Within five working days of the meeting, the superintendent shall provide the complainant with a written resolution.

    7. If the complaint is not resolved in a satisfactory manner at the local level, the complaint may be brought to the State Office of Education.  Complaints made under this process must be made in writing and signed by the complainant.  The Local Homeless Liaison shall assist the complainant in compiling necessary documentation. Include all written correspondence and address the complaint to:

                            State Homeless Coordinator

                            Utah State Office of Education

                            250 East 200 South

                            PO Box 144200

                            Salt Lake City UT 84114-4200

    8. The State Homeless Coordinator will inform the involved school district(s) of the complaint.  The Coordinator will gather needed information from statements of the parties involved and may conduct an independent investigation through an on-site visit if necessary.

    9. Within thirty days after receiving a complaint, the Coordinator with the Director of Education Equity and Director of the Section for School Law will resolve the complaint and inform interested parties, in writing of the decision.  All efforts will be made to resolve the complaint in the shortest time possible. 

    10. If the complainant disagrees with the decision, the complainant shall be advised of his/her option to file a complaint with the Office of Civil Rights.

     

    Homeless Students Eligibility to Attend School

    Policy Code: 
    JECBA
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, October 24th, 2006
    Review Date: 
    Tuesday, September 28th, 2010

    HOMELESS STUDENTS ELIGIBILITY TO ATTEND SCHOOL

    The Board recognizes the importance of requiring and maintaining necessary records for all students.  However, the Board also recognizes the importance of removing the barriers for homeless students to enroll and participate in school.  Under the McKinney-Vento Act, homeless students are entitled to immediate enrollment and full participation even if they are unable to produce records normally required for enrollment, such as previous academic records, medical records, proof of residency, birth certificate, or other documentation.

    1. Homeless students shall be enrolled immediately. 

    2. Homeless students will be granted full participation in school activities and programs.  They cannot be excluded based on their inability to present the following information:

                a.            Immunization record

                b.            Medical record

                c.            Birth certificate

                d.            Previous school records or transcripts

                e.            Guardianship records

                f.            Proof of residency

                g.            Other required documentation

    3. Homeless students have three options in choosing which school to attend:

                a.            The school the child has attended when permanently housed

                b.            The school the child last attended

                c.            The school closest to the shelter or other temporary housing

    4. The school will continue efforts to assist the student in collecting necessary and important records especially all immunization information.

    5. The school will work closely with the District Outreach/Homeless Liaison.

     

    Immunization

    Policy Code: 
    JHCB
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, June 16th, 2015

    IMMUNIZATION

    Certificate of immunization required.

    Unless exempted for personal, medical, or religious objections as per Utah State code, a student may not attend kindergarten, elementary, or secondary school through grade 12, unless there is presented to the appropriate official of the school a certificate of immunization from a licensed physician or authorized representative of the state or local health department stating that the student has received immunization against communicable diseases that includes the student’s name, date of birth, immunization given, the month, day and year the immunization was given.

    Conditional Enrollment and Exclusion.

    A school or early childhood program may conditionally enroll a student who is not appropriately immunized as required in this rule. To be conditionally enrolled, a student must have received at least one dose of each required vaccine and be on schedule for subsequent immunizations. If subsequent immunizations are one calendar month past due, the school or early childhood program must immediately exclude the student from the school or early childhood program.

    (1) A school or early childhood program with conditionally enrolled students shall routinely review every 30 days the immunization status of all conditionally enrolled students until each student has completed the subsequent doses and provided written documentation to the school or early childhood program.

    (2) Once the student has met the requirements of this rule, the school or early childhood program shall take the student off conditional status.

    Certificate part of student's record -- Forms for certificates -- Transfer of immunization record to official certificate.

    (1) Each school shall retain official certificates of immunization for every enrolled student. The certificate becomes a part of the individual student's permanent school record and follows the student through his or her public or private school career.

    (2) The Department of Health shall provide official certificate of immunization forms to public and private schools, physicians, and local health departments. The forms referred to in this subsection shall include a clear statement of the student's rights under Section 53A-11-302.

    (3) Any immunization record provided by a licensed physician, registered nurse, or public health official may be accepted by a school official as a certificate of immunization if the type of immunization given and the dates given are specified and the information is transferred to an official certificate of immunization and verified by the school district in which the public or private school is located.

    CLAIMING AN EXEMPTION

    A parent may claim an exemption to an immunization for medical, religious, or personal reasons, as allowed by Section 53A-11-302 of the Utah Statutory Code. Each exemption claimed must be accompanied by the appropriate Utah Department of Health Exemption Form. Exemption forms can only be used for enrollment in early childhood programs and public, private, charter, and parochial schools for kindergarten through twelfth grade. Exemptions and exemption forms do not apply to college/university attendance. See sample exemption forms in Appendix E starting on page 39.

    MEDICAL EXEMPTION: If a parent/guardian claims a medical exemption for a student, a Medical Exemption Form must be completed and signed by the student’s licensed physician (Utah Statutory Code – Section 53A-11-302). The Medical Exemption Form may be obtained from the student’s physician. It must indicate whether the exemption is for one or for all immunizations. The WHITE and YELLOW copies will be given to the parent/guardian. The parent/guardian will present the WHITE copy to the school or early childhood program official. The WHITE copy must be attached to the student’s Utah School Immunization Record as part of the student’s permanent school record (cumulative folder) as defined in Section 53A-11-304 of the Utah Statutory Code and shall transfer with the student’s school record to any new school.

    RELIGIOUS EXEMPTION: If a parent/guardian claims a religious exemption for a student, a Religious Exemption Form must be completed and signed by the parent/guardian. The Religious Exemption Form may be obtained from a local health department. A local health department representative must witness and sign the Religious Exemption Form giving the WHITE and YELLOW copies to the parent/guardian. The parent/guardian will present the WHITE copy to the school or early childhood program official. The WHITE copy must be attached to the student’s Utah School Immunization Record as part of the student’s permanent school record (cumulative folder) as defined in Section 53A-11-304 of the Utah Statutory Code and shall transfer with the student’s school record to any new school.

    PERSONAL EXEMPTION: If a parent/guardian claims a personal exemption for a student, a Personal Exemption Form must be completed and signed by the parent/guardian. The Personal Exemption Form may be obtained from a local health department. A local health department representative must witness and sign the Personal Exemption Form giving the WHITE and YELLOW copies to the parent/guardian. The parent/guardian will present the WHITE copy to the school or early childhood program official. The WHITE copy must be attached to the student’s Utah School Immunization Record as part of the student’s permanent school record (cumulative folder) as defined in Section 53A-11-304 of the Utah Statutory Code and shall transfer with the student’s school record to any new school.

     

    Immunization Requirements

    Policy Code: 
    JHCB-R
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, June 16th, 2015

    IMMUNIZATION REQUIREMENTS

    SCHOOL ENTRY REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADES K-12

    5 DTP/DTaP/DT* (DTaP)

    4 Polio**

    2  Measles, Mumps, Rubella (MMR)  (1st dose must be after 12 months of age)

    3  Hepatitis B (3rd dose must be after 6 months of age)

    2 Hepatitis A (1st dose must be after 12 months of age)

    2 Varicella (Chickenpox) - history of disease is acceptable, parent must sign verification statement on school immunization record

     

    SEVENTH GRADE ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

    1 Tdap

    3 Hepatitis B

    2 Varicella (Chickenpox) - history of disease is acceptable, parent must sign verification statement on school immunization record

    1 Meningococcal

     

    Effective December 1, 2014 kindergarten and seventh grade entry students are required to have two doses of the Chickenpox vaccine.

    Effective December 1, 2014 seventh grade entry students are required to have one dose of the Meningococcal vaccine.

    *DTP/DTaP/DT - Only four doses are required if fourth dose was administered on or after the fourth birthday.

    **Polio - Only three doses are required if third dose was administered on or after the fourth birthday.

    A student may not enter school without a certificate of immunization, except as provided in this section.

     

    EARLY CHILDHOOD PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS

    As of July 1, 2008, children enrolled in early childhood programs must be immunized appropriately for age with the following immunizations:

    Diphtheria, Tetanus, Pertussis (DTaP)

    Measles, Mumps, Rubella (MMR)

    Polio

    Haemophilus influenzae type b (Hib)

    Hepatitis A

    Hepatitis B

    Varicella (Chickenpox)

    Pneumococcal (PCV) 


    MINIMUM AGE AND MINIMUM INTERVALS 
The timing and spacing of vaccine doses are two of the most important issues in the appropriate use of vaccines.

    Using an accelerated vaccine schedule may be necessary for children who have fallen behind schedule and need to be brought up-to-date quickly. Accelerated schedules should not be used routinely. 
Vaccine doses should not be administered at intervals less than the minimum interval or earlier than the minimum ages listed in the following table.

    Interrogations

    Policy Code: 
    JFG
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, April 22nd, 2014

    INTERROGATIONS

    When law enforcement officers find it necessary to interview minor students during the school day, they will contact the student only through the principal's office.

    The student will be brought to a private office to meet the enforcement officer.  All interviews will be conducted with the principal, counselor, teacher, or a parent present.  The parent will be notified and may come to the interview.  In compliance with state law, students 14 years and older may waive the right to have a parent present at the interview. The administrator will see that the parent or guardian is notified; preferably, the officer of the law will notify the parent of the interview and its purpose.  School resource officers (SRO's) are law enforcement officers acting in the capacity of the principal's designee as a school official.

    In cases of possible child abuse, the Division of Family Services will be allowed to interview the child involved without the presence of a school representative.  The school will keep a record of the date, time, and the person from the Division of Family Services conducting the interview at the schooL.

    Kindergarten Letter

    Policy Code: 
    JHCBA-E
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, August 26th, 2003
    Review Date: 
    Tuesday, August 26th, 2014

    Dear Parents,

    We welcome you and your new kindergartner to _____________ Elementary.  We are happy to have your child in our school.  We hope this information will help you have a good experience at school.  This letter informs you of the Utah Law that deals with immunizations.

    To attend Utah schools, students must have a certified birth certificate (not a hospital issued birth certificate) and an appropriate immunization record from a licensed physician or health department as required under Utah code Section 53A-1-303.

         The following immunizations are required:

    • 5 doses of DtaP/DT/DT  (4 are acceptable if the 4th dose is given on or after the 4th birthday). Or
    • 4 or more doses of Polio vaccine (3 are acceptable if the 3rd dose is given on or after the 4th birthday.
    • 2 MMR vaccines (1 MMR and 1 measles is acceptable).  The first dose of measles or MMR must be given on or after the 1st birthday; a 3rd dose is required if the 1st dose is given before the 1st birthday.
    • 3 doses of Hepatitis B vaccine (students born after July 1, 1993).
    • 2 doses of Hepatitis A vaccine (students born after July 1, 1996).
    • 1 dose Varicella (Chicken Pox) given after 1st birthday.  History of disease acceptable, parent must sign verification statement on school immunization record.

    To attend school, all children must be properly immunized or on a current schedule.  No grace periods are allowed.  Proper proof of immunizations is required so they can start school with their classmates.  The first few days of school are very critical for the child and the teacher.  Thank you for your cooperation. 

    Sincerely,

     

    ­­­­­­­­­­___________________________            _______________________

    Principal                                                           School Nurse            

     

    Kindergarten Registration

    Policy Code: 
    JHCBA
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, August 26th, 2003
    Review Date: 
    Tuesday, August 26th, 2014
    KINDERGARTEN REGISTRATION
    1. Student will meet enrollment requirements as set forth in ICSD policies codes JEB and JECC.  (Entrance age and school assignments)
    2. Immunization requirement will be met as set forth in ICSD policy code JHCB.  (State law immunization requirements)
    3. The following procedure will be completed for each child entering kindergarten:
      1. At spring kindergarten registration each student will present a birth certificate, a social security card, and an immunization record.  The immunization record will be copied and evaluated by a school nurse.  The parent or guardian will be informed of immunizations that need to be done prior to school in the fall.
      2. A standardized letter will be given to the parent or guardian with the signature of the principal informing them that students will not be admitted to class unless immunizations are current.
      3. During pre kindergarten assessments in the fall of the year, the kindergarten teacher will review the immunization requirements that need to be completed.  The school nurse will provide this information.  Again, the kindergarten teacher will inform the parent or guardian that the student will not be allowed in school until immunization requirements are met.
      4. When the kindergarten teachers complete pre kindergarten assessments, proof of immunizations will be taken to the office secretary or school nurse.  The parent will then get a release note from the secretary or the nurse, allowing the student to attend class.  This note will be given to the kindergarten teacher.

     

    Medication Authorization Form

    Policy Code: 
    JHCD-E
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, September 25th, 2012
    Review Date: 
    Tuesday, October 28th, 2014

    MEDICATION AUTHORIZATION FORM

     

    To:  Principal of ______________________________    School       Date_________________

    RE:  AUTHORIZATION FOR STUDENT MEDICATION RELEASE FORM

     

    We the parents/guardians of _____________________________would like to request that medication be given to our child at school according to the directions specified below by our physician.  We report that the medication in the container and the label have not been tampered with.  We recognize that this is only a request and school officials may choose to honor or reject this request at their option.  We release any and/or all school personnel from any liability that could be brought about by inadvertent failure to give our child the medication as indicated, or by any accidental overdose.

     

    ____________________________________       ____________________________________

    Parent/Guardian                                                               Parent/Guardian

     

    The following medication is recommended to be given to ______________________________
    while he or she is at school or attending school activities.

                Name of Medication                                 Dosage/Route                           Time to be Given

    1.  ___________________________       ________________________       _______________

    2.  Side Effects:______________________________________________________________

    3.  Number of school days for which the need for medication is anticipated_________________

    Please Circle:

    Yes       No       Would this medication be dangerous if taken by any person other than the one
                            for whom it was prescribed?

    Yes       No       Does this medication require storage under refrigeration?

    Yes       No       Would this medication prevent the child from participation in field trips or other
                            school activities?

    Yes       No       Is any of this medication specifically for seizure control?

    Instructions in case of seizure____________________________________________________

    ___________________________________________________________________________

    Comments:__________________________________________________________________      

     

                                                                                        _________________________________

                                                                                                       Signature of Physician

     

    Request Accepted________    Denied______________    (If denied, please state reason on the

     reverse of this form.)

     

    ____________________________________       ____________________________________

    Signature of School Principal                                      Signature of School Nurse

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    _____________________________________

     Signature of Assigned School Person


    Open Enrollment & Student In-District Transfer - General Guidelines

    Policy Code: 
    JECC-R
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, June 17th, 2014
    OPEN ENROLLMENT & STUDENT IN-DISTRICT TRANSFER - GENERAL GUIDELINES
    1. The school district has the right to designate which grade levels, classes, schools, or programs are available for transfer students.
    2. A student must be in, and remain in, good standing in order to be eligible.  The receiving school reserves the right to rescind the transfer if the student does not remain in good standing.
    3. The Utah High School Activities Association guidelines and policies apply relative to transfer students who participate in high school athletics.
    4. Once a transfer application is approved, the student may continue to attend the requested school so long as space is available.
    5. Transfer applications shall be reviewed annually and may be rescinded at the end of the school year.
    6. For transfer students, transportation to and from the requested school is the responsibility of the parent/guardian of the student.
    7. Transfer approval is granted on an individual basis.  There is no enrollment guarantee for siblings or neighborhoods.
    8. The transfer request may require a meeting with the principals involved in the transfer and the superintendent of schools. 
    9. If a student transfer is approved, student and parent must complete the Student Behavioral Contract (JECC-E3).

    Utah code 53A-2-207-53A-2-213 Utah Administrative Rules R277-437

    See JE

     

    Open Enrollment & Student In-District Transfer

    Policy Code: 
    JECC
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, January 25th, 2011
    Review Date: 
    Tuesday, October 27th, 2015

    OPEN ENROLLMENT & STUDENT IN-DISTRICT TRANSFER 

    The Iron School District provides open enrollment in our schools with three provisions.  Those three provisions are identified by the Utah State Legislature in their open enrollment laws.  (See Utah Code 53A-2-207 to 53A-2-213.)

    First: Availability of Space

    As stated in Utah Code 53A-2-208, the capacity of the program, class, grade, level, or school building is a consideration.  Enrolling a student in a school outside his/her attendance area must not overcrowd the programs, class, grade level or building. 

    Parents or guardians requesting a transfer must complete the Request for Transfer Within District Boundaries form.  Forms are available at schools and district office.

    Second: Serious Infractions of the Law or School Rules

    Utah Code 53A-2-208 (3b), allows the denial of applications from students who have committed serious infractions of the law or school rules, including rules of the district in which enrollment is sought, or who have been guilty of chronic misbehavior.  The district will only allow students with such histories to be approved for transfer under the following conditions:

    1. The student demonstrates a desire for an education.
    2. The student does not endanger persons or property.
    3. The student does not cause serious disruptions.
    4. The student does not place unreasonable burdens on school staff.

    In the event that serious infractions of the above conditions occur, the student will be returned to the school of their attendance area.

    Third: Transportation 

    If the student attends a school outside and from their regular attendance area, the parents/guardians shall provide the transportation to the school.  Utah Code 53A-2-210 (3a)

     

    Open Enrollment Application

    Policy Code: 
    JECC-E1
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, January 25th, 2011

    Open Enrollment Application.  Click here for PDF file.

    Parent Permission to Participate in Athletic Activities

    Policy Code: 
    JFCBA-E
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, September 27th, 2011

    PARENT PERMISSION TO PARTICIPATE IN ATHLETIC ACTIVITIES

    I understand that there are inherent risks associated with my child participating in athletic activities.  I believe that the benefits realized from participation exceed the risk and give my permission allowing my child to participate.

    I understand that, in compliance with Utah State Law 26-53-101, if my child is suspected of having sustained a traumatic head injury or concussion, they will be immediately removed from the sporting event and not be allowed to return to participation until they have received medical clearance, in the form of a written statement, to participate from a qualified health care provider trained in the evaluation and management of traumatic head injury and concussions and the school has been provided a copy of this clearance. 

    _______________________________________

    Student Name

     

    _______________________________________

    Parent Name

     

    _______________________________________                        ____________________

    Parent Signature                                                                                           Date

     

    Physical Examinations of Students

    Policy Code: 
    JHCA
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, August 25th, 2015

    PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS OF STUDENTS 

    Vision screening will be given to children, kindergarten through sixth grade and grade 10.  The Snellen test for visual acuity is recommended for screening children.

    Hearing screening will be given to children Pre-Kindergarten through third grade and in sixth grade.

    Physical examinations will be required of those students participating in Utah High School Activities Association activities according to the by-laws of that group.

     

    Procedure for Release of Students From School

    Policy Code: 
    JEG-R
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, December 14th, 2004
    Review Date: 
    Tuesday, November 16th, 2010

    PROCEDURE FOR RELEASE OF STUDENTS FROM SCHOOL

    When releasing students sixteen years of age and older from school:

    1. A letter may be written by the parent for the release from school, or action for such a release can be initiated by the school.
    2. A conference is held with school officials, parents, and the student regarding problems and obligations that arise from release from school.
    3. The Principal will notify the Superintendent of the request for release.
    4. The superintendent of schools will consult the Iron County School Board regarding the request for release.
    5. Action will be taken by the Board.
    6. A letter of notification will be sent to the juvenile court informing it that the student has been legally excused from school.

    If release from school is precipitated by a safe school violation, Safe School Policy JFB dismissal procedures will be followed.

     

    Protection of Athletes with Head Injuries

    Policy Code: 
    JFCBA
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, January 28th, 2014

    PROTECTION OF ATHLETES WITH HEAD INJURIES

    In compliance with House Bill 204 and Utah State Law 26-53-101, 201, 301, and 401 the following rules will be followed regarding student participation in athletics and suspected traumatic head injuries or concussions.

    • Coaches and persons responsible for students during practice and sporting events will be trained in recognizing the symptoms and signs of traumatic head injury and concussion.  Each school principal will be responsible for managing this training.
    • A child will be immediately removed from a sporting event or competition if a concussion or traumatic head injury is suspected.
    • The child suspected of sustaining a traumatic head injury or concussion will be prohibited from participating in a sporting event until the student receives medical clearance, in the form of a written statement, from a qualified health care provider trained in the evaluation and management of traumatic head injury and concussions.
    • Prior to permitting a child to participate in a sporting event, a parent or legal guardian signature must be obtained indicating that they understand this policy.
    • A school nurse is permitted to assess a child who sustains a concussion or traumatic head injury during school hours on school property.  School nurses are prohibited from providing a written statement permitting the child to return to free play or physical education class after sustaining a concussion or traumatic head injury unless the nurse has been trained in the evaluation and management of a head injury.

     

    Race and Ethnicity Identification and Reporting

    Policy Code: 
    JEBA
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, March 23rd, 2010

    RACE AND ETHNICITY IDENTIFICATION AND REPORTING 

    The following procedures will be used to identify student race and ethnicity within the Iron County School District: 

    1. Parent/ Guardian will be asked to first self-report student race and ethnicity on the school registration form.
    2. When the parent/guardian neglects or refuses to identify their student’s race and/or ethnicity, the following steps will be taken at each school site:
    • School personnel will attempt to identify student race and ethnicity by reviewing past student records and those of their siblings, when available.
    • The parent/guardian will be contacted by the school administrator and be asked to identify their student’s race and ethnicity.
    • If a records review and parent/guardian contact fails to identify, then the school principal will notify the parent/guardian that school personnel are required by law to use the observer identification process to make a race and ethnicity determination.
    • The school administrator will then use the observer identification standards outlined in the National Cooperative Education Statistics System (NCESS) to identify the student’s race and ethnicity.
    • Based on the observer identification, race and ethnicity will be recorded on the student’s registration form and will be used when the school and district collects race and ethnicity data for local, state and federal reporting purposes.

     

    Regulations for Attendance of Non-Resident Students

    Policy Code: 
    JECB-R
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, October 24th, 2006
    Review Date: 
    Tuesday, September 28th, 2010
    REGULATIONS FOR ATTENDANCE OF NON-RESIDENT STUDENTS 

    Students attending Iron County Schools whose parents or guardians reside outside of the State of Utah will be charged an annual tuition fee.  The amount of this tuition will be the current per pupil expenditure for the district.  This does not apply to students who are attending school under an approved foreign exchange program or other approved placement programs.

    Students may also attend Iron County Schools if they are living with a legal guardian who is a resident of Iron County.  (See JECB-E2)

     

    Release of Student Information (FERPA - Family Educational Rights & Privacy Act)

    Policy Code: 
    JO
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, April 24th, 2012
    Review Date: 
    Tuesday, October 28th, 2014

    RELEASE OF STUDENT INFORMATION

    (FERPA - Family Educational Rights & Privacy Act)

    School officials may release information from a student's records only to:

    1. The parent or legal guardian.  By law, both parents whether married, separated, or divorced, have access to student records.  A parent whose rights have been legally terminated will be denied access to the records if the school is given a copy of the court order terminating these rights.
    2. State and local officials to whom such information is specifically required to be reported or disclosed by state statute.
    3. Appropriate persons, who, in an emergency, must have such information in order to protect the health and safety of the student or other persons.

    ACCESS BY OTHER PERSONS

    In order for information contained in educational records to be released to any individuals, agencies, or organizations other than those listed above, written consent must be obtained from the student’s parent or legal guardian.  Such consent shall specify records to be released, the reason for such release, and to whom the records are to be released.  Such information shall also be released in compliance with a judicial order or subpoena provided that the school makes a reasonable effort to notify the parent or legal guardian of the order or subpoena in advance of compliance.

    Schools may disclose student directory information without parental consent, as long as an “opt out” opportunity has been provided to parents.  Directory information is defined as and includes: a students name, address, telephone listing, enrollment status (grade and school), email address, and photograph (either electronically, as on a school web page, or hard copy publication, as in a newspaper or yearbook).

    Release of Students From School

    Policy Code: 
    JEG
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, December 14th, 2004
    Review Date: 
    Tuesday, November 16th, 2010

    RELEASE OF STUDENTS FROM SCHOOL

    Students are required to attend school according to Utah State Code (53A-11) unless officially released by the Board of Education.

    Parents or legal guardians may request the release of a student who is at least 16 years old.  Such a request must (a) be in writing, (b) state the reasons justifying the release, and (c) be addressed to the superintendent.  The superintendent will convey the parent's or guardian's letter to the Board of Education along with a recommendation from the administration relative to the request.

    Homebound Instruction (See IGBG)

    Home School

    Parents desiring to teach their children at home must submit a letter of request to the Board of Education.  The parent must agree to meet state standards relative to the hours per day the children will be taught, the number of days per year, and curriculum items to be taught. The Board of Education must approve all home school requests. 

    Safe School Violations

    Expulsion/suspension from school for Safe School violations will follow the procedures outlined in the Safe Schools Policy (JFB).

     

    Remediation Programs

    Policy Code: 
    JECDA
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, May 17th, 2016
    REMEDIATION PROGRAMS

    Students who lack credit for graduation can earn that credit in any way approved by the School District.  Some ways include EdNet online courses, Southwest Education Academy, correspondence courses, electronic high school courses, and regular high school courses.

    Students can also make up credit through remediation courses.  Programs will be provided by the district to give the opportunity for students to make up credit in classes where credit was not earned.  Students must pay a reasonable tuition to help pay the cost of instruction for these classes.  The remedial course work must be aligned as closely as possible to the course work in the regular class. 

    Grading will be on the same basis as grading in the regular class. The grade for the regular class will become an NG and the remedial program grade will appear as Remediation on the transcript of credits.

    See IGBE

     

    Request for Transfer Within District Boundaries

    Policy Code: 
    JECC-E2
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, January 25th, 2011

    Request for Transfer Within District Boundaries.  Click here for PDF file.

    Required Amounts of Time for Minimum School Day

    Policy Code: 
    JEE-R
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, February 22nd, 2011
    REQUIRED AMOUNTS OF TIME FOR MINIMUM SCHOOL DAY
    1. Kindergarten.  Kindergarten is a half-day program and is held 12.5 hours per week. 
    2. Grades one through twelve.  School is held five and one-half hours per day, exclusive of lunch periods and passing time (27.5 hours per week, for a total of 990 hours per year).
    3. All grades must hold school 180 days per year to qualify for State Funds.  Kindergarten must hold school at least two hours to qualify for a school day.  All other grades must hold school at least four hours to qualify for a school day.  Any school day held less than the required time does not meet the minimum qualifications for a school day and cannot be counted to receive State School Funds.
    4. The District Administration has the ability to adjust school day length to accommodate specific educational goals.  State minimum time requirements (180 days -990 hrs) will always be met.
    5. Elementary school staff training days begin at 1:30p.m. each Wednesday.  The first Wednesday of each month is set aside for district training, the third Wednesday for school training, and the other Wednesdays are set aside for teacher preparation and collaboration.  Instructional time has been extended on the other days of the week, by starting school earlier, and reducing lunchtime.  This was done to preserve the required 180 days and 990 hours of instructional hours, as per Utah law (53A-17a-134-5bc) and Utah Administrative Rule (R277-419-3A1).

     

    Requirements for Extra-Curricular Activities Participation

    Policy Code: 
    JFCB
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, October 26th, 2004
    Review Date: 
    Tuesday, March 25th, 2014

    REQUIREMENTS FOR EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES PARTICIPATION 

    Students participating in extra-curricular activities in the Iron County School District represent their schools and themselves.  Extra-curricular activities enhance the education experience but do not replace nor take precedence over the academic program.  Participation requires a high standard of sportsmanship, citizenship and character.

    Requirements for participation and consequences for not abiding by the requirements are identified in JFCB-E.

     

    Safe Schools Policy - Signatures

    Policy Code: 
    JFB-E
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, October 27th, 2015

    SAFE SCHOOLS POLICY

    The Iron County School Board has adopted a safe schools policy in accordance with Utah Code 53A-11-901. This law was passed to protect students, teachers, and schools; and to ensure students the right to an education in an environment that is safe physically and mentally, and conducive to learning.

    We would like all students and parents to be aware of this policy, and are therefore providing a copy for you to carefully read.  After you have read it, please return this signature page to your elementary student’s teacher, your middle school core teacher, or your high school CCR teacher. Students in grades 6-12 are also asked to sign.

     

    _________________________________________              ______________________________________________

    Student's Name                                                                        School Student Attends

     

    I have read this policy:

     

     

    _________________________________________            ________________________

    Parent's Signature                                                                 Date

     

    __________________________________________           ________________________

    Student's Signature (Grades 6-12)                                         Date

     

    Please return this with signatures to your student's school.

     

     

     

     

     

    Safe Schools Policy

    Policy Code: 
    JFB
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, December 18th, 2007

    SAFE SCHOOLS POLICY 

    This policy is adopted by the Board of Education of The Iron County School District pursuant to UCA  §53A-11-901through 907.  It is the intent of the Board to provide every student in the district with the opportunity to learn in an environment, which is safe, conducive to the learning process, and free from unnecessary disruption.  The Board has invited and received input from district employees, parents and guardians of students, students, and the community.  The Board now adopts this policy, based on the principle that every student is expected to follow rules of conduct, and to show respect for others and to obey persons in authority at the schools.

    DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY

    Students should be aware that certain behavior outlined herein and in other policies of the district, is unacceptable and will result in disciplinary action.  The superintendent and his/her designees will enforce district policies with the aim to make students and their parents or guardians understand that unacceptable behavior will not be tolerated and will be dealt with in accordance with the Board’s discipline policies.  UCA   §53A-11-901.  The Board hereby delegates its authority to expel/suspend students to principals and vice-principals in each school in the District for up to ten days. In addition, the Board authorizes hearing officers to conduct informal hearings.

    PUBLICATION OF SAFE SCHOOLS POLICY

    A copy of this policy shall be given to each student in school in the district once each school year.  Each student transferring to a school in the district who was not attending a school in the district just prior to the transfer shall receive a copy of this policy.  A copy of this policy shall be posted in each school in the district.  Any significant change in this policy shall be posted in each school in the district.  UCA  §53A-11-903(2)(b)

    CONDUCT RESULTING IN SUSPENSION/EXPULSION

    A student may be suspended/expelled from school for participation in any of the following prohibited conduct when it occurs in a school building, in or on school property, in conjunction with any school sponsored activity, or when it occurs in the presence of or is directed at or against another student or a district employee:

    1. Continued willful disobedience or open and persistent defiance of proper authority.
    2. Willful destruction or defacing of school property.
    3. Behavior, or threatened behavior, which poses an immediate and significant threat to the welfare, safety or morals of other students or school personnel or to the operation of the school.
    4. Willful defacement or injury to any school property.
    5. Behavior, which unreasonably disrupts or interferes with the educational process for other students.  
    6. Sells, gives, delivers, transfers, possesses, controls, or distributes alcoholic beverages or tobacco products within 1000 feet of school property or any school sponsored event.
    7. Is under the influence of an alcoholic beverage or controlled substance within 1000 feet of any school property or school sponsored event. 

    MANDATORY SUSPENSION/EXPULSION

    Students must be suspended/expelled from school for participation in any of the following prohibited conduct when it occurs in a school building, in or on school property, or within 1000 feet of school property or within 1000 feet of and in conjunction with any school sponsored activity, or when it occurs in the presence of or is directed at or against another student or a district employee:

    1. Possession of a weapon, explosive, or flammable material;
    2. The sale, control, delivery, transfer or distribution of a drug or controlled substance as defined in UCA   §58-37-2 or by 21 U.S.C.  §801
    3. The sale, control, distribution, delivery or transfer of imitation controlled substance as define in UCA   §58-37b-2 or 21 U.S.C.  §801;
    4. The sale, control, distribution of drug paraphernalia as defined in UCA §58-37a-3;
    5. Commission of an act involving the use of force or the threatened use of force which, if committed by an adult would be a felony or class A misdemeanor;
    6. Assaults a teacher or other individual.  (See also 53a-3-502)

    HABITUALLY DISRUPTIVE BEHAVIOR

    A student may be suspended/expelled if he/she is habitually disruptive and has failed or refused to completely comply with the student’s remedial discipline plan.

    1. An “habitually disruptive student” is one who has caused a disruption in a classroom, on school grounds, in a school vehicle, or at school sponsored activities or events more than five times during a school year and whose behavior was initiated, willful and overt and required the attention of school employees to deal with the disruption.
    2. When a student has caused his first disruption such as described in the preceding paragraph, the student’s principal or principal’s designee shall develop a remedial discipline plan to assist the student in altering his/her conduct and avoiding the occurrence of another disruption.  The principal or designee will review the essential elements of the plan with the student at the time it is implemented. UCA  §53A-11-904

    SUSPENSION/EXPULSION OF HANDICAPPED STUDENTS

    Students identified as disabled under the Individuals With Disabilities and Education Act, or under 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 must be given special considerations.  Expulsion of a student for misbehavior that is related to a disability may constitute discrimination.

    SUSPENSION/EXPULSION OF HANDICAPPED STUDENTS

    1. Short-term Suspension.  The school district may suspend students with handicaps from school for a period not to exceed ten (10) official school days if it is determined that:
      1. Maintaining the student in a current placement is substantially likely to result in injury to self or to other persons; or
      2. The student has engaged in conduct, which would otherwise warrant suspension or removal for a non-handicapped student. 

    SPECIAL NOTE:  The maximum number of ten (10) days suspension is considered on a cumulative basis, within one school year.  The number of days should be only as many as are necessary in the specific case.  Other options should be considered before using out-of-school suspension with a disabled student.  Any suspension should consider the least restrictive environment. 

    1. Long-Term Suspension.  Any expulsion/suspension of a student with disabilities for more than 10 days constitutes a change in placement.  Prior to a change-in-placement, parents of the student must be notified of the proposed change and the Special Education committee must first determine whether the alleged behavior is related to a handicapping condition.  If the parent contests the proposed change, notice of due process rights must be given to the parent or guardian and the student must “stay put” in the present educational environment unless the parent or guardian agrees otherwise, pending resolution of the hearing.

    HANDICAPPED STUDENTS

    A handicapped student may be expelled for engaging in conduct that would warrant such action for a non-handicapped student only if the Special Education Committee determines the misconduct is not related to the handicapping condition or inappropriate placement.  In determining whether a student’s disruptive behavior is related to a student’s handicapping condition, the Special Education Committee shall base it’s decision on currently effective evaluation and assessment data and on review of the current IEP documentation rather than on established eligibility or previous committee decisions.  The Committee shall consider whether the student’s behavior indicates the need for new assessment or evaluation data.

    Unless the parents agree otherwise, the student must be returned to his current placement after ten days while additional assessments are being conducted. The Special Education Committee shall determine the instructional and related services to be provided during the time of expulsion.  The student’s IEP shall include goals and objectives designed to assist in returning the student to school and preventing significant regression.

    PROCEDURES FOR SUSPENSION/EXPULSION

    When a student engages in conduct for which mandatory suspension/expulsion is possible or required under section III of this policy, the following procedures shall occur:

    1. If the conduct described requires mandatory expulsion/suspension, then the principal or assistant principal shall suspend the student for ten days and in addition shall recommend that the superintendent suspend the student for up to an entire school year, or its equivalent imposed over consecutive portions of two school years.

    2.            If the conduct described requires mandatory expulsion/suspension, then the principal or assistant principal shall suspend the student for ten days and in addition shall recommend that the superintendent suspend the student for up to an entire school year, or its equivalent imposed over consecutive portions of two school years.

    3.            If a student is suspended for a period of time less than or equal to ten days, the principal or assistant principal shall immediately provide notice to the student's parent or guardian.  Notice shall, if possible, be given by telephone.  If reasonable efforts to contact the parent or guardian by telephone are unsuccessful, then written notice shall be sent to the parent or guardian.  The notice, whether verbal or written, shall include the following:

    PROCEDURES FOR SUSPENSION/EXPULSION:

    (a)   That the student has been suspended.

    (b)  The grounds for the suspension.

    (c)   The period of time for which the student is suspended.

    (d)  The date, time and place for the parent of guardian to meet with the principal or assistant principal to review the suspension.  This meeting shall be scheduled to occur as soon as is practicable, but in all cases prior to the end of the tenth day of the suspension.  If the principal or assistant principal has recommended that the Superintendent suspend the student for a period longer than ten days, that fact shall be included in the notice to the parent or guardian.  The student shall also attend the meeting.

    4.            At the meeting with the student, the parent or guardian, and the principal or assistant principal, the student shall be informed of the charges and evidence against him.  If the student denies the charges he shall be given an opportunity to tell his side of the story.  If the parent or guardian and/or the student fails or refuses to attend the meeting at the scheduled date, time and place, and reasonable efforts to contact them are unsuccessful, the principal or assistant principal shall mail notification to the parent or guardian describing the charges against the student and the evidence against him.  Goss v. Lopez, 410 U.S. 565  (1975)

    5.            Upon the conclusion of the meeting or upon a determination that the parent or guardian has not appeared for the meeting, the principal or assistant principal shall take one of the following actions:

    A. If the reported conduct provides for discretionary suspension/expulsion:

    (1) Take no further disciplinary action to extend the suspension beyond the previously stated period of suspension.

    (2) Increase the time of suspension up to total of ten days.

    (3) Increase the time of suspension up to a total of ten days, with a recommendation to the superintendent that the student be suspended for a period of time greater than ten days up to an entire school year or its equivalent imposed over consecutive portions of two school years.

    (4) Rescind the suspension already imposed and return the student to classes or impose disciplinary measures not including suspension/expulsion.

    B.  If the reported conduct requires mandatory suspension/expulsion

    (1) Increase in the time of suspension up to a total of ten days, with a recommendation to the superintendent that the student be suspended for a period of time equivalent to an entire school year, imposed as necessary over consecutive portions of two school years.

    (2) Rescind the suspension already imposed and return the student to classes.  If the principal or assistant principal recommends suspension for a period greater than ten days, he/she shall notify the Superintendent of that recommendation as soon as possible.  The superintendent shall then schedule a hearing to be held with the student parent or guardian, the student and the superintendent.  The hearing shall be scheduled to take place prior to the tenth day of the student suspension where possible.

    (a) The superintendent shall provide written notice of the date, time and place of the hearing to the student and his/her parent or guardian.  The notice shall include a statement of the charges against the student, that suspension has been recommended beyond the ten-day suspension imposed by the principal or assistant principal, and the period of time for which suspension has been recommended. 

    (b) The superintendent or the superintendent’s designee shall preside at and conduct the hearing at the appointed time and place.  The district and the student may each be represented by a person of their choice.  Each side may present witnesses, cross-examine witnesses and make legal arguments relevant to the issues.  At the conclusion of the hearing, the superintendent or designee shall make a final determination of the matter, and shall state his/her determination to those attending the hearing.  The determination shall then be placed in writing and mailed to the student and his parent or guardian.  If the conduct provides for discretionary suspension/expulsion, then the determination shall be one of the following:

    1. No further disciplinary action beyond the ten-day suspension imposed by the principal or assistant principal.
    2. Recession of the suspension already imposed and return the student to classes. 
    3. An increase in the time of suspension for a period up to an entire school year or its equivalent imposed over consecutive portions of two school years. 

    If the conduct requires mandatory suspension/expulsion then the determination shall be one of the following:

    1. Recession of the suspension already imposed and return the student to classes.
    2. An increase in the time of suspension for a period up to or equivalent to an entire school year, imposed as necessary over consecutive portions of two school years.
    3. When it has been determined that a student shall be suspended for any period of time, the parent or guardian, upon meeting with the principal or assistant principal, shall be given the option of attending all classes with the student in lieu of excluding the student from school during the period of suspension.  The parent or guardian must agree to attend all of the student’s classes with the student for each day of the suspension, if this option is accepted.  If the parent or guardian wishes to accept this option, the consent of the student’s teachers shall be requested.  If granted, the student shall not be excluded from classes for the period of suspension provided the student’s parent or guardian attends every class with the student.  If the parent or guardian fails to attend a class period with the student, or does not agree to attend class with the student, then the student will be excluded from classes and school activities from that time forward for the remaining period of suspension.  UCA  §53A-11-906

    EDUCATIONAL SERVICES

    If a student is suspended for more than ten days, the student’s parent or guardian is responsible to see that alternative educational services are provided to the student, and that such services satisfy the requirements of the state compulsory education laws.  The district will provide information to the parent or guardian to determine how the parent’s or guardian’s responsibility for educational services might be satisfied.  The district will maintain a record of all suspended students.  For each such student under the age of 16, the district will contact the student’s parent or guardian at least once each month to determine the student’s educational progress.  If the student’s educational progress is not satisfactory, the district may seek the cooperation of the Division of Family Services, the state juvenile court, and other appropriate agencies.  UCA §53A-11-907

    CONTINUING EDUCATION

    The Board or its designee shall provide for the continuing education of a student removed to an alternative education program, which may include any or all of the following programs.

    1. In-school suspension.  Students shall be instructed in the essential elements of the courses in which they are enrolled at the time of removal.
    2. Transfer to a different campus.
    3. Transfer to a community-based alternative school.
    4. Home-based instruction, provided that combined days of suspension and assignment to home-based instruction shall not exceed six school days in a semester. 

    REVIEW BY THE BOARD

    A student may appeal the determination of the Superintendent to the Board of Education by filing a written notice of appeal with the Board President within ten days of the date the decision of the Superintendent is mailed to the student. Upon receiving a request for appeal by the parent or guardian of the student, the Board President will instruct the Superintendent to schedule a Board Hearing within 10 days.  At least three board members will be required to conduct the appeals hearing.  The Board will hear the evidence submitted during the hearing and affirm or modify the Superintendent’s decision.  The Board’s written decision will be issued within thirty days of receipt of the student’s written notice of appeal.  

    MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 

    A suspended student shall immediately leave the school building and school grounds following a determination by the parent or guardian of the student and the school of the best way to transfer custody of the student to the parent or guardian.  A suspension may not extend beyond ten days unless the student and his parent or guardian have been given reasonable opportunity to appear before the Superintendent for the hearing and respond to the allegations and proposed disciplinary action.  UCA §53A-11-905(4)(C)

    EXPULSION CHECKLIST 

    As a helpful guideline to follow when any student is suspended/expelled, district personnel may consider the following non-binding checklist:

    1.  Does the School District have a policy regarding student discipline after consulting State

         Office of Education “models”?

    2.  Has the policy been distributed to all students at least once each school year?

    3.  Are copies of and all changes to the policies posted?

    4.  Has the student exhibited conduct defined in the policies and the statutes?

    a.  Willful disobedience

    b.  Willful destruction or defacing of school property

    c.  Behavior, which threatens safety or morals

    d.  Possession of a weapon, explosive or flammable material

    e.  Use or threat of force that constitutes a felony or class A misdemeanor

    5.  If the conduct involves d or e, then expulsion is mandatory

    6.  Is the conduct habitual?

    1. Has the student disrupted school related activities more than 5 times in a single school

          year?

    1. Was the behavior willful, overt and required school personnel to deal with the

          disruption?

    1. Has the student been expelled previously during the same school year?
    2. Has a remediation plan been implemented and reviewed?

    7.  To whom has the authority to suspend been delegated?

    8.  Has the student parent or guardian been notified?

    a.  That the student has been suspended

    b.  The grounds for the suspension

    c.  The period of time of suspension, time and place of informal hearing

    9.  How long has the student been suspended?  If more than ten days, has the required

         informal hearing taken place?

    10.  What alternatives to suspension have been offered?

    11.  Is the student disabled under IDEA or 504?  If so, provisions of those laws must be

           followed.

     

    School Level Procedures for Implementation of the Aids Curriculum

    Policy Code: 
    JHC-R1
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, March 22nd, 2005
    Review Date: 
    Tuesday, May 20th, 2014

    SCHOOL LEVEL PROCEDURES FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE AIDS CURRICULUM 

    1. The principal will inform all teachers of the standards, objectives and laws for teaching the AIDS curriculum as contained and set forth in Utah State Board of Education "Responsible Healthy Lifestyles, Teacher Resource File for AIDS Education, 1988, Levels 3-12."

    2. Teachers must be trained in AIDS education before the curriculum is taught in the classroom.  Training will include descriptions of ways for handling students with discretion and sensitivity.

    3. The principal will provide informational material as contained in "Responsible Healthy Lifestyles, Teacher Resource File for AIDS Education, 1988, Level 3-12, for parents on the AIDS curriculum for grades 3-12."

    4. The principal will be responsible to inform parents in accordance with District Policy of their right to request a time to review the specific curriculum being used.

    5. The principal will establish a process in accordance with District directives to assure that the parent consent letter is given to all students, grades 7-12.  A consent letter not returned will be treated as a "no-permission" response.

    6. An alternative assignment will be designed for students not participating in the class period when contraceptives, aimed at AIDS prevention, will be discussed.

    7. Teacher will inform students who are not to participate in the discussion of contraceptives, aimed at AIDS prevention, of the alternate assignment for that class period.

    8. Those students whose parents do not give permission for instruction will be handled with discretion and sensitivity.

     

    Search and Seizure

    Policy Code: 
    JFGA
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, April 22nd, 2014

    SEARCH AND SEIZURE

    The Utah State Legislature and the Utah Board of Education have charged school authorities with the responsibility of safeguarding the safety and well being of the students in their care. Utah law (Section 53A-11-1305) directs the Utah State Board of Education and local boards of education to have rules in place to protect individual student rights and guard against excessive intrusion. In the discharge of that responsibility, school authorities of Iron School District may search school property such as lockers used by students, or the person or property, including backpacks, purses and belongings, electronic devices, and vehicles of students, in accordance with the following policy:

    Definitions

    A.  “Appropriate school official” means the most appropriate school employee considering all the circumstances, who should search a student. Usually the appropriate school official will be the school principal or school director. Generally, the more intrusive the search, the higher the level the appropriate school official should be who conducts the search. Other factors would include age of the student, gender of the student, if the student has an IEP, the student’s background, seriousness of the item(s) being searched for, which appropriate school official is reasonably available, and the urgency of the situation.
    B.  "Electronic device" means a privately owned device that is used for audio, video, or text communication or any other type of computer or computer-like instrument.
    C.  “Local school board” means the locally elected school board or a charter school governing board.
    D.  “Reasonable suspicion” means a particularized and objective basis, supported by specific articulable facts, for suspecting a person of criminal activity; reasonableness extends to both the reason for the search and the appropriateness of the scope of the search.

    School Property - Lockers, Desks, Other Storage Areas Provided for Student Use

    The local school board and Utah State Board of Education acknowledge the need for in-school storage of student possessions and shall provide storage places, including desks and lockers, for that purpose. Where locks are provided for such places, students may lock them against access by other students, but students shall not expect that their privacy prevents examination by a school official. The local school board may direct the appropriate school official to conduct a routine inspection of such storage places. In the course of any search, students’ privacy rights will be respected regarding any items that are not illegal or against local school board policy.

    A.  All lockers and other storage areas provided for student use remain the property of the school/district. These lockers and storage areas are subject to inspection, access for maintenance, and search pursuant to this policy. A student using the locker or storage area has no expectation of privacy in that locker or storage area or the contents contained therein. (See "Student Locker Assignment Authorization" form attached.) In the course of any search, students’ privacy rights will be respected regarding any items that are not illegal or against local school board policy.  No student shall lock or otherwise impede access to any locker or storage area except with a lock provided by or approved by the teacher or school administrator. Unapproved locks may be removed and destroyed.
    B.  An appropriate school official may search student lockers and storage areas and the contents contained therein at any time for any justifiable reason.
    C.  An appropriate school official may, at any time, request assistance of the appropriate law enforcement agency having jurisdiction over the facilities of the District. The law enforcement officer must have probable cause, however, to personally orchestrate or conduct a search of the lockers and storage areas and their contents.

    Using Dogs in Searching School Property

    The local school board also authorizes the use of canines, trained in detecting the presence of drugs or devices, when the appropriate school official has reasonable suspicion that illegal drugs may be present in a school. This means of detection shall be used only to determine the presence of drugs in locker areas, student desks and other places in the school where such substances could be concealed. Canine detection must be conducted in collaboration with law enforcement authorities or other certified organizations and will not be used to search students personally unless either a warrant or parental permission has been obtained prior to the search.

    Where a dog sniff search is otherwise appropriate, it is acceptable to detain students or restrict their movement to facilitate the search. Also, schools have authority to require students to relinquish personal items from their possession (backpacks, book bags, gym bags) to facilitate searches.

    Student Person and Possessions

    The Iron Board of Education Governing School Board recognizes that the privacy of students or their belongings may not be violated by unreasonable search and seizure and directs that no students are searched without reasonable suspicion or in an unreasonable manner. The extent of the search will be governed by the urgency and seriousness of the alleged infraction, the student's age, and the student's disciplinary history.

    Personal Search of a Student and Student Consent to Search

    Except as provided below, a request for the search of a student or a student's possessions will be directed to the appropriate school official. The appropriate school official shall attempt to obtain the freely-offered consent of the student to the inspection; however, provided there is reasonable suspicion, the appropriate school official may conduct the search without such consent.

    Whenever possible, a search will be conducted by the appropriate school official in the presence of the student and a staff member in addition to the appropriate school official. A search prompted by the reasonable belief that health and safety are immediately threatened will be conducted with as much speed and dispatch as may be required to protect persons and property.

    Search of a student's person or intimate personal belongings shall be conducted by a person of the student's gender, in the presence of another staff member of the same gender, and only in exceptional circumstances when the health or safety of the student or of others is immediately threatened.

    The personal search of a student may be conducted by the appropriate school official when the appropriate school official has reasonable suspicion for a search of that student. Authorized searches of the student's person are as follows:

    A.  the student's pockets;
    B.  purses, briefcases, or any objects in the possession of the student;
    C.  a "pat down" of the exterior of the student's clothing and the removal of any identified item;
    D.  removal of an article of exterior clothing such as a jacket;
    E.  a student’s electronic device if warranted and to the extent warranted.

    Searching Students and Property While at School-sponsored Activities

    This authorization to search shall also apply to all situations in which the student is under the jurisdiction of the local school board–including all students participating in extra curricular activities and athletics, dually enrolled students and students taking online courses, when applicable.

    Strip Searches

    Strip searches shall be conducted only by law enforcement personnel with the appropriate school official’s knowledge, if time permits to notify the appropriate school official.  Every effort will be made to notify parents of a strip search.

    Documentation of Search

    The appropriate school official shall be responsible for the prompt recording in writing of each student search, including the reasons for the search; information received that established the need for the search and the name of the informant, if any; the persons present when the search was conducted; any substances or objects found and the disposition made of them; and any subsequent action taken. The appropriate school official shall be responsible for the custody, control, and disposition of any illegal or dangerous substance or objects taken from a student. The appropriate school official and/or the school district superintendent shall report a student’s possession of a dangerous weapon consistent with Section 53A-11-1101.  The local superintendent or appropriate school official may prepare administrative guidelines to further implement this policy of documentation, maintenance and disposal of items.

    Search Procedures

    Pursuant to this policy, appropriate school officials shall use the following steps when appropriate school officials have reasonable suspicion that a student possesses evidence that a rule or law has been violated:

    A.  All requests or suggestions for the search of a student or student’s possessions shall be directed to the appropriate school official or the person in charge of the students if students are out of the district or school.
    B.  Wherever possible, before conducting the search, the appropriate school official shall notify the student, request the student’s consent to the inspection and inform the student that she may withhold consent. Such consent, if offered, shall be voluntary. The appropriate school official shall conduct the search, however, with or without the consent.
    C.  Wherever possible, an adult third party shall be present at any search of a student or student’s possessions.
    D.  The appropriate school official may conduct a student search upon reasonable suspicion of the presence of an illegal or dangerous substance or object, or anything contraband under school rules.

    Health/Safety of Students

    Whenever the search is prompted by the reasonable suspicion that possession of a substance or object immediately threatens the safety and health of the student or others, the appropriate school official shall act with as much speed and dispatch as is required to protect persons and property in the school while keeping clearly in mind the student's rights and the potential consequences of inappropriate or hasty action.

    Reasonable Suspicion

    “Reasonable suspicion” means a particularized and objective basis, supported by specific articulable facts, for suspecting a person of criminal activity; reasonableness extends to both the reason for the search (reasonable at the inception) and the appropriateness of the scope of the search (reasonable in scope).

    In addition, as used in this section, "reasonable suspicion for a search" means grounds sufficient to cause an adult of normal intellect to believe that the search of a particular person, place, or thing will lead to the discovery of evidence that the student:

    A.  has violated or is violating a rule or behavioral norm provided in school policy;
    B. has violated or is violating a particular law;
    C.  possesses an item or substance which presents an immediate danger of physical harm or illness to students, staff or school/district property;

    For examples of “reasonable suspicion,” see Student Search Reference Materials.

    Method and Scope of Search

    The scope of any search should be limited by the reasonable suspicion that motivated the search.

    If an item is found that leads to reasonable suspicion that additional, related items may also exist, the search may be extended. If the initial search produces no evidence of contraband, there should be no extension of the search based on simple curiosity or unreasonable teacher/administrator suspicion.

    Items Found

    Anything found in the course of a search which is evidence of a student violation of school rules or federal/state laws may be seized and admitted as evidence in any suspension or expulsion proceeding if it is tagged for identification at the time it is seized and kept in a secure place by the school official until it is presented at the hearing. It may also be turned over to any law enforcement officer after proper notation and receipt.

    Vehicles

    Vehicles in the possession of students and parked on school premises may be searched, based on reasonable suspicion, by the appropriate school official. Searches of vehicles of staff members or visitors shall be conducted by law enforcement personnel.

    Use of Breath - Test Instruments

    The appropriate school official may arrange for a breath test for blood-alcohol to be conducted on a student whenever the school authority has individualized reasonable suspicion to believe the student has consumed an alcoholic beverage or an illegal unprescribed substance. The appropriate school official shall attempt to contact a local law enforcement agency and arrange for it to conduct the test.

    The following procedure should be used if the test is conducted by a school official:
    A.  Take the student(s) to a private administrative or instructional area on school property and have at least one other member of the teaching or administrative staff present as a witness to the test. If the student refuses to take the test, inform him that refusal to participate leaves the observed evidence of the alcohol or drug use unrefuted, thus leading to disciplinary action.
    B.  Allow the student a second opportunity to be tested, and if the student refuses again, ask the student to sign a refusal statement. Regardless of whether or not the student signs a refusal statement, prepare a written report of the incident.

    Student Electronic Devices

    School districts and charter schools are directed by Utah State Board of Education Rule (R277-495) to have policies specific to student possession and use of electronic devices. Parents shall receive specific notice of electronic device policies. Policies shall also outline consequences for student use of electronic devices in violation of the policy. Policies may include other information and directives regarding electronic devices.

    Parent Notification

    School officials have no obligation to contact parents before detaining and questioning students.  It is good practice when a student is questioned about serious allegations of the student's own misbehavior, that another responsible adult should be notified to protect the interest and well being of the student.  At least one federal Circuit Court has concluded that school officials should not have to choose between the school's preferred [reasonable] discipline methods and complying with "burdensome procedures decreed by federal courts." If a child is under a school's guardianship, the courts have not required parental notification. Depending on various circumstances, notifying parents about a student search is often a good idea.

    Student Attendance Accounting

    Policy Code: 
    JEE
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, January 25th, 2011
    Review Date: 
    Tuesday, May 20th, 2014
    STUDENT ATTENDANCE ACCOUNTING

    1.   For the purpose of determining membership, school districts shall ensure that a record is kept in each school, which clearly and accurately shows the entry date, exit date, and whether a student is absent from school for ten consecutive school days.

    Teacher registers shall be kept in the special education, career & technical education, and youth in custody programs, which require special detailed membership accounting for funding determination purposes.

    2.   Schools are required to keep a record of attendance to verify average daily membership for allocation of minimum school funds.  (A minimum of one attendance check will be made in each school day.)  R277-419-3 B(3)

    3.  A school may report aggregate days of membership (ADM) for the first five days equal to the aggregate days of membership recorded for the second five-day period of the school year and for the last three-day period, aggregate days of membership equal to the number recorded for the immediately preceding three-day period.

    4.   The same students shall not be counted in membership more than once on any school day.  If a student's day is divided between the regular school and any other program, the student's membership should be reported part-time in each program.  Exception:  A student who is enrolled in the regular school program may be counted for a full day even though the student spends a part of the day in a resource program for students with disabilities.

    5.  After 10 consecutive days of absence, a student shall not be counted in membership unless the school makes contact to provide educational homebound services.

    6.   A pupil is a member of a class or school from the date of entrance at the school and is placed on the current roll until officially withdrawn from the class or school because of completion, dismissal, death, transfer, or administrative withdrawal.  The date of withdrawal should be the first day after the date of last attendance, but in no case may it be longer than 10 days after the last day of attendance at any time during the school year, except in cases of: (1) sickness, (2) hospitalization, (3) pending court investigation and action, (4)  prior-approved trips, or (5)  earnest and persistent efforts to keep a child in school with services being provided.  Membership is obtained by adding the total number enrolled. 

    7.  For purposes of counting membership, enrollment of a public school student in either of the following shall be counted as if the student were enrolled in a public school class or classes during that portion of the school day or week:

    a.  Released time religious instruction, not to exceed the equivalent of one class period per day.

    b.  A private school, not including a parochial school, pursuant to a contract between the private school and a public school district, and paid for from public funds on fractional daily membership.

    8.  Except as provided above, a student enrolled in a public school and any of the following shall be credited for membership only for the public school portion of the school day:

    a.  A private school

    b.  A home school

    c.  A parochial school

    9.   Students enrolled in post-high school institutions during the school year while enrolled in the public schools may be counted in membership provided:  the public school approves the post-high school program, receives progress reports, and receives attendance reports from the institution.

    10.  Youth in Custody.  As described in the next paragraph, districts may claim ADM for students who are regularly enrolled for one or more periods a day in youth in custody classes, but who are also regularly enrolled during other periods of the day in non-youth in custody classes.

    Membership should be computed by one-half day units as follows:

    Periods per day                 ADM                        ADM

    Enrolled in                   Which District             Which YIC

    YIC Classes                   Can Claim                 Can Claim                 

        0-2                                  Full                             None

        3-4                                  1/2                              1/2

        5-7                                  None                            Full

    No subtraction will be made for district ADM for students who are enrolled in youth in custody classes for two or fewer periods per day, or who receive tutoring, tracking, or other support services which do not result in a reduction in regular class enrollment.

     

    Adopted:  January 25, 2011

     

    Student Behavioral Contract - Open Enrollment & Student In-District Transfer

    Policy Code: 
    JECC-E3
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, October 28th, 2014
    STUDENT BEHAVIORAL CONTRACT

    for Open Enrollment and Student In-District Transfer


    Date:__________________

     

    Student Name:___________________________________

     

    Parent/Guardian:_________________________________        Phone #:____________________________

     

    Boundary School:____________________________  Receiving School:____________________________

     

    I understand that it is a privilege to attend school outside of my school boundary.  I understand that my parent/guardian will have to provide my transportation to and from school.                                                        

     

    Student Expectations

    My child and I agree to the following expectations in my new school:

    • I will have a minimum of 90% attendance and punctuality
    • I will be respectful and compliant with my teacher(s) and other school staff
    • I will follow all school rules
    • I will use appropriate language
    • I will maintain acceptable academic progress as defined by school of attendance

                     (Scondary schools, 2.0 with no more than one F)

    School Expectations

    • The school principal agrees to provide and review school rules and expectations with me
    • The school staff agrees to be respectful and to treat me with dignity
    • My teacher(s) will plan and present meaningful lessons daily

    Consequences

    Failure to follow the Student Expectations will result in the following consequences:

    1) The first failure to follow the above stated expectations will result in a warning to the child.

    • Incident:______________________________________________________
    • Date & Time of Incident:_________________________________________
    • Parent Called Date & Time:_______________________________________
    • Called by whom:________________________________________________

    2) On the second occurrence, the student will be removed from the new school’s roll (for high schools: no sooner than the next quarter break) and will need to register back in the boundary school.

    __________________________________________________       ________________  

    Student Signature                                                                             Date          

     

    __________________________________________________       ________________  

    Parent/Guardian Signature                                                                 Date               

     

    __________________________________________________       ________________  

    Principal Signature                                                                             Date                      

    Student Conduct Discipline

    Policy Code: 
    JFC
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, September 18th, 1990
    Review Date: 
    Tuesday, May 20th, 2014

    STUDENT CONDUCT DISCIPLINE

    Inhibiting the learning process.  In cases where student behavior becomes disruptive to the learning process, the teacher shall counsel with the students giving them encouragement to change their behavior.  A parent, teacher and student conference shall be called in cases where the student's behavior is extreme and teacher-student counseling does not seem to solve the problem.  Every effort shall be made to evaluate the problem and establish a written plan that will be followed.  The written plan will include a contractual agreement that the student will cease and desist from further disruptive behavior.  All parties in attendance will sign the plan as a witness that they will live up to the agreement.

    In a situation where student behavior becomes disruptive to the extent that it interferes with the learning and teaching process, the teacher is counseled to deal with the problem in a professional and objective manner, avoiding undue emotional involvement. 

    Some problems develop so rapidly or to such an extent that teachers and other school personnel must take immediate measures to control highly disruptive behavior or to avoid personal injury or abuse to other students or to themselves.  In this event, teachers may use appropriate means, acting in loco parentis to restrain or control the student(s) involved.

    In cases that persist and the student shows no effort to improve his behavior, the principal may become involved in the counseling and discipline of the student.  If a student is suspected of having emotional disturbance, IDEA regulations will be followed (part VII, A.2 Utah State Rules) After earnest and persistent effort has been made by the school to help students change undesired behaviors, that they can control, the student may be referred to the Board of Education for suspension or expulsion from school.      

    Profanity.  Teachers and other employees are to correct students when students use     profanity.  Each school shall conduct a school-wide campaign to eradicate such unacceptable speech patterns.

    Violations of law.  All activities which are violations of law are prohibited.  Violations will be dealt with by the school administration according to the due process procedures (see JFA).

    Detaining students after school.  Students may not be detained after school for such lengths of time that (a) the opportunity to ride the school bus is missed or the student's arrival time at home is altered by more than 15 minutes, unless the parent or guardian of the student is contacted by the appropriate school employee.  Students may be kept longer while parents or guardians are being notified if their health or safety would be adversely affected by release from school. (Utah Code 53A-3-415)

     

    Student Directory Passive Parental Consent Opt Out Form

    Policy Code: 
    JO-E
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, April 24th, 2012
    Review Date: 
    Tuesday, October 28th, 2014

    STUDENT DIRECTORY PASSIVE PARENTAL CONSENT OPT OUT FORM

    In compliance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) and Utah State Law, the Iron County School District may disclose student directory information without consent, as long as an “opt out” opportunity has been provided to parents.  Directory information is defined as and includes: A student’s name, address, telephone listing, enrollment status (grade and school), e-mail address, and photograph, either electronically like on a school web page, or hard copy publication, e.g. a newspaper or yearbook.

    If you do not want your student’s directory information disclosed, please indicate below on this form and return it to your student’s school. 

     

    ____________________________________________

                            School

     

    ____________________________________________                        _________________

                            Student Name                                                                                Grade

     

    ____ I DO NOT want my student’s directory information disclosed.

     

     

    ____________________________________________

                            Parent Name

     

    ____________________________________________                        __________________

                            Parent Signature                                                                        Date

     

    Student Dress Standards

    Policy Code: 
    JFCA
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, May 20th, 2014

    Student Dress Standards

    All students have the right to a safe, healthy school environment.  All students have the responsibility to dress appropriately and observe basic standards of cleanliness and good grooming.  A student's dress and appearance should not cause a disruption or distract from the educational process or create a health or safety concern for him/herself or others.

    These are “MINIMUM” Iron County School District Standards.  Individual school/classroom dress policies may include additional or higher standards to provide an educational environment as free from distraction as possible.  Current fashion trends may dictate additional standards.  Individual principals/teachers must clearly communicate their school’s/classroom’s dress code policy to students and parents and be consistent in its enforcement within their building/classroom.

    • Students are to dress in a neat and appropriate manner that reflects pride in themselves and in their school.
    • Hats with a brim or head coverings that cover the eyes are not to be worn at school during school hours.
    • Shorts and skirts may not be shorter than mid-thigh.
    • Shirts or tops that expose bare midriffs during normal activity, tank tops, or spaghetti straps are not permitted.
    • Bust cleavage should not be exposed.
    • Shoes, or appropriate footwear, must be worn at all times.
    • Sagged pants are not permitted.
    • Leggings and skintight pants are very distracting if they are not covered up with a longer style of top, shirt, or jacket.
    • Clothing with vulgar language, inappropriate pictures (sexually oriented, gang or violence related), alcohol or cigarette advertising, depicting illegal substances or any other illegal activities are not permitted.
    • Apparel that is gang related or appears to be gang related is not permitted.  This includes, but not limited to: oversized baggy pants, headbands, spiked bands, chains on pants or wallets, or any article of clothing that would identify the student with a gang.
    • Excessive makeup or face paint, and extreme or distracting hairstyles or hair colors are not permitted.
    • Distracting, excessive, or dangerous face or body piercing is not permitted.

    Parents have the responsibility of assuring that students are dressed properly for school.  Students who are in violation of this “MINIMUM” approved dress policy, and those established in schools and classrooms with higher standards will be sent to the office.  The student in violation of the dress policy will not be allowed to return to class until their appearance is brought to compliance.

    Student Due Process

    Policy Code: 
    JFA
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, December 14th, 2004
    Review Date: 
    Tuesday, November 16th, 2010

    STUDENT DUE PROCESS

    All students shall be given procedural due process prior to imposition of sanctions for inappropriate behaviors or acts committed at school or school related activities.  This due process shall include:

    1. Informing the students of the rules and regulations of the school or school activity.
    2. The student, and parent or guardian will be given oral and/or written notice of the charges against him or her. 
    3. If the student denies the charges, he or she will be given an explanation of the evidence the authorities have relative to the charges. 
    4. The student will be given the opportunity of explaining his or her side of the story.
    5. The Superintendent will be informed of the action taken.

    STUDENT DUE PROCESS FOR APPEALS

    Students or parents, shall have the right of appealing an administrative decision.  Such an appeal includes the rights to:

    1. A hearing before the Superintendent in the case of suspensions, or before the Superintendent or the Board in the case of expulsions.
    2. Representation by a responsible person including an attorney, particularly if the school district's attorney is in attendance.
    3. Prior notice of principal witnesses and documents and their testimony if it is anticipated by the school district that these will be in support of the charges.
    4. An opportunity for the employee or student to conduct his/her own defense and furnish witnesses and documents on his/her own behalf.
    5. An opportunity to confront those persons giving evidence against him/her.
    6. A tape recording or record of the hearing will be made and retained by the school district for two-year period and a transcription will be made available to the student.

     

    Student Religious Neutrality

    Policy Code: 
    JFH
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, January 27th, 2004
    Review Date: 
    Tuesday, June 17th, 2014
    STUDENT RELIGIOUS NEUTRALITY

    Schools may undertake any instructional activity, performance or display which includes examination of, or presentations about religion, political or religious thought or expression, or the influence thereof on music, art, literature, law, politics, history or any other element of the curriculum, including the comparative study or religions, provided it is designed to achieve secular educational objectives included within the context of a course or activity and conducted in accordance with applicable rules of the District.

    No aspect of cultural heritage, political theory, moral theory or societal value shall be included within or excluded from public school curricula for the primary reason that it affirms, ignores, or denies religious belief, religious doctrine, a religious sect, or the existence of a spiritual realm or supreme being.

    Schools may not sponsor prayer or religious devotionals.  School officials or employees may not use positions to endorse, promote, or disparage a particular religious, denominational, sectarian, agnostic or atheistic belief or viewpoint.

    Waivers of Participation

    If a parent or guardian, or secondary student, determines that the student's participation in a portion of the curriculum or in an activity would require the student to affirm or deny a religious belief or right of conscience, or engage or refrain from engaging in a practice forbidden or required in the exercise of a religious right of conscience, the parent, guardian, or student may request waiver of the requirement to participate; or a reasonable alternative that requires reasonably equivalent performance by the student of the secular objectives of the curriculum or activity in question.

    If such request is made by a student the school administration shall promptly notify the parent or guardian that such a request has been made.  If a request is made the school may elect one of the following:

    1. Waive the participation requirement;
    2. Provide a reasonable alternative to the requirement;
    3. Notify the requesting party that participation is required.

    If the school determines that participation is required, the school shall ensure that any limitation on student expression, practice or conduct shall be by the least restrictive means necessary to satisfy the school's interest in fulfilling curriculum objectives, or that the limitation satisfies another specifically identified compelling governmental interest.  A student's academic or citizenship performance may not be penalized for the exercise of a religious right or right of conscience.

    The Iron County School District may require every student to obtain written permission from a parent or guardian as a condition for participation in a student club organization that meets on school premises, regardless of the organization's relationship to school curriculum.  All completed forms shall be on file at the individual schools.

    Expressions of Belief

    Expression of personal beliefs by a student participating in school directed curricula or activities may not be prohibited, or penalized unless the expression unreasonably interferes with order or discipline, threatens the well being of persons or property, or violates concepts of stability or propriety appropriate to the school setting.

    Free exercise of voluntary religious practice or freedom of speech by students during discretionary time (non-instructional time during which a student is free to pursue personal interests) shall not be denied unless the conduct unreasonably interferes with the persons or property, or violates concepts of civility or propriety appropriate to a school setting.  Any limitations on student expression, practice, or conduct shall be by the least restrictive means necessary to satisfy the school's interests or to satisfy another specifically identified compelling governmental interest.

    (Constitutional Freedom in Public Schools UCA 53A-13-101)

     

    Student Self-Treatment for Asthma

    Policy Code: 
    JHCDA
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, January 27th, 2004
    Review Date: 
    Tuesday, October 28th, 2014

    STUDENT SELF-TREATMENT FOR ASTHMA

    Under Policy JHCD, elementary and middle school students are prohibited from carrying or self-administering medication on school premises except in certain limited circumstances.  However, elementary and middle school students may carry and self-administer prescription or non-prescription asthma medications provided that the student's parent or guardian has previously provided the school with a written request and written health care provider approval.

    The written request must state that the parent or guardian authorizes the student to have and use the asthma medication.

    The health care provider approval must specifically identify any prescription medication and must state that (1) the provider is authorized to prescribe the medication, (2) the student is capable of appropriately self-administering the medication, and (3) the provider finds that it is medically appropriate for the student to keep the medication with or readily available to him or her at all times.

    If the medication is to be stored other than on the student's person, the student or parent/guardian shall inform the school nurse or administration as to where the medication will be kept to enable access for emergency use.

    The student shall only use prescription asthma medication as directed by a health care provider's written orders, and shall use non-prescription asthma medication in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 

    No student is permitted to sell, share, or otherwise give to others any medication, prescription or non-prescription.  Violations of this policy are subject to disciplinary action under the school's drug policies.

     

    Student Suspension

    Policy Code: 
    JGD
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, March 22nd, 2005
    Review Date: 
    Tuesday, June 17th, 2014
    STUDENT SUSPENSION


    1.  Immediate Suspension.  The immediate removal of a student from a single class period for a single day.  It is understood that the student will not miss a class conducted by another teacher without the approval of the school administrator.  This sanction may be handled by a teacher in cooperation with the school administration and school policy. 

    2.  Short Term Suspension.  Suspension for ten (10) days or less.  This sanction may be handled by the principal of the school.

    3.  Short Term Suspension with an Extraordinary Impact.  Extraordinary impact is defined as the removal of a student from school at a time when there would be an inordinate impact on the student's academic standing.  For instance, if a child were removed during the period of final examinations and thus lost the opportunity of participating in the examinations and as a result failed to pass the class.  Final decisions for these cases are to be made by the superintendent of schools.

    4.  Expulsion or Long-Term Suspension.  Long-term suspension is defined as suspension for more than ten (10 days.)  This action can only be taken at the District level.   

    During the period of long-term suspension or expulsion, the student may not enroll in another high school in the district. 

    5.  Appeals.  Students and/or parents or guardians have the right to appeal a decision to the school board whenever sanctions have been imposed.

    6.  Due process shall be followed (see JFA).

     

    Section K - Community Relations

    Advertising, Distribution and Posting of Promotional Materials in the Schools

    Policy Code: 
    KJ
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, February 25th, 2014

    ADVERTISING, DISTRIBUTION AND POSTING OF PROMOTIONAL MATERIALS IN THE SCHOOLS

    All non-governmental fliers, for profit advertisements, and business promotional materials, to include businesses or financial interests must review and follow the District policy procedures below:

    All requests to distribute advertising fliers or promotional materials for non-governmental entities must be reviewed and approved by the Iron County School District Superintendent. A flier distribution fee will be charged, and a maximum of four fliers will be approved per month.  Approval will be based on appropriateness of content and date of receipt.  Interested individuals must email, fax or bring in to the ICSD offices a copy of the advertisement and fill-out an advertisement approval form and receive verification of approval BEFORE printing.

    Email: or FAX 435-586-2815

    After approval, businesses or vendors must deliver fliers and payment to:

    Iron County School District Foundation

    2077 W. Royal Hunte Dr.

    Cedar City, UT  84720

    Flier distribution fee payable to the ICSD Foundation:

    • $50 per school;
    • or $500 district-wide

    The following disclaimer must be printed in at least a 10 point font size, and displayed clearly at the bottom of the flier:

    “These materials are neither sponsored nor endorsed by Iron County School District. Iron County School District Foundation has received direct financial benefit for distribution of this flier.”

    Fliers must be bundled in the following manner:

    • Approved fliers must be divided into groups of 30 and packaged per school according to the official distribution list.
    • Each school bundle must be labeled with the school name in the upper right corner.

    Fliers will be distributed to elementary students and placed in the office at secondary schools. The final decision concerning flier distribution and the manner in which fliers are distributed is at the principal’s discretion.

    The ICSD Superintendent will approve all promotional materials.


    All governmental, City, college or university information, fliers, and event materials should be sent to the ICSD Superintendent’s office at the following:

    or FAX 435-586-2815; or

    Iron County School District

    2077 W. Royal Hunte Dr.

    Cedar City, UT  84720

    All of these agencies must be not for-profit agencies. After required information is submitted and checked, the Superintendent’s administrative assistant will inform the agency representative, listed on the promotional materials approval form, of acceptance or rejection of the promotional materials. If the information or material contains or is supplemented with commercial advertising or other non-governmental information or material it will not be approved for distribution.

    In the high school setting, advertising space may be purchased by individuals or businesses at the discretion of the High School. Advertisement must be for materials that contribute to the instructional program or for the general community betterment. Standards of quality for the actual sign must be met. The school principal must approve the subject matter and quality of the advertisement. The funds generated by this advertising goes to the general activity fund of the school involved and is administered by the principal.

    A professional contract with entities does not imply endorsement of individuals or companies. Use of the name of the Iron County School District in advertising by the individual or business in not permitted.

    Community Involvement in Decision Making

    Policy Code: 
    KC
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, March 22nd, 2005
    Review Date: 
    Tuesday, November 18th, 2014

    COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT IN DECISION MAKING

    When deemed necessary, the Board of Education may select lay advisory groups or committees to assist the Board.  The nature and duration of their assignments are to be determined by the Board and their findings and recommendations shall be advisory only.

    Schools will select an advisory committee including parents and school employees to aid in site based decisions in compliance of School Trust Lands and NCLB regulations (53A-16-101).

     

    Public Solicitations in the Schools

    Policy Code: 
    KI
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, March 22nd, 2005
    Review Date: 
    Tuesday, November 18th, 2014

    PUBLIC SOLICITATIONS IN THE SCHOOLS

    No salesman, solicitor, or party asking for contributions shall be allowed in the school without the consent of the superintendent.

     

    School Facilities Permit and Use Policy

    Policy Code: 
    KG
    Adoption Date: 
    Tuesday, December 16th, 2014

    SCHOOL FACILITIES PERMIT AND USE POLICY

    The facilities of the Iron County School District may be used by the community through the community school program of the district.

    COMMUNITY EDUCATION SCHOOL

    1.   Worthwhile classes and activities and the reasonable use of buildings and facilities will be made available to all, under proper supervision and with proper coordination with K-12 programs

    2.   There must be continual effort in a variety of ways to communicate the purposes, values, and the details of the many community education activities to as many people as possible.

    3.   The community education staff includes numerous people who are skilled in a subject area but may not have teacher training or experience.  It also includes professional teachers who are teaching age groups outside their certification level.

    4.   Community education classes and activities must be self-supporting.  Enough tuition must be charged for the program to pay for the instructor.

    5.   School facilities may be used free of charge for community education activities.

    LOCATION

    Community education activities may take place in facilities at Parowan, Canyon View, and

    Cedar High Schools, at Cedar and Canyon View Middle Schools and at Iron Springs, Three Peaks, and Escalante Valley Elementary Schools.

    NON-COMMUNITY SCHOOL GROUPS


    1.  Rental fees will be charged to private, commercial, church, city leagues, or other groups.  The use of school buildings and grounds is granted pursuant to the Utah Civic Center statutes at UCA 53A-3-413 – 414.  Approval under this policy is a permit under the Civic Center statutes and grants the District full legal immunity under the Governmental Immunity Act of Utah pursuant to  63G-7-301.  For profit organizations must do the following:  (1) complete the facilities user request form  (2) sign a hold harmless agreement which holds the school district free from liability, and (3) provide a certificate of insurance, with limits of at least  $1,000,000 bodily injury and $100,000 property damage that names the Iron County School District as an additional insured on the certificate. Non-profit organizations must complete the facilities user request form and provide a copy of their 501c3 form.  The district will determine if the request has been approved or declined and issue a permit for use of the district property requested.


    2. Persons or organizations using school district grounds without a permit are subject to use at their own risk.  Property use is granted to user as a permit (UCA. 63G-301 Governmental Immunity).


    3. Organizations or groups desiring the use of a school facility must have a designated person in charge of the activity

    4. Building principals must give final approval for use of the buildings in which they work.


    5. Regular school (K-12) activities receive priority for use of school buildings and grounds if they have given adequate and reasonable notice.  School facilities are available for community purposes at times when they will not interfere with regular school activities.


    6. Civic clubs will not be charged for commercial use of school facilities if revenues are to be used for community improvements.  They must, however, pay for cooks, stage crews, custodians, etc. when such personnel are used.


    7. One time use of school facilities by an organized group for a worthwhile activity may not require a rental fee as outlined under the rental schedule.  This includes public meetings, political meetings and other such one time uses.

    COST FOR USE OF BUILDINGS

    1.     See policy DFD and DFD-R for rental information.

    2.    The auditorium supervisor must be present when auditorium stages are used at all secondary schools.  Organizations using such facilities must pay for additional technical help if required.

    3.    Organizations using school kitchens must pay for one cook to be present.  If additional supervision or custodial help is provided by Iron District, a charge may be required to cover the district’s cost.

    4.     Any group, commercial or otherwise, who uses the school facility on weekends, during summer breaks or at other times when school is not in session and the community school coordinator is not on his/her regular work schedule, will be charged a $40.00 per hour fee in addition to the regular building rental.

    5.     Rental charges include the cost for lights, air systems, etc.

    UNACCEPTABLE USES

    1.    School buildings and grounds are not available to public groups for summer dances.  In special cases approved by the district administration, Iron County School District approved school groups may sponsor summer dances.  These dances must have adequate supervision by school staff, must follow all fund raising policies, and must be planned to prevent the concerns of noise, pollution, litter, lack of supervision and undesirable behavior.

    2.    Building and grounds are not available for rock concerts. 

    3.    Outside organizations may not use school facilities if their own facilities are adequate for the intended purpose and are not being utilized.

    4.    Buildings and grounds shall not be made available for sleeping accommodations for outside traveling groups using sleeping bags, overnight trailers, or camping gear.

    Inadvisable Uses:

    The Iron District Board of Education may refuse to permit the use of school property as a civic center if it determines the use to be inadvisable.

    Utah Code Ann. § 53A-3-414(5)

    The Iron County School District is not responsible or liable for the loss or damage of personal property stored, used, or left on school premises by community members, students, or school employees.

    Section L

    Forms